Home

SigmaSystemCenter 3.1 Configuration Guide

1. 05 474 10 3 1 Backing up System Monitor Performance Monitoring ServiCes ecceccsceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteaeeeeeeenaas 474 10 3 2 Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services eecceeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteneeeeneeeeaes 475 10 4 Backing up and Restoring DPM eeeeeee scene erence eter eeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 477 10 4 1 Backing up Data of DPM When Configuring the Initial Setup or Changing the Configuration 477 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM ceccceecceeeeeeteneeeeeeteseeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseneeeneeeeeaes 478 10 4 3 Restoring DPM meteeta a Rec leces e secession cue Seek eens na ed esi tates esd OLS EEE NGEN 480 10 5 Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Mana et ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeseeneeenaees 483 10 5 1 Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager ccescceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseieeseneeenineeeaes 483 10 5 2 Restoring NEC ESMPRO Managel c cccescceseceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesaeseseeeesaeseaeeesaaeeeaeeessaeeeaeeessaeeeneeesaeenseeenaas 486 Appendix A Monitoring Profile cceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenneees 491 viii Appendix B Appendix C Revision History License Information eiieicedsieeseee ck ek lode sedeecduvadecaiuedansccuecdedcuiuiesadeveiesduevdavvace 497 Preface How to Use This Manu
2. File Edt View Tools Help Tasks System Properties xi Device Manager Computer Name Hardware Advanced Remote Remote settings You must be logged on as an Administrator to make most of these changes Advanced system settings Performance Visual effects processor scheduling memory usage and virtual memory Settings Startup and Recovery x System startup Default operating system 2 66GHz TERE EET f User Profiles Desktop settings related to your logon IV Time to display list of operating systems 30 seconds JT Time to display recovery options when needed 30 seconds Settings r Startup and Recovery System startup system failure and debugging information Gime Environment Variables System Failure PM Write an event to the system log Automatically restart Write debugging information Jkernelmemory dump Dump file eSystemRoot MEMORY DMP IV Overwrite any existing file See also Windows Update 5 Select Run from the Start menu and input regedit in the Open box Click OK Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 95 3 Settings of Related Products 6 Registry editor is activated Create the entry for the subkey below subkey HKEY LOCAL _MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Control CrashControl entry NMICrashDump 1 DWORD 7 End the registry edi
3. Restart Shutdown Boot the All Machine Action Start Suspend Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Backup Restore Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete YM Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off elected host s j shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Click Start Restart Shutdown or Suspend of the Action menu Note If you start restart shut down or suspend a machine from the Operation menu the command is run to all the machines which hosts are allocated to resources If you start restart shut down or suspend a machine from the Action menu the command is run only to the machine selected under the Host List or Group Pool A confirmation message appears Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Operations for Maintenance 9 1 3 Maintenance Mode To set in and release Maintenance Mode perform the following procedure Setting in the Maintenance Mode and Releasing the The Maintenance Mode can be used when you want to ignore failure notifications during maintenance of a machine If a failure notification is generated on a machine set in the Maintenance Mode recovery processes according to policies are not executed In addition if you set an inactive machine i
4. Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off 6 Create and Assign Machine appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Create and A A Create and Assign Machine Model Model x Resource Pool Select automatically x The VM Serer is selected automatically The VM Sewer is specified VM Server VM Name Datastare None z 7 Select the model on which a virtual machine to be created Create the virtual machine with the template specified on the Software tab of the Model Property Setting Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 333 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View In Windows 2003 or earlier the administrator password is changed to what is set in the host setting or the host profile only when the administrator password of the template is set to null otherwise the administrator password setting in the host setting or the host profile is ignored and the password is not changed In Windows Vista or later the administrator password is changed to what is set in the host setting or the host profile 8 Select the resource pool to create a virtual machine in the Resource Pool list If a resource pool is selected here a virtual machine is created on the virtual machine server of the selected resource pool 9 Select the selecting method of the virtual machine server To have SigmaSy
5. Host Memory Usage MB 3 5min 30 min 1 1 Collection Intervals can be changed depending on which monitoring profile is selected VM Monitoring Profile 5min 5 minutes VM Monitoring Profile 30min 30 minutes 2 If the virtualization infrastructure is Xen the performance data are not obtained 23 If the virtualization infrastructure is KVM the performance data are not obtained SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Appendix Physical Machine Monitoring Profile Collects performance data of the following performance indicators For Current Power W machine IPMI information must be configured to be able to be seen from SystemProvisioning Accesses to the guest OS with the specified account in order to obtain the performance data other than the Current Power W Performance Indicator Collection Intervals CPU Usage 1 min 5 min 30 min 1 Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec 1 min 5 min 30 min 1 Disk Space MB 1 min 5 min 30 min 1 Physical Memory Space MB 1 min 5 min 30 min 1 Current Power W 30 min 2 4 Collection Intervals can be changed depending on which monitoring profile is selected Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 1min 1 minute Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 5min 5 minutes Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 30min 30 minutes 2 Collects performance data every 30 minutes without depending on monitor
6. eecceeeceeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeieeeeeeees 387 9 1 9 Backing up and Restoring a Machine ee eeesceeeeneeeeeeneeeeseneeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeseeeeenenaeeeneaes 389 9 1 10 Distributing an Additional Application and Applying a Patch to a Machine sssr 390 9 1 11 Confirming the Configuration Database SettingS ccceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeete 393 9 2 Adding a Managed Machine After Starting Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 06 395 9 2 1 Adding a Physical Machine s sissisodan aiaa naaa Aane Ea eaaa Aae aKa aiaro aaeain 395 9 2 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server cceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaaeeeaeeeseeeeeeesneeeeeeee 395 9 2 3 Registering a Created Virtual Machine ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaaeeeeeeeeeseeeseieeeeeeees 397 9 3 Working with Service Portal cccccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeneeceeeeesaaeeesaaesseeeeseaeeesaeessaeeseneeeeaees 399 9 3 1 How to Create a Virtual Machine on the Portal VieW eccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeess 401 9 3 2 How to Edit the Service Profile 0 0 eeeeeeseeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeceaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaeeees 403 9 4 Gonne cting to a Consol wus aitahteci kink Adin ee ie Atami E 404 9 4 1 Connecting to a Serial Console o
7. 6 Enter the network name in the Name box Required 7 Click the Add of the Action menu under VLAN Definition List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 147 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 8 The Add VLAN Definition dialog box appears Add VLAN Port Group Definition x Switch all Switch Physical gt Hint The switch that applies VLAN is selected If All Switch Physics is selected it is applied to the physical switch set to Network tab of Machine Property Switch Name Hint A virtual switch of the set name is made when there is no virtual switch that can be used if switch name do not specify system automatically determined Specify VLAN Port Group Select VLAN10 o New VLAN Type mn y VLAN ID io 9 Select the switch to which the VLAN is to be applied in the Switch list Required lt lf the All Switch Physical or the Physical Switch is selected gt Switch Name Specify VLAN Port Group O Select o New VLAN Type VLAN 148 Add VLAN Port Group Definition x Switch all Switch Physical z Hint The switch that applies VLAN is selected If All Switch Physics is selected it is applied to the physical switch set to Network tab of Machine Property m Hint A virtual switch of the set name is made when there is no virtual switch that can be used if switch name do not specify system automatically determined VLAN10 z V
8. Item Setting Source CLUSTERPRO X Event ID 40000002 Keyword1 lt type nm gt lt event 2 gt Server Keyword2 has been stopped Trap Name Server down A sharp sign in the keyword setting represents a single byte space Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 91 3 Settings of Related Products 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management Out of Band OOB Management is the functionality to communicate with Baseboard Management Controller BMC EXPRESSSCOPE Engine in Express 5800 Series servers implemented on a managed machine to execute power control and maintenance operation This section explains how to configure the necessary setting for using OOB Management Configure the setting for the management server s OS and managed machines BMC and OS by performing the procedure in the following subsections After configuring the setting the features of OOB Management described below will be available Information acquisition from BMC Sensor information can be acquired from the BMC The information is used for checks on the power On Off state and fault diagnosis Power control through BMC Power control through BMC can be executed manually and by using policy actions Power OFF and ACPI Shutdown also can be controlled When planning to use the Policy Action Action for Machine Replace machine Immediate Power OFF be sure to configure the necessary setting for OOB Managemen
9. Select the role to allocate the user in the Role list Configure the role of which the System is configured in the Defined In to the system Click OK The role to allocate the user is added under Assigned Roles Changing a role for the system oa Fw N Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window Select the check box of the role of which the Defined In is System under Assigned Roles and click the Edit Privilege of the Action menu Note The Edit Privilege does not appear on the Action menu for a user without the system administrator role SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 7 Edit Privilege appears under Assigned Roles Management gt User gt pym EA Edit User User Name I Update Password Password Confirm Password Description OK Cancel Assigned Roles Display Count WF v Role Name Description Defined In Children Succeed ca Operations Manager Can only access operations view System S Edit Privilege Role Operations Manager j Assign User pym Defined In System M The setting is succeeded to children OK Cancel 8 Click OK 9 The changed role appears under Assigned Roles Note When
10. 3 300 Registering the master VM in DPM If you specified the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be activated this procedure registering the master VM in DPM and the procedure 4 creating a disk duplication data file for the master VM are unnecessary In this case check the following notes and skip to the procedure 5 Note If the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM is specified on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be started check the following notes The disk duplication data file of the master VM is created automatically Windows parameter file Express is created for the Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 Windows parameter file is created for the other Windows OSs Therefore follow the procedure corresponding to the machine in the procedure 5 for preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep If the disk duplication data file of the master VM is created manually the information of the disk duplication data file is used for the unconfigured items on the Host Profile tab as the default values In order to prevent the system influenced by the unnecessary disk duplication data files ensure that the unnecessary disk duplication data files are deleted For details see Section 5
11. cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeeaas e 3 4 Configuring Settings for a Software Load Balancer csccecccsseeeeesseeeeesssteeeeesaes 3 5 Configuring Settings for Storage ccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeneeseeeeesaeeeeaeeeeneeeaas 3 6 Configuring Settings for a Virtual Environment esssesseeseesiessieeriesriesresrresrresre e 3 7 Configuring DPM isaac ees foes eee tei eed eee et en te 3 8 Setting up a Managed Machine cc cccecceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeaeeseeeeesaeeesaaeeeeeeesaas 3 9 Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management csceseeeseeeeees e 3 11 Creating a Scenario in DPM ceeceeeececeeeeeceeeeeeaee scenes caeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeeeneeess 1 3 12 Creating a Master VM in a Virtual Environment cccceceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 1 51 3 Settings of Related Products 3 1 Settings of Related Products This chapter provides an explanation of preparing products that are used in SigmaSystemCenter these operations must be completed before beginning operation with SigmaSystemCenter If you have an environment that these settings have been configured already you do not need to do over See Chapter 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter to register related products to SigmaSystemCenter The flows of settings of rel
12. 2 4 Configuring the Environment 2 4 1 36 Configure the environment of SigmaSystemCenter to make it suitable for your system operations either before or after starting the operations with SigmaSystemCenter This section provides the procedure to configure the environment of SigmaSystemCenter 1 Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view 2 Click the Environment in the Management tree 3 Environment Setting appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections Configuring the Setting of Collecting the Configuration Information To change the setting from the default setting of collecting the configuration information which is not collecting the configuration information periodically perform the following procedure 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the General tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Set the interval for gathering information for Composition Information Management I Gather Information The interval for gathering information 5 minute s Select the Gather Information check box Enter an interval for collecting the configuration information in The interval for gathering information box Required 4 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Environment 2
13. 5 4 3 Configuring Settings on the Host Tab On the Host tab configure the information that does not depend on the machine types such as a host name and IP address as a Host Setting To configure settings on the Host tab of the Group Property Setting perform the following procedure Display the Group Property Setting window and select the Host tab To add a host to Host List click Add of the Action menu under Host List Add Host is displayed below the Host List Operations gt Category A gt VMG Ej Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor Display Count 20 E Host Name F Host A Add Delete IP Address Property I Create Multiple Hosts Host Name Tag I Network Settings Please set the IP Address If it is not set it will be obtained automatically IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway I As Management IP Address OK Cancel Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 215 5 Creating an Operation Group 4 Tocreate multiple hosts simultaneously select the Create Multiple Hosts check box Note If the Create Multiple Hosts check box is selected the host names will be created under the following rules The sequential number is added to the end of the host name that is entered in the Host Name box If a host name already with a number at the ending is entered the number n
14. m Group f Manager SNMP TCP IP In Band TCP IP Out of Band For Help press F1 7 Close the Alert Manager and click OK on the NEC ESMPRO Agent Properties dialog box 3 9 2 Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Linux To configure for a Linux machine to send a failure event perform the following procedure Note The alert destination of Manager Report is not configured by installing NEC ESMPRO Agent You need to configure the alert manager manually SNMP Trap Log in as a root user 2 Start the service under the following path opt nec esmpro_sa bin ESMamsadm 3 Select Base Setting and press Enter 4 Select Manager SNMP and press Enter 5 Select Enable the function When selected it is marked with an asterisk 6 If needed configure an IP address in Trap Destination IP Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 89 3 Settings of Related Products Manager Report TCP IP In Band N on Pw N Log in as a root user Start the service under the following path opt nec esmpro_sa bin ESMamsadm Select Base Setting and press Enter Select Manager TCP_IP In Band and press Enter Select Enable the function When selected it is marked with an asterisk On the ESMamsadm initial screen select Destination ID Setting and press Enter Select TCP_IP IN BAND and click Modify Select Address and click Enter If needed specify an IP address a
15. 3 Enter the maximum output size of the Debug log in The maximum output size box under Debug Log Setting Reference For a list of debug logs output by SystemProvisioning see Subsection 2 3 1 Logs of SystemProvisioning in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 4 Select the level of acquisition of the Debug log in the Acquired debug log level setting list 5 Select the update interval of the latest jobs and logs from the Update Interval Setting box 6 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 40 Configuring the Environment 2 4 5 Configuring the Information of a Virtual Resource To change the default number 20 of virtual machines that are operational on one virtual machine server perform the following procedure 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Virtual Resource tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Set the initial values of Capacity value of VM server and Cost value of YM The number of virtual machines on a VM server is limited because the total cost value of virtual machines does not exceed the capacity value of the VM server Capacity Value 200 Cost Value 10 Set the default root password of VMware ESX used upon Failover Reconfigure and opening console This password is used when the password information is not set by the screen setting of the virtual eac
16. 5 Click the Show All Performance of the Action menu or click the of icon in Host List Operations gt Category gt Group B Edit Group Move G f Base Information er Son Name Group a a Priority 1 Resource Pool Create OS Type Linux Policy Name Property The way to use group pool GroupOnly Senn Description Command Set Privilege pe O lll i fi Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Scale Out Change Machine Usage Scale In r Host Name Status Power IP Address Ri a ii i M GQesxsvi01 GNormal GRunning 192 168 47 101 192 1 Eesxsv103 Ganormal GRunning 192 168 47 103 192 1 PAI Cetorianta All Machine Action r C Gesxswi05 Normal Running 192 168 47 105 192 11 Start eset Job Result Restart Clear Failure Status Shutdown Maintenance On Redistribute Maintenance Off Software Group Pool 9 Refresh Display Count 20 7 Delete Machine Individual Operations v m Resource Name Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model Delete Machine Individual Operations Show Performance Part III Maintenance 427 9 Maintenance 428 6 7 10 11 12 Graph Setting appears on the Main Window Operations gt VM_Category gt DiskClone gt Show All Per Graph Setting ty Display graph type Realtime Interval 5 minutes Historical Host VM122 7 Display period Start time 2012 05 24 B 20 7 47 z
17. DPM Server Optimized Startup Group Description Machine Pool Setting Use a machine in the group pool C When the group pool doesnt have an available machine use a machine in the shared pool M Use as Scale out Group Max Running Machine Count Min Running Machine Count Operation Machine Count At Scale out Operation Machine Count At Scale in I When Scale in shut down running machines instead of release with taking apart it Apply Back Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 211 5 Creating an Operation Group 212 To change the operation group name enter the operation group name in the Group Name box Required To change the priority of the operation group select the priority in the Priority list Note SystemProvisioning selects an operation group in ascending order of the Priority value To configure a policy to the operation group select the policy name in the Policy Name list Note Prepare the policy in advance before configuring the policy to the operation group For details of policies see Section 4 10 Creating a Policy To relate the group to a resource pool select a resource pool in the Resource Pool list If you specify a resource pool here SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server to create a virtual machine from the virtual machine servers under the specified resource pool when creating a virtual machine Note This item appears only when the VM
18. Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the host under Machine List and click Start Restart Shutdown or Suspend in the Operations menu A confirmation message appears Click OK Executing the power operations on the Operations view 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group where the machine on which starts restart shut down or suspend is to be executed exists in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Part III Maintenance 379 9 Maintenance 380 4 Select the check box of the host under Host List or Group Pool Operations gt Categary A gt Group A General Base Information Priority OS Type Policy Name The way to use group pool Description Host List Display Count 20 Status Normal Vv Host Name M GFHost A Group A 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Machine Individual Operations 9 Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool Assign New Delete VM Machine Individual on IP Address 255 255 255 0 Power Oor Assign New Delete YM Display Count 20 Resource m Name C Emh Status Oor Group Pool Power Delete MAC Ad 00 50 56 97 Type VMware Virtu Delete
19. Display the Group Property Setting window and select the LB Setting tab To add a load balancer to LB List click Add of the Action menu under LB List Add Load Balancer is displayed below LB List Operations gt Category A gt PhysicalGroup EA Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Please select Load Balancer to group Load Balancer List at LB Name LB Group Name IP Address Protocol Port Real Server Add Load Balancer C LB Name LB Group Name IP Address Protocol Port Real Server RS Port OK Cancel 4 Select the load balancer to add under Add Load Balancer Click OK The load balancer is added to the LB List 6 Click Back to display the details of the group on the Main Window Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 225 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 4 8 226 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM The Machine Profile tab is used for configuring the devices to be assigned to newly created virtual machines only if the managed machine is a virtual machine If the Model Type is VM the Machine Profile tab is displayed The Machine Profile definition is used while the Create and Assign Machine functionality or the Reconfigure functionality is being executed The Machine Profile definition on the Group Property Setting is the default value of mod
20. N O 0 e UON Select the General tab Part III Maintenance 477 10 Backup and Restoration Others If you change files and registries manually save the configuration content 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM You can back up the data that are updated when operating DPM with the processes such as registering modifying deleting a managed machine adding modifying deleting a group creating a package from the Image Builder and creating changing or executing a scenario If you execute these operations back up the data with the following procedure on the machine where DPM Server is installed Note Log in to the system with a user with the administrator authority and execute this operation 1 End all processes related to DPM Note Check that Any scenario is not being executed If there is any scenario being executed wait until the scenario is completed The DPM Web Console including other tools of DPM is not started 2 Stopping the DPM services Click Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Stop all the services starting with DeploymentManager Right click the service name and click Stop 3 Backing up data Back up the following data in the directory where DPM is installed e All files in the Datafile folder e All files in the PXE lmag
21. 5 To change the administrator password select the Update Password check box and enter the new password in the Administrator Password box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 235 5 Creating an Operation Group Enter the domain suffix in the Domain Suffix box To configure the DNS WINS setting select the DNS WINS Setting check box Enter the IP address of the primary DNS in the Preferred Primary DNS box Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS in the Substituted Secondary DNS box 10 Enter the IP address of the tertiary DNS in the Tertiary DNS box 11 Click Apply oO N O 5 4 11 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Client On the Host Profile tab configure the machine specific information of a Windows Client machine to assign to a host The definition of the host profile is used in the following processes the scenario distribution with running the OS installation by disk duplication Create and Assign Machine and Reconfiguration To apply machine specific information to a managed machine ensure that the OS setting is configured The OS setting must be configured on any of a group property setting a host setting or a template The host profile definition configured on the group property setting is used as the default value of the models and the hosts under the group Reference For details of a host profile see Subsection 1 3 2 Applicable Specific Information in Image De
22. 9 Maintenance 4 Select the task to create a virtual machine from the Business box If you want to create multiple virtual machines select the Create Multiple Hosts check box 5 Type the name of the host to the virtual machine in the Computer Name box 6 Type the tag keyword of the virtual machine in the Tag box 7 Select the Update Password check box and set the password for the virtual machine 8 If you want to configure the service profile information select the Service Profile Information check box and specify the information of Start Datetime End Datetime Owner and Principal These are not required information so you can specify them as necessary 9 Click Next 10 The Machine Profile List appears on the main window A Create YM Machine Profile List Display Count 20 S Select Profile Name Summary Information C Large 4 vCPU 4096MB Memory C Medium 2 vCPU 2048MB Memory C Small 1 CPU 1024MB Memory Finish 11 Select the machine profile you want to configure on the Machine Profile List and click Finish SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 402 Working with Service Portal 9 3 2 How to Edit the Service Profile You can edit the service profile on the Portal view To do so perform the following procedure Click Portal on the title bar to switch to the Portal view 2 Select the host whose service profile you want to edit on Machine List and click Edit 3 The Service P
23. Configure Host Setting next Note To configure the Host Setting see Section 5 8 Configuring the Host Setting 5 4 4 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Configure the Storage tab of the Group Property Setting Storage configured for the group is shared among all hosts working in that group The Storage tab is displayed if the model type is set to Physical or VM Server To configure settings on the Storage tab perform the following procedure Reference Set the disk volume for the group to Shared in advance following the procedure in Subsection 4 6 5 Configuring a Disk Volume to Shared Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 217 5 Creating an Operation Group 218 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and select the Storage tab The storage configuration applied to the group appears Operations gt WindowsServer A Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Storage List Add Delete Connect After rn 5 Share HBA NIC E Order Distribution Disk Auray Dk Molumg Status Index Number Eait Up O 1 A M100 200000255C3A0f Shared ALL 28 Down Apply Back To add disk volume to Storage List click Add of the Action menu on Storage List Disk Volume Setting is displayed at the bottom of the screen Select a disk array from the Disk Array list The contents displayed
24. Owner Name Organization Name Time Zone GMT 09 00 ABR LR EF Product Key License Mode Number of Connected Server Connected Client OK Cancel 5 Enter a template name for the Full Clone template in the Template Name box Required 6 Enter a cost value for when creating a virtual machine from a Full Clone template in the Cost box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 309 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Select Full Clone as Type Select a destination virtual machine server in the VM Server list Select a destination datastore in the Location list For the vCenter Server environment select the OS type of the virtual machine in the OS Type list The OS Name list is optional For the other environments this procedure is unnecessary Skip to the next procedure The profile information relevant to the OS can be given to the template To give the profile information select the Profile check box and follow the procedure below If it is unnecessary skip to the procedure 17 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a name of the OS license owner in the Owner Name box If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter an organization name of the OS license in the Organization Name box If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client select the time zone in the Time Zone list If t
25. Period Statistics Ave X Plotting interval Auto adjustment 30 minutes 7 1 days z Va bata Nt N Node Performance Indicator CPU Usage Ave Disk Space MB Ave Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec Ave Network Packet Transfer Rate Aye Bytes sec Physical Memory Space MB Ave T T T 19 50 19 55 20 00 20 05 20 10 20 15 20 20 20 25 20 30 20 35 20 40 20 45 Statistics Color Latest Maximum Average Minimum Scale 0 2188 0 4474 0 1633 0 0644 x100 4355 4355 4355 4355 x0 01 0 272e 04 1 983e 04 0 180e 04 0 001e 04 x0 001 0 945e 04 3 380e 04 0 386e 04 0 086e 04 0 001 1118 1134 1130 1118 x001 Select the target machine to be viewed its performance from the Host list You can select machines assigned under the group from the host Select the statistic calculation method from the Statistics list specifying one of the followings Max Ave Min or Sum Select displaying the real time graph or the history graph under Display graph type When selecting the real time graph specify the update interval of the graph Specify display period of the graph in Display period If the history graph is selected under Display graph type the start time for graph display can be specified Specify the plot interval under Plotting Interval Click OK to display the specified graph SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Checking Performance Status 9 7 3 Comparing Groups Models p
26. System Resource gt Machine gt physical gt esx41 slot Base Information Name UUID MAC Address Model Name Type Vendor ID Configration File Slot Number Tag Location Unit Name DPM Path Description esx41 slot1 local 1B29E313 3000 0180 DC11 FOE8004D92B2 00 30 13 E2 29 1C Express5300 120Bb 6 N8400 029 Unitary VMware VM Server NEC 0 SystemProvisioning CPU Type Processor Memory Size Hardware Information Intel R Xeon R CPU 5110 1 60GHz 4 2 Socket x 1 6GHz 2046MB Running Group Host Name OS Name Group Pool Virtual Path Operating Information Operations esx esx esx200 VMware ESX 4 1 0 Build 324795 Machine Status Information Summary Status Power Status Gon Running Status Gon OS Status Off Hardware Status GReady Status Detail Executing Status Policy Status Gon Management Status Managed Maintenance Status Off Out of Band Management Connection Information Destination 172 16 0 44 User Name administrator Connection Status Connected Update Time 2011 12 08 18 17 56 virtual 172 16 0 12 DataCenter1 esx41 slot1 local Installed Software 6 Click the maintenance operation to execute on the Operation menu B Move Machine Unmanaged Property Console IPMI Information Operations Log Job Hide Maintenance Command Set Privilege Operation 9 Start Restart Shutdown Refresh Machine Reconfigure Power ON Power OFF
27. SystemProvisioning distributes software to the pool machine and activates the pool machine at the group Replace Machine SystemProvisioning replaces a failure machine with the pool machine to recover Change Machine Usage SystemProvisioning stops a machine activated in Group A and activates the machine in Group B For the operation of Change Machine Usage the machine to change its usage must be registered to a new group Group B in this case in advance Furthermore it can be specified whether to use only a pool machine registered to the group pool or the other machines not registered to the group pool in a situation when any available machine does not exist in the group pool This specification can be configured on the Machine Pool Setting on the Group Property Setting and appears under Base Information of the group Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter The conditions for using a machine not registered to a group are as follows Permitted to use a machine not registered to the group pool on the Group Property Setting Any available machine does not exist in the group pool The pool machine is already registered as a management target of DPM and in status which software can be distributed For a virtual machine only a virtual machine on the virtual machine server belonging to the resource pool is available if the resource pool is specified F
28. 22 Enter the IP address of the secondary WINS in the Substituted Secondary WINS box 23 To configure several NICs perform iteratively these procedures from procedure 18 to procedure 22 as you need 24 To configure extend settings select the Extend Setting check box For Extend Setting configure the command to be executed when first logging into the OS of a managed machine after customization Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is ignored 25 To add a command enter the command in the Command box and click Add to add the command to the List Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is available by using a Sysprep answer file only when the target OS is Windows Vista or later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored because the Sysprep answer file is not available in these operating systems 26 Click Apply Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Linux On the Host Profile tab configure the machine specific information of a Linux machine to assign to a host The definition of the host profile is used in the following processes the scenario distribution with running the OS installation by disk duplication Create and Assign Machine and Reconfiguration SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties To apply machine specific information to a managed machine ens
29. 4 Select the kind of the OS in the OS Name list Note Supported OSs are different depending on the compatible products For details see the support information of each product Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 237 5 Creating an Operation Group 238 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Reference If you configure the OS name you don t have to create a disk duplication data file when you use the customization of DPM For details see Subsection 6 1 4 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Differential Clone Method and 6 1 5 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Disk Clone Method To change the administrator password select the Update Password check box and enter the new password in the Administrator Password box To use the Sysprep answer file select Sysprep answer file in the Sysprep Answer file list Note In the case of using the customization of DPM the Sysprep answer file is available only when the target OS is Windows Vista or later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored Enter a name of the OS license owner in the Owner Name box Enter an organization name of the OS license in the Organization Name box Select the time zone in the Time Zone list Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is available by using a Sysprep answer file only when the target OS is Windows Vista o
30. Click the Add of the Action menu Add Privilege appears under Privilege List Select the role to assign in the Role list 05 00 NO OV o Select the user to assign in the Assign User list 10 To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box Note If the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected the configuration of the role is succeeded to the machines activated at the target operation group 11 Click OK Configuring the Authority to a Machine To configure the authority to a machine set the role in which the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected to the resource to which the machine belongs Then the role set on the resource is succeeded to the machine To check the authority configuration information of the role which is succeeded to the target machine perform the following procedure SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 1 Click Resource on the Title Bar to switch to the Resource view or click Virtual on the Title Bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the target machine to check the configuration of the access and operation authority with a role in the Resource tree or the Virtual tree Details of the machine appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu 5 Privilege List appears on the Main Window
31. Configuring Serial Over Lan SOL to configure BIOS and OS of the managed machine 3 8 5 Configuring the Setting for Monitoring Performance by System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Preconfiguration is required for the machines to be monitored by System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Because the preconfiguration procedure is different according to the condition of the machine to be monitored see the following instructions to configure the appropriate setting for the machines to be monitored Reference For details of the settings on a monitored machine for the performance data collection by System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services see Section 1 7 Connecting to Monitored Machines in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide Ifthe machine to be monitored is running Windows e You need to prepare a user account for System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to access to the machine The account must belong to the Administrators group or Performance Monitor Users group of the machine e If the OS of the monitored machine is Windows Vista Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 and you are going to use an account belongs to an Administrators group you need to configure a security policy so that the Admin Approval Mode will be disabled However you do not need to configure a security policy for domain users e You need to configure a security policy so that the monitored ma
32. Distribute Software appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Distribute t A Distribute the Specified Software The software will be installed on host s Please select software that you want to install Software Type pe Cr Image Name Type I temp_kozu2 temp_kozu2 Full Clone D Winen Win en Full Clone OK Cancel Select the software type to narrow in the Software Type list Select the check box of the software to distribute under Software List If you distribute multiple pieces of software you can change the distribution order To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down Click OK When distributing software starts In Process appears on the Status of the host under Host List When distributing software finishes a pop up message appears and Normal appears on the Status The result of the distributing software processing can be checked from the Job window on the Monitor view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Redistributing Software 7 11 Redistributing Software Redistribute Software is the functionality that re installs the software registered to a group or a host into a specified machine or all the machines of a group To redistribute software perform the following procedure Note A template cannot be redistributed Because the software that is distributed with Distribute Softw
33. For the procedure see Section 5 4 Creating a Setup Parameter File in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Creating a scenario for backup Create a backup scenario See Subsection 3 11 4 Creating a Backup Scenario File SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Scenario in DPM 3 11 2 4 Backing up the master machine Save the backup of the master machine using the backup scenario from DPM Server 5 Creating a restore scenario Create a scenario for restoring the backup image See Subsection 3 11 5 Creating a Restore Scenario File For a restoration operation that installs the backup image to a spare machine when a failure occurs register this restore scenario as distribution software of SystemProvisioning Operation with OS Installation by Disk Duplication The flow of creating a restore scenario is as follows Reference For details of the image deployment using DeploymentManager see Section 1 3 About Image Deployment in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 1 Setting up a master machine Set up a managed machine to be the source of a backup This machine is called the master machine 2 Creating a disk duplication data file Create a disk duplication data file of the master machine When distributing a restore scenario SystemProvisioning creates a disk duplication data file of the machine to distribute the restore scenario by using the information of the master machine s dis
34. Host 001 Warning Temperature REOO151 2011 10 17 10 04 02 Completed OobManagement UUID 90478aa6 Upper Non critical going high Host 000 Normal Temperature REOO149 2011 10 17 10 03 54 Finished OobManagementUUID 8fff1eaa c Upper Non critical going low Host 001 Normal Temperature REOO148 2011 10 17 10 03 54 Finished OobManagementUUID 90478aa6 Upper Non critical going low Host 000 Warning Temperature RE00145 2011 10 17 10 03 41 Completed OobManagementUUID 8fff1eaa c Upper Non critical going high Host 001 Warning Temperature REOO144 2011 10 17 10 03 41 Completed jon critical going Part III Maintenance 439 9 Maintenance 9 9 Viewing IPMI Information This section explains how to view the IPMI information from managed machines Note To obtain the IPMI Information configure the system environment so that Connected will be displayed in the Connection Status of the Out of Band Management connection information of the selected machine s detailed information 1 Click Resource on the title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of a machine on the System Resource tree The detailed information of the machine which is to be the target of obtaining the IPMI information is displayed 4 Click the IPMI Information on the Configuration menu to display the Machine IPMI Information window on the Main Window However if the machine type is a virtual machine the IPMI Inf
35. If you open this window after registration Event Setting is selected under Select Event and a list of events a list of prevent events and waiting time are displayed in each Group A Event List Group B Event List and Waiting Time 6 Select the event category in the Event Category list 7 Select the report source of an event in the Report Source list You do not need to select this item if you select All Event in Category under Select Event SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 186 Creating a Policy 8 Select the event in the Event list You do not need to select this item if you select All Event in Category under Select Event Reference For selectable event categories or report sources see Section 1 2 Events SigmaSystemCenter Can Detect in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 9 To change the event name enter the event name in the Event Name box 10 Under Recovery Action List configure the actions for the event Select actions in each Action list Reference For selectable actions see Section 1 7 List of Policy Actions in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 11 To add actions click Add Action to add another Action list The maximum number of registering actions is 30 12 Specify the action number No in the Label box If the Execution Option list is selected together execution patterns of the action can be specified If the Label box is not entered the action registered just
36. Note Because the added machine is not configured as managed target of SystemProvisioning at this point the machine is displayed on the Unmanaged Machine List 6 If you want to install applications and patches to the virtual machine register the virtual machine to DPM that is registered as a subsystem of SystemProvisioning Note Check that the UUID is registered on the Add Machine window on the DPM Web Console If the UUID is not registered enter the UUID manually 7 Collect the information of the machines in DPM to which you have registered the machine from SystemProvisioning Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem in the Management tree 9 Details of the subsystem appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target DPM and then click Collect of the Action menu 10 Check the collected machine Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view and then click the Machine Part III Maintenance 397 9 Maintenance 11 Click Register Machine on the Configuration menu click the Unmanaged Machine List and check that the name of the registered virtual machine is not duplicated and the MAC address and UUID are registered Note Because the added machine is not configured as managed target of SystemProvisioning at this point the machine is displayed on the Unmanaged Machine List Select the virtual machine to add as a management target an
37. Releasing a role for all resources Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window D Or Bow NS Select the check box of the role to release under Assigned Roles and click the Release of the Action menu 7 The confirmation message appears Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 209 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 3 Adding an Operation Group In SigmaSystemCenter you can operate a machine with the same procedure regardless of the machine types a physical machine or virtual machine however you need to prepare different operation groups by the machine type and OS type An operation group can manage only one type of machine The machine types that can be managed in SigmaSystemCenter are Physical machine except a virtual machine server Virtual machine servers Virtual machines To add an operation group perform the following procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the Operation or the icon of the category or group to which you want to create a group in the Operations tree Click Add Group on the Configuration menu Add Group appears on the Main Window Operations gt New Eaj Add Group Name OS Type Wind
38. Apply Back Disk Volume Setting Storage Information Disk Array NetApp LUN Number Connect after distribution Display Count 20 D Name Share Status Usage Status O Eho 0 Shared D ESB 0 Shared C So 0 Shared Unused Unused Unused Network Information The exported IP address of the destination host w2k8r2ab01 Select the check box of a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes To specify the host or IP address of the destination host select the published host from the The exported IP address of the destination host list on the Network Information box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 275 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 8 4 276 Note To control storage the Network tab of the host and the Machine Property Setting must be configured together If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage When the host name is set up the setting of name resolution such as DNS settings for the disk array is required so that IP address can be obtained with the host name For details about the Network tab of the host see Subsection 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab For the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab Click OK The disk volume is added to Storage List Click Apply Configuring Settings on the Software Tab To configure settings on the Softw
39. Destination Datastore Auto Select zl Status after Moving V Auto On Hint Always auto on while moving by Failover 6 Select the new datacenter and virtual machine server under Destination VM Server List Required SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 368 Moving a Virtual Machine 7 Select the move method from the following check boxes under Please select the way to move VM Migration If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter moves a powered on machine with Hot Migration and moves a powered OFF machine with Cold Migration Move With Suspend Quick Migration If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter suspends the virtual machine before moving it and then resumes the virtual machine after moving Storage Migration If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter moves the virtual machine including the disk Move With Shutdown Move If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter moves the virtual machine including the disk after shutting down the virtual machine Exclude extended disk from migration If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter moves the virtual machine except the extended disk during Storage Migration Move Failover If this check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter moves the virtual machine if the virtual machine server is down with a failure If the virtual machine exists on the shared disk Hot Migration Cold Migration and Fa
40. Enable Enable Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Enable Edit BBRBBBBBEBEEBE 185 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 3 Corresponding Event Handler Settings New or Corresponding Event Handler Settings Edit appears on the Main Window Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol gt Correspondin A Corresponding Event Handler Settings Edit Select Event Specify One Event C All Event in Category Event Setting Event Category Machine inaccessible error x Report Source AliveMonitor ii Event PeriodicalAliveMonitor TargetDown z Bait ie Mamen SOS Recovery Action List Execution Option 1 Success Notifcation E mail EventLog 2 D Success pa Machine status Setfaultedstaus 4 Oo 3 iz Success z Action for machine Diagnose and Power OFF z Q O No Label Action 4 Success x Action for VMS Move all running VMs on the VM server Migration Failover z Add Action Apply Back 4 Enter the event handler name in the Name box Required Select Specify One Event or All Event in Category under Select Event Note If you select the All Event in Category all the report sources and events in the event category are selected Note if the selected event category is the category that is configured in the Suppression Settings including the waiting time on the General tab of the Policy Property Settings the Suppression Settings are reflected
41. Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Datastore Setting Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Datastore List Destroy Setting Utilization Max VM Datastore Name Size GB coutar Priority peg ion Defined In Edit SAN1 199 75 82 80 0 100 4 Default SAN2 199 75 82 80 0 100 Default SAN3 199 75 84 80 0 100 Default SANA 99 75 73 80 0 100 Default Storage 1 147 75 73 80 0 100 Default To edit the datastore setting under Datastore List click the Edit of the datastore Datastore Setting dialog box appears Datastore Setting x Defined In Group Datastore Name SAN1 Priority JV As candidate destination of vm OK Cancel Select the priority of the datastore in the Priority list 5 To exclude the datastore as the destination to create VM clear the As candidate destination of vm check box 6 Click OK The datastore information under Datastore List is changed 7 Click Back to display details of the group on the Main Window Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab Configure the following settings for the machine activated at the group on the Alive Monitor tab Registering the machine to NEC ESMPRO Manager as a managed machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties Executing the alive monitoring towards the machine with Ping Monitoring and Port Monitoring Perform the following procedure Note If t
42. Primaryld Secondaryld VLAN Type Community gt OK Cancel Enter the primary ID in the Primaryld box Enter the secondary ID in the Secondaryld box Select a VLAN type in the VLAN Type list Click OK Adding a Logical Network If a logical network is registered to an operation group the following setting can be configured When the system configuration is changed the ports can be added to and deleted from VLAN automatically to reflect the changes The information of the virtual switch and port group that are required for creating a virtual machine can be configured The Address Pool to be required for automatic IP addressing can be configured It is also possible to set only the address pool to the logical network To add a logical network perform the following procedure Aa O NZ Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Network in the Resource tree Logical Network List appears on the Main Window Click Add Network on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Switch 5 Add Network appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Network gt Add Logical H Add Logical Network Name Tag Public Scope Public Allocated To Group Description VLAN Port Group Definition Address Pool VLAN Port Group Definition List Add Delete Switch Name VLAN Port Group Name Add Delete
43. Reply to the Exception List of Windows Server 2008 Firewall in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide To monitor whether the TCP Port of the machine activated at the model is connectable or not select the Port Monitoring check box and enter the port number to monitor in the Monitoring Port box Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 5 6 5 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor tab To configure the setting for collecting the performance data of the host activated at the model by using System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services perform the following procedure Note The setting configured on the Performance Monitor tab becomes effective when the SystemProvisioning s configuration information is reflected on System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services It might take time depending on the setting of the configuration application 1 Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Performance Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt VMG gt VMModel EA Model Property Setting General Software Machine Profile Performance Monitor M Performance Data Collection Settings Select the performance monitoring profile Profile Name to the selected nitoring profile Set the performance monitoring server System Monitor Management Server IP Address Port Number Specify the account used to access the mon
44. Starting the machine Start the machine from the Web Console Display the Machine Detail window of the target machine on the DPM Web Console to confirm that the MAC address of the new NIC is displayed on the MAC Address Start the Machine Detail window with the procedure below 1 Start the DPM Web Console 2 Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware 10 Click the group to which the machine belongs in the Resource tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the name of the target machine under Machine List on Pw The Machine Detail window appears If you want to replace the NIC installed on any of the virtual machine server listed below update the NIC related settings on the virtual machine server Hyper V Delete the virtual network assigned to the NIC on the virtual machine server and create it again XenServer Delete the old NIC information on the virtual machine server and register the new NIC information after replacing a NIC Updating the NIC information Collecting Select the System Resource in the Resource tree and click Collect on the Operation menu on the Web Console Deleting the information of NIC before replacement Select the icon of the machine whose NIC you replaced in the Resource tree and click Property on the Configuration menu Select the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting t
45. System Resource gt Machine gt VMSGroup gt 192 168 220 142 B Privilege List Operation 9 Display Count 2 S Refresh User Role Defined In Children Succeed admin Administrator All Resource System d pym Operator All Resource System A Note Add Edit Privilege or Release does not appear on the Action menu because a role cannot be configured directly to a machine To enable a role toa machine configure the role for which the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected to the resource to which the target machine belongs 5 2 5 Configuring the Authority to a Datacenter To specify a target datacenter of the access and operation authority with a role setting perform the following procedure Click Virtual on the Title Bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the target datacenter to configure the access and operation authority with a role in the Virtual tree Details of the datacenter appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window Click the Add of the Action menu Add Privilege appears under Privilege List Select the role to assign in the Role list O 0 NOU Pp Q Select the user to assign in the Assign User list 10 To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box Note If the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected the configur
46. Window Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol A Policy Property Settings General Monitoring Events Name Standard Policy Virtual Machine 2 Description Standard Policy Template for Virtual Machine md Suppression Settings Suppress Machine inaccessible error detected by NEC ESMPRO Manager 180 Seconds I Suppress Machine inaccessible error detected by virtual infrastructure 160 Seconds I Suppress CPU load failure 60 Seconds Apply Back 7 To change a name of the policy enter the name in the Name box 8 Click Apply 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings This subsection explains how to configure properties of the selected policy With these settings you can configure monitoring event of the policy and event handler settings which are called actions Perform the following procedure 1 Display the details of a policy on the Main Window Under Policy List click the Property of the policy to edit Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 183 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 2 Policy Property Settings appears on the Main Window Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol E4 Policy Property Settings General Monitoring Events Name Standard Policy VM Server Description Standard Policy Template for VM Server Ei Suppression Settings I Suppress Machine inaccessible error detected by NEC ESMPRO Manager aq Seconds Suppress Machine inaccessible error detec
47. and the number of NICs corresponding to the virtual machine to create Note When creating a Differential Clone template do not select the Independent mode for the master VM s virtual disk mode Do not select Independent Nonpersistent mode for the master VM s virtual disk mode When creating a virtual disk to install OS use either of IDE0 0 or SCSIO 0 When creating a HW Profile Clone or when executing the distribution to virtual machines by using DPM do not change the default setting of the virtual NIC and the SCSI controller Disable the sleep mode setting of OS Install OS that is supported by the virtual machine to create Only when Windows Server 2003 or earlier is used on the master VM clear the Administrator password configured to the OS Note If the Administrator password is not cleared here the same password as the master VM s will be set for the virtual machine to create Install VMwareTools on the master VM Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 117 3 Settings of Related Products 6 To create a HW Profile Clone template from the master VM for Create and Assign Machine perform the following procedures 1 Install DPM Client For the procedure see Section from 2 7 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Windows x86 x64 From the Installation Wizard to 2 10 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Linux according to your environment in SigmaSystemCenter Ins
48. e 4 2 Adding a Subsystem asirini a a e e a aE E 132 4 3 Managing ESXi Hyper V and KVM 0 cccccceseeceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaee scenes seaeeesaeeseaeeseneeess 140 4 4 Registering a Switch ccccccceseceeeeeeecceceeeeesaeseeaeeseeeeeseaeseeaaesgeneeseaeeesaaeeseaaeeseneeeeas 143 4 5 Registering a Load Balancer cccceeescceceseeceeeeseneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeseneeseeeeneees 153 4 6 Registering Sloge a tai Alin a aa aaraa E eaa aa a ae aa ai aatan i iaaa 158 4 7 Registering a Machine asssssesseeessrresssrnesrrnnessnnnesnnnnsnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnennaennnnnne 164 4 8 Preparing Distribution Software cccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeseeeeeeaas 166 e 4 9 Configuring Machine Property Setting ccscceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeaeeeeeeseneeess 169 4 10 Creating aPolicy 2sle tes cates e a a A a e a rae a 178 4 11 Grea ting a Profile mendonin aari aade tacio eek Saved adean aidon di aes 190 125 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 1 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter and Starting Operation To start operation with SigmaSystemCenter you need to register resources you want to use to SystemProvisioning In order to register the resources to SystemProvisioning you need to add a virtual compatible product and a related product such as DPM MasterScope Network Manager and storage as a subsystem and then the resources su
49. 1 158 This section provides the procedure of registering storage to be managed in SystemProvisioning Note If you change settings such as disk arrays LDs LD sets and WWN HBA in storage management software be sure to execute Collect Storage on the Operation menu from SystemProvisioning However if you change a LD name that has already assigned to a LD set the storage information cannot be updated properly If you change aLD name that has already assigned to a LD disconnect the disk volume release the LD from the LD set and then change the LD set name After changing the LD name connect to the disk volume again If you upgraded from 1 3 or a former version of SigmaSystemCenter the information of CLARiiON and Symmetrix set up in the version is not succeeded You need to add CLARiiON and Symmetrix as a subsystem Registering a Disk Array For NEC Storage and Symmetrix To register a disk array managed in the storage management software of NEC Storage and Symmetrix which is registered as a subsystem as a management target of SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure Note Do not change a name of a disk array registered in SigmaSystemCenter from NEC Storage Manager 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the Storage in the Resource tree 3 Click Register Delete Disk Array on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Register
50. 1 Configuration Guide 288 Configuring a Resource Pool 5 9 5 The tag which is used to specify the RDM to be assigned to virtual machines during its creation can be set to LUN Follow the procedures below to set up the LUN Click Operation on the title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the operation group whose LUN is intended to be set from the Operation tree The details of the group are displayed on the main window Click Resource Pool tab Click Edit of LUN to be set up from the LUN List Edit LUN box is displayed Edit LUN x Name rdm_share900 DO en Tag 7 Type the tag in the Tag box If the tag is specified as the Target LUN in the machine profile during the virtual machine creation the LUN with the tag is selected as the candidate destination Multiple tags can be set by separating with space characters 8 Click OK Configuring a Logical Network in a Resource Pool A resource pool includes a port group existing on the virtual machine server A logical network corresponding to this port group can be configured If a logical network is configured to the network information of a machine profile the logical network can be specified as the destination to which virtual NIC of a virtual machine connects Reference A logical network can be configured from the Resource view For details see 4 4 6 Adding a Logical Network Adding a logical network To creat
51. 168 1 250 in the Start IP box and 255 255 255 248 in the Subnet Mask box the upper limit that you can specify in the Host Count box is 5 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 216 Configuring Group Properties 8 To configure network settings select the Network Settings check box If you select this check box perform the following procedure to configure the network setting for NIC 1 If you do NOT select this check box skip to the procedure 14 because the IP address is acquired automatically Note When configuring the IP address for the network setting specify an IP address in the assignable range 9 Enter IP address in the Start IP box To create multiple hosts enter a starting IP address 10 Enter subnet mask in the Subnet Mask box When creating multiple hosts the subnet mask is used commonly 11 Enter the default gateway in the Default Gateway box When creating multiple hosts the default gateway is used commonly 12 In the following cases select the Management IP Address in the As Management IP Address list e To monitor physical machines with NEC ESMPRO Manager e To execute performance monitoring towards managed machines using IP addresses with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services e To execute alive monitoring towards managed machines with SystemProvisioning 13 Click OK The host is added to Host List 14 Click Back to display the details of the group on the Main Window
52. 3 Settings of Related Products 14 Select the Backup Restore tab Operations a Resource ei Machines 0 Gl gy Scenarios 2 B Built in Scenarios LS BEM E3 Images admin Administrator Account Logout Operations Monitor Management Resource gt Scenarios gt ScenarioGroup01 gt Add Scenario E Add Scenario Group Name Scenario Name HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option Backup C Restore Disk Configuration Check Image File fe DeployBackup I Machine Name MAC Address UUID Comment Backup Restore Target I Full Sector Option Disk Number 1 1000 1 Partition Setting Entire Disk Specify Partition Number 1 1000 1 Hidden Partition Is Disregarded Distribution Condition Setting Transmit Data By Unicast Transmit Data By Multicast Maximum Targets 1 1000 Maximum Waiting Time 1 1440 Min Multicast IP Address Restore Multicast TTL gt gt Time to live TTL is the number of the routers which multicasting traffic passes on a network I Maximum Transmission Rate 500 MB Minute Backup Setting Data Compression Compress Not Compress The Number Of Backup Image File Generations To Be Managed 0 99 0 I Create Verification Data OK Cancel 15 Enter an arbitrary name in the Scenario Name box Required 16 Select the Execute Backup Restoration check box and select the Backup 112 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Config
53. 4 Select the NIC number in the NIC Number list Note To use a blank for the NIC number set an arbitrary number here and then clear it by editing 5 Enter the MAC address in the MAC Address box Note Enter a MAC address in the format of 00 00 00 00 00 00 Register the MAC address of the managed machine that is registered to DPM as the NIC Number 1 Select the switch in the Switch list Select the port to connect in the Port list Click OK and the NIC will be added under NIC List Click Back to display the details of the machine on the Main Window oe o N D SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 172 Configuring Machine Property Setting 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab To configure settings on the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting perform the following procedure Note To control storage both this setting and the Storage tab on the Host Setting must be configured For how to configure the Storage tab on the Host Setting see Subsection 5 8 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab The host setting can be configured on the Storage tab of the group model if the shared disk is used For CLARiiON and Symmetrix register the HBA address and its path to SigmaSystemCenter beforehand by using set hba command the ssc command For how to register the HBA and its path information see Subsection 4 6 6 Registering a HBA and Path Information For CLARiiON Symme
54. 4 7 2 Adding a Resource Group crre ieoi na e e eak i ie ipa a aan estria Sere 164 4 7 3 Registering a Machi ena tiennent inan eranan cuncis be gchienencit aaa aan ar a aaaea a Aaea araa iara aa aaaea eu 165 4 8 Preparing Distribution Software cceecceceeeceeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeaeeceaeeecaaeeesaaeseeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseaees 166 4 8 1 Checking a Scenario That Can Be Used From SystemProvisioning cccccceesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeees 166 4 8 2 Checking a Template That Can Be Used From SystemProvisioning ccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeenees 167 4 8 3 Adding a Local Scripts isc ndiewien ei ae een a eine AEE AA vere eel anes 168 4 9 Configuring Machine Property Setting ccccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeneaeeeeeneess 169 4 9 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab 0 ec eecceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeesnaeeseaeeeeaees 170 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab eccccscesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeseeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeeeens 171 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage TAb eeecesceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeteaeeseaeetes 173 4 9 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab oo ccceecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaees 174 4 9 5 Checking the Software Distribution History Tab 0 cceeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaeeeeaeee
55. 6 Delete Package in DeploymentManager Reference Guide However if a Windows parameter file has been created for the master VM in a situation where SigmaSystemCenter is upgraded from a previous version the system works as usual with the Windows parameter file Therefore the disk duplication data file Windows parameter file does not have to be deleted If an unintended parameter file is used in situations such as the procedure for preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep is mistaken or an unintended parameter file exists the processing will fail For details see Subsection 3 3 4 Precautions Other in DeploymentManager Operation Guide If the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM is NOT specified on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be activated register the master VM in DPM For the details see Subsection 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM Creating a disk duplication data file for the master VM Create a disk duplication data file with Image Builder For the procedure to create a disk duplication data file see Subsection 5 4 Creating a Setup Parameter File in DeploymentManager Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine Note Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file are prepared as a disk duplication data file for Windows Server 2008 Wind
56. Allocate the resource to run in the group appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Allocate Mac EA Allocate the resource to run in the group Host Host A Please select a machine to add to the group Display Count 20 Model Resource Pool Select Name Type Status MAC Address 6 testvm001 VMware Virtual Mac 00 50 56 97 52 17 Next Cancel 9 Select the machine to add 10 Click Next Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 331 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 11 The confirmation of assigning a machine appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Allocate Mac E Allocate the resource to run in the group The machine will run with the following settings Host Host A Machine testvm001 Model Model Resource Pool Cancel 12 Click Finish 13 When allocating the resource finishes the added machine appears under Host List 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group To create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group perform Create and Assign Machine Preparation and the procedure are as follows Note For the procedure and notes of creating a virtual machine see Subsection 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which the machine to be registe
57. Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine cccceceeeeeeeeeetteeeeeees 256 5 7 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server cscccesseeeees 263 5 8 Configuring the Host Setting c ccceceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeesaeeesaeeeenees 269 5 9 Configuring a Resource POO cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeseaeeseneeseeeesaeeesaeeeneees 283 195 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 1 Adding a Category To add a category perform the following procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the Operations or the icon of the category to which you want to add a category in the Operations tree 3 Click Add Category on the Configuration menu Add Category appears on the Main Window Operations gt New A Add Category Name I Resource Management ID Hint If you want to allocate a resource pool please set management ID Resource Pool z DPM Server z Optimized Startup z Description 5 Enter a category name in the Name box Required If you plan to manage resources select the Resource Management ID check box and enter the ID for managing resources in the Resource Management ID box 7 f you don t plan to manage resources select a resource pool in the Resource Pool list 8 To register a virtual machine to be activated to DPM select the DPM Server in the DPM Serv
58. Count 20 Edit Privilege Add Release E User Role Defined In Children Succeed F admin Administrator All Resource System d F pm Operator All Resource System Add Privilege Role Group Resource Admin x Assign User kmn o Defined In Category A M The setting is succeeded to children OK Cancel 8 Select the role to assign in the Role list 9 Select the user to assign in the Assign User list Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 199 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 2 3 5 2 4 200 10 To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box Note If the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected the configuration of a role is succeed to the categories groups and machines activated at the groups which exist under the target category of the configuration of the role 11 Click OK Configuring the Authority to an Operation Group To specify a target operation group of the access and operation authority with a role setting perform the following procedure Click Operations on the Title Bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target operation group to configure the access and operation authority with a role in the Operations tree Details of the operation group appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window
59. Ctrl P2 Therm Ctrl 2 00 degrees C 5 2 00 degrees C 5 Processor1 Vccp 0 56 V 0 58 Processor2Yccp 0 56 Y 0 58 Baseboard P_Vtt 0 88 Y 0 91 Baseboard 1 8v Baseboard 1 6vsb Baseboard 3 3v Baseboard 3 3vsb Baseboard 5v Baseboard Svsb Baseboard 12v Baseboard VBAT 1 53 V 1 56 1 53 V 1 56 2 80 V 2 85 2 80 V 2 85 4 24 V 4 31 4 24 V 4 31 10 15 V 10 32 System Fan 2 System Fan 3 System Fan 4 System Fan 5 System Fan 6 Part III Maintenance Lower Critical Lower Warning 5 00 degrees C 8 5 00 degrees C 8 0 60 V 0 61 0 60 V 0 61 0 93 V 0 95 1 62 V 1 65 1 62 V 1 65 2 96 V 01 2 96 V 3 01 4 48 V 4 55 4 48 V 4 55 10 77 V 10 94 3315 65 rpm 3785 58 3315 65 rpm 3785 58 4410 73 rpm 5060 73 4410 73 rpm 6060 73 3315 65 rpm 3785 58 Current 31 00 degrees C 29 00 degrees C 0 00 0 00 eee 1 12V Ay 1 85 V 1 82 V 332V 3 26 V 5 05 V 4 98 V 11 97 Y 2 91 V 5863 04 rpm 6243 76 rpm 10016 03 rpm 8903 13 rpm 5792 40 rpm Upper Warning 53 00 degrees C 50 42 00 degrees C 39 29 64 29 25 29 64 29 25 1 49 V 1 48 1 49 V 1 48 1 38 V 1 35 1 98 V 1 95 1 98 V 1 95 3 63 V 3 58 3 63 V 3 58 5 50 V 6 43 5 50 V 6 43 13 17 V 13 Refresh Exclude from sensor Upper Critical diagnosis I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude 56 00 degrees C 53 45 00 degrees C 42 49 53 49 14 49 53 4
60. Differential Clone template and a Disk Clone template for Create and Assign Machine from the master VM perform the following procedures 1 Install DPM Client For the procedure see Section from 2 7 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Windows x86 x64 From the Installation SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Master VM in a Virtual Environment Wizard to 2 10 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Linux according to your environment in SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide 2 Ifa firewall is installed verify that the ports that DPM Client uses are open 3 Make sure to set the disk in front of the NIC for the boot order of the master VM 6 Install applications that are supported by the virtual machine to use 7 In SystemProvisioning virtual machines are created from a template that is based on a master VM Therefore create necessary kinds of master VMs according to the virtual machines to use Note Set empty to the DVD Drive to which the created master VM connects otherwise creating a virtual machine from a master VM in SystemProvisioning might fail 3 12 3 Creating a Master VM on ESXi To create virtual machines on ESXi by using SystemProvisioning a master VM to be the source of the virtual machines is needed To create the master VM to be the source of the virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning on the management screen of vSphere Client perform the following procedure Refe
61. Disk Clone create a vm with a new virtual disk which is a complete copy of its master ym s virtual disk Source VM vM Name VirtualMachine VM Server Name sr vimn 9 Location Storage 2 Image Image Name Image VM Server srv vm19 7 Location SANT z OS Setting 08 Type Windows Sever o OS Name Profile Owner Name Organization Name Time Zone GMT 09 00 ABR tL ETF Product Key License Mode Number of Connected Server Connected Client OK Cancel 4 Enter a template name for the HW Profile Clone template in the Template Name box Required SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 316 Creating a Template 5 Enter a cost value for when creating a virtual machine from a Disk Clone template in the Cost box Required 6 Select Disk Clone as Type Enter an image name used by a Disk Clone template in the Image Name box Required Note If the number of characters of the image name and that of master VM name in total exceeds 53 rename either name to be within 53 in total Select a destination virtual machine server in the VM Server list 9 Select a destination datastore in the Location list 10 For the vCenter Server environment select the OS type of the virtual machine in the OS Type list The OS Name list is optional For the other environments this procedure is unnecessary Skip to the next procedure 11 The profile information relevant to the OS ca
62. FOr Note A domain environment is needed to set up a clustering environment To create a large quantity of virtual machines in the Windows Server 2008 R2 environment expand the range of MAC addresses without overlapping the range of other Hyper V in advance OUI reserved for Hyper V is 00 15 5d Hyper V Manager Virtual Network Manager Global Network Settings Configure the settings of DNS and reverse DNS of a Hyper V machine properly If the following conditions are met apply KB974930 http support microsoft com kb 974930 Conditions Using a cluster environment Using Windows Server 2008 R2 without applying SP1 Without using Windows Update If you use a cluster environment apply the following hotfixes If you apply KB974930 apply it before applying them http support microsoft com kb 2580360 http support microsoft com kb 256321 0 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 70 Configuring DPM 3 7 Configuring DPM SystemProvisioning uses DPM to install OSs applications and patches into managed machines In addition SystemProvisioning uses DPM to power on or shut down managed machines Therefore the physical machines planned to be managed by SystemProvisioning must be registered to DPM in advance This section provides the procedures on how to configure the initial settings of DeploymentManager and register managed machines Use the Web Console browser to operate DPM For details about how
63. General tab Operations gt Category A gt PhysicalGroup gt Model A Model Property Setting General Storage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Group Name PhysicalGroup Model Type Model Name Priority Policy Name Refer to the selected policy Model Description Apply Back Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 245 5 Creating an Operation Group 2 To change the model name enter the model name in the Model Name box Required 3 To change the priority of the model select the priority in the Priority list Configure the priority of when SystemProvisioning selects a model automatically Note SystemProvisioning selects a model in ascending order of the Priority value 4 To configure a policy to the model select the policy name in the Policy Name list Note The policy must be prepared before configuring it to the model For details of a policy see Section 4 10 Creating a Policy If any policy is not configured on the model the policy configured on the property of the parent model is used 5 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 246 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine 5 5 2 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Configure the Storage tab of the Model Property Setting Storage configured for the model is shared among all hosts working in that model The Storage tab is displayed if the model type is set to Physic
64. Grout O o g3 Free physical machines Status Tag Location Type Model CPU Memory Disk OS All Tags 3 Having Problems my 7 E E j j In Maintenance E3 New Machine ae i 7 c3 Powered off Awaiting jobs HW Status Normals Inactive unassigneds OS OFFi2 OS ON g Sensor Alert Power OFF Power ON pe Croup 3 Powered off E Machined MachineB BB Macnirec MachineD MachineE Name Group 83 MachineF Description physical wms Machine List 9 A Storage aE Network Display Count 20 z I Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations z Software 2 Profile Name islet Type Status Power E MachineA 0 VMware Virtual Garunning 00 50 56 55 00 50 amp MachineB 0 VMware Virtual Uor 00 50 56 B5 00 54 amp 8Machinec 0 VMware Virtual Running 00 50 56 85 00 58 BBmMachineD 0 VMware Virtual Gunning 00 50 56 B5 00 52 B MachineE 0 VMware Virtual Garunning 00 50 56 55 00 59 MachineF 0 VMware Virtual Uor 00 50 56 B5 00 5C Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations z Running ro MAC Address Part III Maintenance 419 9 Maintenance If you selected a smart group Powered OFF belonging to the resource group Group1 Because only the powered OFF machines belonging to the Group1 are displayed in a list you can execute Power On collectively without searching powered OFF machines System Resource gt Machine gt Group gt Powered off Machine
65. Guide Checking Performance Status 9 7 Checking Performance Status This section explains how to display and check performance status of managed machines and groups 9 7 1 Comparing Managed Machines Machines performance status can be displayed as a graph Multiple machines performance status can be compared visually by the graph display In order to display a graph configure the monitoring setting in advance to obtain performance data with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Reference For configuring the monitoring setting to a group see Subsection 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group on the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the machine to display the performance data in Host List Multiple hosts can be selected 5 Click the Show Performance of the Action menu Operations gt Category gt Group B General Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Grou Base Information p Delete Group Name Group Priotit 1 Resource Pool oy Create OS Type Linux Policy Name Property The way to use group pool GroupOnly eae Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In K Host Name Status Power IP Address R ene X M GQesxsvi01 GNormal Gunning 192 168 47 101 192 1 K A Description Host List Display Count
66. IPv4 address is entered in the IP Address box To use System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services on the SigmaSystemCenter management server machine specify 127 0 0 1 in IP Address box To monitor a virtual machine on ESX specify the server where the virtual machine server is monitored as the performance monitoring server In the Account box and the Password box enter the OS account of the host activated at the model System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services uses the specified account as the access account for collecting the performance data of the host activated at the model Note If VM Standard Monitoring Profile is selected as a monitoring profile the account and password are optional Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server 5 7 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server This section provides how to configure detail of a model added with the procedure in Subsection 5 4 2 Configuring Settings on the Model Tab On the Model Property Setting you configure the information that depends on the machine type In this section the settings if the Model Type is VM Server are explained Follow the procedure in this section Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Group Pro
67. Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 1 2 4 Maintenance Operations For maintenance operations such as Power ON and Power OFF to a management machine SigmaSystemCenter provides a maintenance menu The maintenance operations are displayed by clicking Show Maintenance Command on the Operation menu in the Operations view or Resource view Since these operations need special attention the back screen of the window turns yellow when you select one of these operations To go back to the normal operation click Hide Maintenance Command on the Configuration menu or at the lower right of the window admin Administrator Account Logout Ss Lill eke aries Portal Operations Resource Virtual Monitor Management Seach W rosource System Resource gt Machine gt Group A gt testvm001 B TE Seier Resour GOST SEUR RTE cs of Machi Eg Having Pubie Name testvym001 Summary Status Normal Move Machine In Maintenance AUB 4217C2CB BB00 C440 C933 Power Status Gon ey E3 New Machine 96FDOD16105D Running Status Gon Console Powered off 3 Tarent ABI MAC Address 00 50 56 97 52 17 OS Status Gon Operation Lag S Group A Model Name VMware Virtual Machine 7 Hardware Status GReady Status Detail ss Type VMware Virtual Machine Hide Maintenance Cu Executing Status g Gomt Configration File StorageS500 003 Policy Status Gon Set Privilege 9 testym001 testvm001 vmx y 9 STS Management Status GManaged Tag Maintenance Status
68. Master which is registered as a subsystem is reflected to SystemProvisioning If you manage a standalone ESXi Hyper V or KVM a template exists in SystemProvisioning To check the information is reflected perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Software in the Resource tree Summary Information appears on the Main Window Note The information of templates managed in vCenter Server or XenServer Pool Master is reflected automatically If not select vCenter Server or XenServer Pool Master in the Virtual view and click Refresh on the Operation menu 4 If you click Template in the Summary Information Template List appears on the Main Window 5 Click the name of the template to display Base Information of the template on the Main Window Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 167 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 8 3 168 Adding a Local Script When activating changing the usage of or replacing a managed machine you can use a local script if you want to execute a specific process that depends on system configuration or environment on a management server When you use a local script perform the following procedure to add the script Note Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS
69. NEWA aea a a aa e ea r a ar ea a Ea AE Aea A a a a AEA EaR TRENE 146 4 5 Registering a Load Balancet ccceccccceeeesccceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeesseaaeeeseaaeeeseeaaeenseeeaeenenes 153 4 5 1 Registering a Load Balancer seniii g a a a E EE E E N 153 4 5 2 Addinga Load Balancer Group ise ciccccessveeeceettcssstevedea st cttesesacvacen de aner edi uaar a Saaai aaeei paasee 154 4 6 Registering Storage ia iendane aa aaa aiaa ide aaa ia aa aa Meese deeded 158 4 6 1 Registering a Disk Array For NEC Storage and Symmetrix eecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeees 158 4 6 2 Registering a Disk Array For CLARIION cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseneeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeneaees 159 4 6 3 Registering a Disk Array For NetApp eeseesssseessseesrresssrrssrrrrsrrrrserinnntinnnstinnstinnnttunnstinnnttennstinnnteunnseennnnt 160 4 6 4 Registering a Disk VolUMe i snini rn aai g sic TEN E E Tae 161 4 6 5 Configuring a Disk Volume to Shared eeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseaeeees 162 4 6 6 Registering a HBA and Path Information For CLARIION Symmetrix ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteneeeeaeene 163 4 7 Registering a Machine cccccescccceeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeaeeeeseaeaesaaaaaeesaseaeeeeaaeaaeeseseaeeeeneeaeeetes 164 4 7 1 About Registering a MaChine aa a a ar a a ae Tae EA a sa r aaa a ae Aaa E aa a Par e E aaa aniis 164
70. Network gt Load Balancer gt 192 168 1 28 gt New A Add Load Balancer Group Name Description IP Address Port Number Load Balancer Type Session Type Forward Type Net Mask Persistent Time Protocol m l RoundRobin z NoSetting x Direct Server Return MAT 300 TCP C UDP Network Address Translation NAT Real Server Network Address D E Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 0 stsi s SC Port Number D Capacity A Type the name of the load balancer group in the Name box Required 2 Specify each of items on the Virtual Server box Note You need to set the netmask in the Net Mask box when you set the Persistent Type to Rangelp However you cannot set the netmask to 255 255 255 255 In this case set the Persistent Type to Singlelp 3 Specify each of items on the Real Server box Note The port number set to the real server is overwritten by the port number of the virtual server only when the Forward Type is set to Direct Server Return MAT SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Load Balancer 4 Click OK Note Interfaces to set virtual server IP addresses are created for devices on Linux Virtual Server The devices to be created are fixed to ethO so you should set them again to meet your environment Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 157 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 6 Registering Storage 4 6
71. Network Information The exported NIC number of the destination host 1 Select the check box of a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes 2 To specify the host or IP address of the destination host type the NIC number in the The exported NIC number of the destination host box on the Network Information box Specify the NIC number with the IP address configured in Subsection 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab If a single NIC has multiple IP addresses subsequent IP addresses can be specified by separating those IP addresses with a single byte slash like 1 2 If you want to expose the disk volume by a host name set this box to blank SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 220 Configuring Group Properties 5 4 5 Note To control storage the Network tab of the host and the Machine Property Setting must be configured together If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage When the host name is set up the setting of name resolution such as DNS settings for the disk array is required so that IP address can be obtained with the host name For details about the Network tab of the host see Subsection 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab For the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab Click OK The disk volume is added to Storage List Click Apply Configuring Settin
72. Registering a machine as a pool machine Register a managed machine to a group pool as a standby machine for the group At this timing SystemProvisioning executes shut down to the machine The registered machine is managed as a pool machine 4 Activating a pool machine in a group Activate a machine by allocating the machine resource to a host A machine can be activated with the configuration changes such as Allocate Resource Replace Machine and Change Machine Usage At this timing SystemProvisioning starts up the machine The activated machine is managed as a host Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 5 Registering as a master machine Activate a machine of a managed machine that does not belong to any group which is in the status of the procedure 2 Registering a machine as a management target of SystemProvisioning and 3 Registering a machine as a pool machine At this timing SystemProvisioning starts up the machine The activated machine becomes the same status of after the procedure 4 Activating a pool machine in a group 6 Making an active machine standby in a pool Make an active machine in a group standby in a pool A machine can be made to stand by with the configuration changes such as Release Resource and Replace Machine After this operation all the settings applied when allocated machine are released And the host is managed as a pool mac
73. Reset Power Cycle Dump LED On LED Off ACPI Shutdown Distribute Software Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Refresh 7 If you set in the Maintenance Mode in the procedure 4 click Maintenance Off on the Configuration menu to release the Maintenance Mode 8 Click Collect on the Operation menu to collect information of resources such as a machine However LED on and off do not require this operation 9 1 7 Changing a Group of a Host for Virtual Groups Only To move a host to another group perform the following procedure Information set to the host including IP address information and information of a resource on which the host is activated can be succeeded Part III Maintenance 385 9 Maintenance Note Without administrator authority The Show Maintenance Command is not displayed on the Configuration menu In addition this is displayed only if the model type of a target group is VM You cannot change a group if your setting applies to one of the following conditions e Ifthe OS types of a source operation group and destination operation group differ If the network connection information of a source model and destination model differs e If a host with the same host name as a selected host is registered to a destination e Ifan activated resource on a selected host is shared in a pool of a destination operation group e f some process such as Job exec
74. Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services You can back up and restore the database of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services using the sqlcmd command provided by SQL Server Note If you copy and paste the commands described in this section it might cause an execution error Enter the commands directly Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles Backing up System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services To back up System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services perform the following procedure 1 Stopping the System Monitor Management Console Select Exit from the File menu of the management console main window of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to close the console 2 Stopping the Performance Monitor Service Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools and double click Services to start the Services Snap in Right click System Monitor Performance Monitoring Service and click Stop 3 Backing up files Back up the following three files in the directory where System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is installed Note The default directory is ProgramFiles NEC Syste
75. Scale Out does not support either standalone ESXi or Hyper V Preparation For a physical machine set up the managed machine and make it stand by in the group pool For a virtual machine register a template to the software of the Group Property so that virtual machines can be created Prepare a host to which the host name and the network setting are configured Select the check box of the Use as Scale out Group check box on the General tab of the Group Property setting Procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to Scale Out in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 339 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 4 Select Scale Out on the Operation menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A B General Configuration 9 Edit Group i Move Group Base Information Gielels Grang Name Group A Property Priority 1 Setting List Show Maintenance Command OS Type Windows Server Policy Name Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Scale Out 5 Scale In Add Mafia Trae Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Description Assign New Delete YM Register Master Start Shutdown Host Name Status Power IP Address Resource Model Stat D Gost A Uor 255 255 255 0 vm2h1 Model ES T Shutdown Sus
76. Select the check box of the image to distribute under Change Image When using the template s default image without fixing select the Always use Default Image 3 Click OK The images of software under Software List change Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server Configure the Machine Profile tab of the Host Setting If you are not operating with logical machines the machine profile setting on this window is unnecessary SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Host Setting Operations gt Physical_Cat gt Physical gt PM_Center Fe Host Setting General Network Storage Software Machine Profile Host Profile Alive Monitor Profile Name UUID 30381 cO0 d7 87 11 dd O000 001697 470000 Network Information NIC Number MAC Address 00 16 97 47 00 01 00 16 97 47 00 02 00 16 97 47 00 03 00 16 97 A7 00 04 00 16 97 A47 00 05 00 16 97 47 00 06 00 16 97 A47 00 07 00 16 97 47 00 00 m 2 BEEBEEEE WIN Information HBA Number Address 2013 0030 130F 4000 2003 0030 130F 4000 201 4 0030 130F 4000 2004 0030 130F 4000 2015 0030 130F 4000 2005 0030 130F 4000 2016 0030 130F 4000 2006 0030 130F 4000 Apply Back 5 8 6 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM The Machine Profile tab is used for configuring the devices that are to be assigned to newly created virtual machine
77. Setting appears on the Main Window Operations gt ESX_Category gt ESX35 gt Datastore Se Eaj Datastore Setting Datastore List Destroy Setting Datastore Name Size GB Utilization Max VM Count Max Priority VM Destination Defined In Edit SAN25 1 33 00 50 80 0 100 1 Cd Default QO SAN25 2 132 75 12 80 0 100 1 v Default Q SRV YM6 storage1 1 26 25 2 80 0 100 1 4 Default Click the Edit of the datastore that is to be configured under Datastore List 8 Datastore Setting dialog box appears Datastore Setting x Defined In Host Datastore Name SAN25 1 Priority fi gt V As candidate destination of vm OK Cancel 9 Select the priority from the Priority list 10 To exclude the datastore from the destination to create virtual machines clear the As candidate destination of vm check box 11 Click OK The setting for each virtual machine server can be configured from the host setting of the operation group The setting as the whole group also can be configured on the operation group 5 9 4 Setting Up LUN in the Resource Pool A resource pool can include the LUNs assigned to virtual machines as RDM disks Resource pools contain LUNs for RDM which can be referred by a virtual machine server For more details of RDM and how to use it refer to 2 2 14 Raw Device Mapping RDM and 2 2 15 How to Use RDM When Creating LUN in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3
78. Settings of Related Products cccccccccceeeeceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeceaeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeseaeseeaeeeeeeeess 52 3 2 Configuring Settings for a SWitCh eccceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeceaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeseaeeseeeess 57 3 2 1 Registering a Switch to MasterScope Network Managel cccccccesceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 57 3 2 2 Configuring the Login Management for a Switch in MasterScope Network Manage ccsseeeeeee 58 3 3 Configuring Settings for a Load Balancer ccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseneeeseaeeesaeeseneeseeeeess 62 3 3 1 Registering a Load Balancer to MasterScope Network Manager cccscceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeneeeeeeees 62 3 3 2 Configuring the Login Management for a Load Balancer in MasterScope Network Manager 62 3 4 Configuring Settings for a Software Load Balance ccccecccccssseceeeesneeeeescneeeeessneeeeessneeeeees 63 3 4 1 Enabling SSH Connection of Software Load Balance ceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeetieeeeneeen 63 3 5 Configuring Settings for Storage cccecccceeceeseceeeeeceaeeeeeaeseeneecaeeecaaeseeaaeseneeseaeeeeaesteneeesaees 64 3 5 1 Preparing Storage ta aiisie dein te evi ni elas ete aaa aes A aS EESEL aaea Aucheriel belied ele 64 3 5 2 Considering the Drive Letter Setting of Partition and Volume eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeest
79. SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 140 Managing ESXi Hyper V and KVM 4 3 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server To add a virtual machine server to a datacenter perform the following procedure Note Do not add one virtual machine server to both vCenter Server and ESXi Operations for virtual machines or the virtual machine server can fail Clustered Hyper V cannot be registered by following this procedure Register it from Add Subsystem Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the datacenter to add a virtual machine server in the Virtual tree to display the details of the datacenter 3 Click Add VM Server on the Operation menu Add VM Server is displayed on the Main Window e For ESXi and Hyper V Virtual gt 192 168 10 220 gt dataCenterA gt Add VM Server A Add VM Server Host Name Port User Password Description OK Cancel For KVM Virtual gt KVM gt DefaultDataC gt Add VM Server Add VM Sener Host Name Port URL Description OK Cancel Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 141 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 142 5 10 11 12 13 Enter a host name or IP address in the Host Name box Required Note Even if you enter the IP address the host name is displayed in the Virtual view For KVM you can skip this procedure if URL is specified in procedure 9 If only
80. SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Software can be registered to the Machine Property Group Property Host and Model Property If distribution software is registered both to a group and a model you can set up an environment considering differences of drivers according to machine types and differences of specifications for applications in a group made for the same use If distribution software is registered both to a group and a model the installation of distribution software to a machine is executed in the following order distribution software registered to a model distribution software registered to a group Reference For the order of distributing software see Subsection 1 2 7 Distribution Order of Registered Software in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 1 1 5 Machine State and Failure Monitoring SystemProvisioning can monitor the status a failure and recovery of managed machines by receiving an alert from components such as NEC ESMPRO Manager and vCenter Server A failure event detected in a managed machine is alerted to SystemProvisioning The following figure is a model of a failure alerted to SystemProvisioning through NEC ESMPRO Manager and vCenter Server Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter Managing the information of managed machines collectively NEC ESMPRO Manager Managed machines Virtual ma
81. Tag IE Resource System Resource Machine Tag Powered off g3 Free physical machines Status Tag Location Type Model CPU Memory Disk OS All Tags T3 Having Problems g9 In Maintenance E3 New Machine ane Z n 2 c3 Powered off Awaiting job HW Status Normal Inactive unassignedo OS OFF g3 Sensor Alert Power OFF o ms B amp Y MachineA MachineB g Machine Base Information MachineD gg MachineE Name Powered off E MachineF Description A default Smart Group which extracts machines that powered HE physical off D ms za Network H D Software Display Count 20 Move Machine Unmanaged I Machine Individual Operations a Profile C Name pot Type Status Power Running Group MAC Address amp MachineB 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 55 00 54 C E2MachineF 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 B5 00 5C Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations 9 5 1 Adding a Smart Group A smart group is a logical group that retains search criteria By using a smart group the machine that matches the search criteria of the smart group can be selected in a list Follow the procedures below to specify the criteria of the target managed machine and to add the smart group Note The duplicate name of smart groups resource groups and racks is not allowed in the same level and resource groups and smart groups cannot be created under the smart group Click Resource on th
82. The Machine Profile definition is used when executing the Create and Assign Machine and the Reconfigure The Machine Profile definition on the Model Property Setting is used when each Machine Profile for hosts is not configured on the Host setting The Machine Profile definition that is selected when creating a virtual machine is used In addition the Machine Profile setting of a specified model can be used as the default value for the Group Property Setting and the Host Setting The default value of the Machine Profile tab on the Model Property Setting is the configured value of the upper group or that of the template The group setting has priority if both the group and the template are configured To configure the Machine Profile tab see Subsection 5 4 8 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM 5 6 4 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab On the Alive Monitor tab of the Model Property Setting the values configured on the Group Property Seeing can be changed for each model If some models exist at the group the settings can be changed so that the alive monitoring won t be executed to a specific model and the monitoring port can be changed Perform the following procedure Note This tab can be configured only if the alive monitoring feature is enabled on the Group Property Setting In addition if this tab is not configured the values configured on the Group Property Setting are en
83. Therefore back up for the master machine before this task is performed See Subsection 3 11 4 Creating a Backup Scenario File Backing up the master machine Take a backup of the master machine before running Sysprep and save the image Deleting the master machine s specific information For Windows machines use Sysprep For Linux machines use LinuxRepSetUp offered by DPM See Subsection 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine Creating a backup scenario Create a scenario for backing up the master machine after deleting its specific information Note In order to prevent the master machine on which Sysprep has been executed from starting up after taking the backup select the Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution check box under Scenario Execution Option Setting on the Option tab of the backup scenario Backing up the master machine Back up the master machine after deleting the specific information and save the image for duplication SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Scenario in DPM 8 Restoring the master machine In order to restore the master machine to its condition before running Sysprep restore the backup image saved in the procedure 4 9 Creating a restore scenario Create a scenario for restoring the image saved in the procedure 7 See Subsection 3 11 5 Creating a Restore Scenario File For the following operations Allocate Machine Scale Out Replace Machi
84. ThinPool 46 Unshared Unused 5GB 00000255C3A0544003 M100 ThinPool 48 Unshared Unused 5GB 200000255C3A05440031 M100 ThinPool 62 Unshared Unused 5GB 00000255C3A05A4004 M100 ThinPool 68 Unshared Unused 1GB Io5x410001 M100 SystemPool 1 Unshared Unused 10GB lt Name Disk Array Name Storage Pool Name Number Size aici oa ad aa Shared Unshared Release 4 Select the check box of the disk volume to share under Disk volume list 5 Click Shared of the Action menu under Disk Volume List 6 Aconfirmation message appears Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 162 Registering Storage 7 Shared appears on the Share Status of the configured disk volume under Disk Volume List You can also specify a disk volume to share by selecting a target disk array To do so click the target disk array in the Resource tree and specify the disk volume under Disk Volume List on the displayed details of the disk volume 4 6 6 Registering a HBA and Path Information For CLARiiON Symmetrix To register a HBA managed machine and the path information between the HBA managed machine and disk arrays by using ssc command perform the following procedure Note Register a disk array before registering its path information 1 Displaying the path information of a disk array Display the path information of the disk array by using show diskarraypath command the ssc command For the detail of the path information d
85. UUID admin Administrator Account Logout ploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations f Resource gt Machines gt New Machine gt Add New Machine RASNE E Add New Machine E i Machines 2 S E Group01 2 2 Group Name Machines SubGroup01 0 0 S i Group01 Ea SubGroup02 0 0 SubGroup01 3 E SubGroup02 m Scenarios 2 5 Images Machine Name PC 192_168_183_252 00 0c 29 bf 6c fa Identification Name MAC Address UUID IP Address 192 168 183 252 Deploy OS Use Default Value Scenario Setting Assign Scenario Scenario Name Browse Remove Scenario Assignment F Scenario Applying Schedule Only Once Daily Weekly Monthly Date 2071 12 12 ic Time Hr Min Power Management Schedule Only Once Specify Day I Power ON Time 7 a Hr Min M Shutdown Time 2014 42 12 al Hr Min IF Do not show countdown dialog Network Setting Subnetwork is same with DPM Server Subnetwork is not same with DPM Server Default Gateway Subnet Mask Automatic Update Setting Automatic Update OFF At Startup xl Automatic Update Time D 0 00 Application Timing At Next Startup Retry Count 1 Retry Interval Min 5 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 75 3 Settings of Related Products 3 7 5 76 Note In the following case UUID is not registered automatically Be sure to register the UUID manually If UUID is
86. VMware VMware ESXi Installation of NEC ESMPRO Agent is unnecessary Citrix XenServer Install NEC ESMPRO Agent for XenServer Microsoft Hyper V Install NEC ESMPRO Agent by using EXPRESSBUILDER attached to a managed machine 3 8 2 Installing DPM Client Windows OS Linux OS VMware ESX Citrix XenServer Microsoft Hyper V Install DPM Client from the SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 DVD R For details about how to install see Section 2 6 Installing Managed Machine Component in SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 81 3 Settings of Related Products 3 8 3 3 8 4 82 VMware ESXi Installation of DPM Client is unnecessary Configuring Managed Machine to Send Failure Event To alert a management server to a failure event from a managed machine the following two ways are provided Manager Report SNMP and Manager Report TCP IP In Band Either of them must be configured See Section 3 9 Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine to configure the necessary setting for the machines to be monitored If NEC ESMPRO Agent is not installed PET will be used to alert a management server Any setting is not required for this functionality Configuring the Setting for OOB Management To use OOB Management configure the following setting For details of the OOB Management feature and functionality see Section 3 10 Preparing for the Us
87. While executing Reconstruct Revert if free space of a datastore is less than the size of the system disk the processing fails Reference For the feature of reconfiguration Revert Reconstruct see Subsection 2 5 2 Revert and 2 5 3 Reconstruct in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 1 Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the target group of which the virtual machine that is to be reconfigured from the Operations tree Details of the target group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the host that is to be reconfigured in the Host List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 348 Reconfiguring a Virtual Machine 5 6 Click the Reconfigure of the Action menu Operations gt VM gt DiffClone XPSP3 General Base Information Name XPSP3 Priority 1 OS Type Windows Client Policy Name The way to use group pool Description GroupOnly Assign New Delete VM F Machine Individual Operations Start IP Address Restart anormal GaRunnine DHCP Shutdown Suspend Vv Host Name Status Power M OWirtualMachine Assign New Delete VM F Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Deletel Backup Group Pool Display Count 20 7 r Resource ai Status Power Type Release Resource Change Configuration pame Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure appears on the Main W
88. a related product as a subsystem 1 Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem in the Management tree Click Add Subsystem on the Configuration menu Add Subsystem appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each item with the procedure in the following subsections Adding VMware vCenter Server as a Subsystem To add VMware vCenter Server as a subsystem perform the following procedure If you add VMware vCenter Server as a subsystem ESXs that are registered to VMware vCenter Server are added as subsystems automatically SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Adding a Subsystem 1 Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New Fa Add Subsystem Subsystem Type VMware vCenter Server Host Name User Password Description Select VMware vCenter Server in the Subsystem Type list In the Host Name box enter a host name or IP address of the server on which VMware vCenter Server is installed Or enter the URL of VMware vCenter Server in the URL box Note Ensure that either of the Host Name box or the URL box is entered If you enter either of them you can omit entering the other item because the other item is generated automatically 4 Inthe Port box enter the port number with which SystemProvisioning accesses to VMware vCenter Server If you omit entering the port number the default port number is registered Note The default po
89. aa arae aa eee oada aaie 21 W252 AE E A E A baaushassuacsantsasedsasuapdsesedgasdascajasiaceneyy 23 t 2 3 Dashboardin irene na eel eared ane oh een E ie a ee 25 1 24 Maintenance Operations neinir ani Shale deakyeveaag a eae usn OAAR En lle EAEE aE Sialecaskve ants eds 26 1 2 5 Enable Popup Message iii mnte i n et pi ined tine ene a ee pened ean eee ented ti 26 A EST AATETTA TA seaaesyans ag taatensge vesgagh decteaseazesateabsegernaeasees 27 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 0000 29 2 1 Starting the Web Console and Logging In to SigmaSystemCentel ccceccesteeeeseeeeeees 30 2421 Starting the Web Consoles t tie tilapia aeaa a Ginn aed adi daie thet ete 30 2 1 2 Logging in to SigmaSysteMCentter eeececceeesceceneeeeaeeteaeeeeaeeseaeeeaeeceaeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeete 31 2 1 3 If You Log in to SigmaSystemCenter for the First Time cceccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceneeseaeeseeeseaeeteaeeseaeeseeeeeaeene 32 2 2 Registering LiCENS Keys cccescccceeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeaeeesaaeaaeesaeeaaeesseaaeesneeaaeeeneeaeenees 33 2 3 Adding a SystemProvisioning USEeV cc ccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeseaeeeseaeeesaeeneeeeesaees 35 2 4 Configuring the Environment ccccccceeeseceeseeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeseeeseeeeess 36 2 4 1 Configuring the Setting of Collecting the Configuration Info
90. an empty VM a virtual machine without OS based on a HW Profile Clone template and then installs OS and applications using a scenario Register a HW Profile Clone template and scenario to an operation group as distribution software Note The DPM OS installation by disk duplication installs OS and applications into an empty VM for HW Profile Clone Therefore the operation of HW Profile Clone must follow instructions in Subsection 3 3 2 DPM Controllable Environment in the SigmaSystemCenter First Step Guide For virtual machines the WOL Wake On LAN from DPM is not supported When taking a backup of the master VM s virtual machines execute it from SystemProvisioning If it is executed from DPM the virtual machines must be turned ON manually from SystemProvisioning or related products managers 1 Setting up a master VM Set up a master VM to be an original virtual machine of a template by reference to Subsection 3 12 1 Creating a Master VM in vCenter Server 3 12 3 Creating a Master VM on ESXi or 3 12 4 Creating a Master VM on Hyper V 2 Registering the master VM in DPM Register the master VM in DPM by reference to Subsection 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM 3 Creating a disk duplication data file of the master VM For the procedure see Subsection 3 11 2 Operation with OS Installation by Disk Duplication and Section 5 4 Creating a Setup Parameter File in DeploymentManager Reference Gui
91. and clear the Gather Information check box Note Do not collect the information manually either until you complete all the procedures of exchanging a NIC Setting a target machine to be managed in SystemProvisioning if it is unmanaged If a target machine is unmanaged in SystemProvisioning change the setting to Managed Click the Machine in the Resource tree on the Web Console Click Register Machine on the Configuration menu Select the check box of the machine of which SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware NIC is to be exchanged under Unmanaged Machine List Select a resource to register in the Parent Resource tree and click OK 3 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a machine of which NIC is to be exchanged 4 Shutting down the machine Shut down the machine through the Web Console 5 Replacing the NIC Starting the machine Start the machine by pushing the power button If the power control functionality of OOB Management is enabled the machine can be started in the Web Console On the DPM Web Console display the Machine Detail window of the target machine to confirm that the MAC address of the new NIC is displayed on the MAC Address Start the Machine Detail window with the procedure below Start the DPM Web Console Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the group to which the machine belongs in the Resource tree Details of the group appea
92. and the update interval for the log and job information on the message window from the default setting perform the following procedure Display the Environment Setting window and click the Log tab Management gt Environment gA Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Operation Log Setting The maximum output number 50000 item s Debug Log Setting The maximum output size 1 MB Acquired debug log level setting 38 Acquisition level 3 Acquire trace information trace level 1 Update Interval Setting Latest Job Update Interval 5 second s Latest Log Update Interval 5 w second s Apply Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 39 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 2 Enter a maximum output number of the Operation log in The maximum output number box under Operation Log Setting Note In the environment of this system the maximum output number of operation logs is 100 000 Set the number to 100 000 or less when setting the value For the system requirements see Chapter 3 Operational Environment in SigmaSystemCenter First Step Guide Operation logs can be seen from the Operation Logs window in the Monitor view The operation logs that are displayed in the Operation Logs window are stored in the database If the number of output logs exceeds the maximum of it the earliest log will be deleted
93. based on a Full Clone template can be created only on the following virtual machine server ESX and ESXi managed in VMware vCenter Server XenServer In the vCenter Server environment if the name of the network configured on the virtual machine server to create a virtual machine and the name of the network used in a Full Clone template are different a created virtual machine s network will be disconnected After creating a virtual machine edit the virtual machine to configure the correct network setting See Section 8 3 Editing a Virtual Machine for how to edit the virtual machine Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the virtual machine server on which a virtual machine is to be created in the Virtual tree 3 Click Create VM Template on the Configuration menu Create VM Template appears on the Main Window Virtual gt 192 166 1 35 gt RACKCluster01 gt srv vm19 gt Create VM T A Create YM Template YM Server Name VM Name Destination Datastore None X Template ermi 9 FulXP S0 v Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 361 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 8 2 2 362 5 Enter the virtual machine name in the VM Name box Select the datastore where the virtual machine is to be created in the Destination Datastore list 7 Select the template with which you are going to create the virtual machine in the Te
94. can be set by configuring a role see Section 1 1 User and Role in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Adding a Role To add a role perform the following procedure Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Under Role List click Add al ge a Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 197 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 Add Role appears on the Main Window Management gt User gt New Add Role Role Name Setting Object C System Resource Privilege T All Privileges for Resources SI Operations Group I Create Group Delete Group I Edit Group I Move Group I Create Host I Delete Host B Property Setting I General Setting I Software Setting I Network Setting Host I Network Setting Group Model I Storage Setting I LB Setting E eo POE OT O Privilege Description Description of the Privilege is displayed by selecting one on the Privilege tree Description 6 Enter the role name in the Role Name box 7 Select either System or Resource in the Setting Object e System Defines the range of available operations for each view display user management role management authority setting and policy management Note If the System is selected in the Setting Object list ensure that one or more view authority is also selected e Resource Defi
95. changing the role for the system the The setting is succeeded to children check box is always selected Releasing a role for the system Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window oa PON gt Select the check box of the role to release under Assigned Roles and click the Release of the Action menu 7 The confirmation message appears Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 207 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 2 11 208 Configuring a Role for All Resources To configure the same role to the resources to which a role can be configured such as a category operation group resource group datacenter and virtual machine server and a machine at the same time perform the following procedure Note All Resources refers to the resources to which a role can be configured such as a category operation group resource group datacenter and virtual machine server and a machine Only a user with the system administrator role can allocate a role for all resources Adding a role for all resources 1 oa Fe nN 10 11 Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Win
96. click Add of the Action menu under Model List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 213 5 Creating an Operation Group 3 Add Model is displayed below the Model List Operations gt Category A gt VMG EA Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor Model List Add Delete ja Name Priority Property FM VmModel es Add Model Name Type Description OK Cancel 4 Enter the model name in the Name box Required 5 Select the type of the model in the Type list If a type of machines is a physical machine except a virtual machine server select Physical if it is a virtual machine select VM and if it is a virtual machine server select VM Server Note You can add one type of the models Physical VM or VM Server to an operation group You may not add models of different types of machines 6 Click OK The model is added to the Model List 7 Click Back to display the details of the group on the Main Window Configure Model Property Setting next Reference To configure the Model Property Setting see Section 5 5 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine Section 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine or Section 5 7 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 214 Configuring Group Properties
97. configure the CPU Share select either Highest 4000 High 2000 Normal 1000 Low 500 or Lowest 250 To configure a value other than the above options select Set Manually and enter the value in the box on the right of the Set Manually The values entered here will be changed according to the virtualized infrastructures as follows VMware The configured value the number of CPUs Xen The configured value 256 1000 Hyper V The configured value 10 KVM The configured value 1024 1000 3 Enter the amount of the CPU reservation in the CPU Reservation box If you do not reserve CPU enter 0 4 Enter the upper limit of CPU resources in the CPU Limit box If the limit setting is unnecessary enter 0 Note The CPU Reservation value and the CPU Limit value configured on Hyper V are calculated as follows The configured value on SigmaSystemCenter the configured value on Hyper V 100 The number of CPUs on the virtual machine The clock frequency of the virtual management server MHz 6 To change the default memory setting select the Memory Information check box 1 Enter the memory size of the virtual machine to create in the Memory Size box 2 Select the memory share of the virtual machine to create under Memory Share If you select Set Manually enter a memory share value in the text box Note For Hyper V this value is used if Dynamic Memory is
98. configured for an operation group a model or a host The monitoring is not executed although the settings are configured in advance 5 To enable the setting of monitoring VM servers select the Enable VM Server Monitoring check box Selected by default 6 To enable the setting of Ping monitoring select the Enable Ping Monitoring check box Selected by default 7 To change timeout retry count or send interval of Ping enter each value in each text box 8 To enable the setting of Port monitoring select the Enable Port Monitoring check box Selected by default 9 To change minimum number of parallel processes maximum number of parallel processes retry count or maximum time of one time monitoring enter each item in each text box Note Port monitoring monitors multiple machines in parallel Configure the maximum value without exceeding the following values Available ephemeral ports The number of CPU core 25 In the Maximum time of one time monitoring box configure the monitoring time for one Port monitoring processing by minutes If the alive monitoring processing time exceeds this value unmonitored machines take precedence over the other machines in the next alive monitoring processing monitors This value must be less than the value calculated with the following expression Monitoring Interval The necessary time for Ping monitoring The necessary time for Ping monitoring is approximately calculate
99. data files ensure that the unnecessary disk duplication data files are deleted For details see Section 5 6 Delete Package in DeploymentManager Reference Guide However if a Windows parameter file has been created for the master VM in a situation where SigmaSystemCenter is upgraded from a previous version the system works as usual with the Windows parameter file Therefore the disk duplication data file Windows parameter file does not have to be deleted If an unintended parameter file is used in situations such as the procedure for preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep is mistaken or an unintended parameter file exists the processing will fail For details see Subsection 3 3 4 Precautions Other in DeploymentManager Operation Guide If the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM is NOT specified on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be started register a master VM in DPM For details see Subsection 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM 4 Creating a disk duplication data file for the master VM Note For the Xen environment ensure that the disk is set to be prior to the NIC for the boot order of the master VM If not creating a virtual machine fails Create a disk duplication data file with Image Builder For the procedure see Section 5 4 Creating a Setup Parameter File in DeploymentManager Reference Gui
100. e Ifthe OS or application needs to be set up recover them using back up data Use your components or virtualization infrastructure products to prepare for OS recovery When you use DPM register the machine to DPM in advance In the environment with boot config vIO apply boot config Adding to them prepare storage and network for OS recovery e Even though the OS or application is not set up the virtual machine servers in the following environment are required to be updated their configuration if the NIC s MAC address is changed Hyper V Remove the virtual network assigned to the NIC on the virtual machine server and then create it again To do this display Virtual Network Manager from Hyper V Manager XenServer Remove the old NIC information on the virtual machine server and then register the new NIC information after replaced the machine To do this use the XenServer s command line interface 6 Registering the machine after replacement 1 Perform the machine registration 446 In the environment without boot config vIO if the new machine needs to be registered to DPM register it to DPM automatically or manually Register the machine through the DPM Web console referring Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM After registering it select System Resource on the Web console to perform Collect In the environment with boot config vIO execute the machine registration script In this proced
101. enabled Set the value in the range of 0 to 2000 228 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties 3 Enter the memory reservation of the virtual machine to create in the Memory Reservation box 4 Enter the memory limit of the virtual machine to create in the Memory Limit box 7 To change the default network setting select the Network Information check box Then select the destination to which the Virtual NIC connects from the networks and VLANs in the list of the proposed destinations or enter the name of the destination manually In the Xen environment however the destinations to which Virtual NICs connect cannot be created by using SigmaSystemCenter They must be created on Citrix Xen PoolMaster by using the virtual infrastructure products 1 Before selecting a destination in the list of proposed destinations the following operations must be performed Create a template and configure the template on the software setting of a group or a model Add the network from the Switch on the Resource view Create the destination to which the Virtual NIC connects on the virtual machine server by using the virtual infrastructure product On the VM server model setting of the model to which the virtual machine to create belongs set the model to which the virtual machine server that the destination has been created on belongs 2 To enter the name of the destination to which the Virtual
102. executed for the machine during the machine maintenance Enabling the maintenance mode restricts to execute policy actions and exclude the machine from the target to be selected automatically during the action is being executed Status Description On The machine is set in Maintenance Mode Off The machine can be operated Managed Status You can view the managed status by SystemProvisioning for the machine Status Description Managed The machine can be operated Unmanaged SystemProvisioning recognizes the machine but the machine is not set as a management target By clicking Storage in the System Resource tree on the Web console Disk Volume List appears and this allows you to view the status of the disk volume Share Status Displays and manages the share status of a disk volume Status Description Shared The disk volume is shared by multiple hosts Unshared The disk volume is not shared The disk volume can be set to the single host only Usage Status Displays and manages the usage status of a disk volume Status Description Unused The disk volume is not assigned to a host Used The disk volume is assigned to a host SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management 1 1 11 1 1 12 Note The disk volumes registered to the Storage tab in Group Model Host Setting are managed its usage status If the
103. group to which the machine is to be registered and select Add Machine from the Configuration menu Enter the machine name host name of the virtual machine server into the Machine Name box and enter the MAC address and UUID that were confirmed in the procedure 1 and the IP address of the virtual machine server Click OK Note When the MAC address of the virtual NIC of the virtual machine server s Service Console is registered as a managed machine or New Machine delete the virtual machine server from DPM and re register the virtual machine server by performing the above procedure Enter the IP address which is used by the virtual machine server to communicate with the management server SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 80 Setting up a Managed Machine 3 8 Setting up a Managed Machine To set up a managed machine install OS and configure the network setting beforehand and then configure the necessary settings with the following procedure 3 8 1 Installing NEC ESMPRO Agent Install NEC ESMPRO Agent to a managed machine Windows OS Install NEC ESMPRO Agent by using EXPRESSBUILDER attached to a managed machine For details about how to install see the document included in EXPRESSBUILDER Linux OS Install NEC ESMPRO Agent by using EXPRESSBUILDER attached to a managed machine For details about how to install see the document included in EXPRESSBUILDER VMware ESX Install NEC ESMPRO Agent for
104. gt Add Group J Resource A Add Group gj Scenarios 1 3 Image Name Network Setting Subnetwork is same with DPM Server C Subnetwork is not same with DPM Server Default Gateway Subnet Mask Automatic Update Setting Automatic Update OFF At Startup z Automatic Update Time X Application Timing at Next Startup z Retry Count 1 X Retry Interval Min 5 z 8 Enter a group name into the Name box Required 9 Click OK 10 Register a machine Power on the machine to be registered After a while New Machine appears under the Resource tree 11 Click the New Machine under the Resource tree 12 New Machine List appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout row eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations fey Resource gt Machines gt New Machine E 3 Resource New Machine List Operation O niea Ao ee Display Count 20 Add Machine Delete Machine s ta B MAC Address UUID IP Address Ej Scenarios 2 Built in Scenarios v6 m 00 03 f 1e 68 da 6204887 a 3790 3345 b316 055a5 192 168 0 100 E ScenarioGroup01 0 0 Add Machine Delete Machine 63 Image 13 Select the check box of the machine to be registered and click the Add Machine of the Action menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 74 Configuring DPM 14 Add New Machine appears on the Main Window Confirm that the values are set in the MAC address and the
105. gt Add Scenario Resource EA Add Scenario Machines Q l gj Scenarios 2 5 Built in Scenarios 6 6 Way ScenarioGroup01 0 0 Group Name Scenario Name HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option Scenario Execution Option Setting I Forced Execution Of A Reboot Is Performed Before Execution I Turm Off Power After Scenario Execution If you restore for disk duplication be sure not to specify Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution of the scenario execution condition OK Cancel 20 Select the Forced Execution Of A Reboot is Performed Before Execution check box under Scenario Execution Option Setting 21 Click OK 22 The created scenario appears under Scenario List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 116 Creating a Master VM in a Virtual Environment 3 12 Creating a Master VM in a Virtual 3 12 1 Environment Create a master machine to be the source of virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning Creating a Master VM in vCenter Server To create a master VM to be the source of virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning on the management screen of vSphere Client perform the following procedure Reference For how to create a virtual machine in vCenter Server by using vSphere Client see product manuals of VMware Inc Start and log into vSphere Client Create a virtual machine specifying the number of CPUs memory capacity disk capacity the number of disks
106. gt true lt EnableConsole gt lt Console gt lt Common gt lt Configuration gt The default value is true Caution notes e f you execute Move VM Shutdown or Restart towards a virtual machine the console connection is disconnected After the process completes connect to the virtual machine again e SystemProvisioning does not support the exclusion control of console connection e There is a case that a console is not displayed In that case try again 9 4 3 Connecting to a Console of a Virtual Machine on XenServer KVM or Hyper V With SystemProvisioning you can connect to a console of a virtual machine and operate the virtual machine Perform the following procedure to connect to the console Preparation for a machine on which the Web console runs 410 To connect to a serial console the following pieces of software are required e NET Framework 3 5 Service Pack 1 e ClickOnce Plug in for Firefox Note NET Framework 3 5 Service Pack 1 is already installed in the SigmaSystemCenter management server To launch the Web Console on the SigmaSystemCenter management server install only ClickOnce Plug in in addition SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Connecting to a Console For Firefox install ClickOnce Plug in with the following procedure For Internet Explorer installation of ClickOnce Plug in is unnecessary 1 Open the following URL in a Firefox window https addons mo
107. in the lower section differ according to the disk array device which you have selected in the Disk Array list To hide the data device in order not to be distributed by mistake while distributing software select the Connect after distribution check box SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties lt For NEC Storage CLARiiON Symmetrix gt Operations gt WindowsServer A Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Storage List Add Delete Connect After qn i Share HBA NIC z M Order Distribution Disk Array Disk Volume Bers eco Pho Edit Up p 1 d M100 200000255C3A0 Shared ALL O Down Back Disk Volume Setting Storage Information Disk Array M100 gt V Connect after distribution Display Count 20 E Name Number Share Status Usage Status M amp 00000255C3A054A40008 8 Shared Unused M amp 200000255C3A054A0009 9 Shared Unused 00000255C3A05440017 23 Shared Unused M amp 00000255C3A054A40019 25 Shared Unused HBA Information Connect to all HBAs C Specify an HBA to connect HBA Index Select the check box of a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes 2 To connect the disk volume to configure to all HBAs select Connect to all HBAs under HBA Information To specify the HBA to connect type the HBA index in the HBA Index box Thi
108. information and notes on effects may be caused by changing an IP address or a host name of a management server If you are changing an IP address or a host name of a management server see the following to change settings of each component in SigmaSystemCenter 9 12 1 Before Changing IP Address of a Management Server If DPM Server is installed on a management server settings of DPM must be changed before changing the IP address of the management server First see Subsection 9 12 2 Changing Settings on DeploymentManager to change settings of DPM and the IP address of the management server After that see from Subsection 9 12 3 Changing Settings on SystemProvisioning to 9 12 5 Changing Settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC ESMPRO Agent to change the setting of each component 9 12 2 Changing Settings on DeploymentManager If DPM Server is installed on a management server perform the following procedure An IP address is used for connecting to DPM Server therefore if you are changing a host name of a management server you do not need to configure DPM If DPM Server is NOT installed on a management server reboot the machine where DPM Server is installed after changing the IP address of the management server 1 Terminate processes on DPM Note Verify that the following conditions are met Any scenario is not being executed If there is any scenario being executed wait until the scenario is completed The D
109. initializing the configuration database To restore SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure 1 Stopping the Web Console Close the Web Console if it is open 2 Stopping SystemProvisioning To stop SystemProvisioning see Subsection 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning 3 Overwriting the backup files Overwrite the backed up files in the SystemProvisioning installation directory Note The default installation directory is ProgramFiles NEC PVM SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Backing up and Restoring SystemProvisioning 4 Restoring registries Restore the registries in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC PVM You can restore them importing the data from Registry Editor 5 Running the restoration command Run the following command at the command prompt This is the example of restoring from a backup file backup dat in temp of the C drive gt sqlcmd E S local SSCCMDB 1 gt restore database pvminf from disk c temp backup dat with replace 2 gt go Note If you have changed the instance name from the default instance name SSCCMDB specify ocal the instance name 6 Starting SystemProvisioning Start SystemProvisioning after the restoration has completed For the procedure see Subsection 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning Part III Maintenance 473 10 Backup and Restoration 10 3 10 3 1 474 Backing up and
110. is changed it can be restored by restarting the PVMService 7 Click OK 4 10 4 Copying an Existing Policy To copy an existing policy perform the following procedure 1 Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Policy in the Management tree Select the check box of the policy to copy under Policy List and click Copy of the Action menu 4 A confirmation message is displayed Click OK The copied policy is added to the Policy List Management gt Policy Configuration Copy Remove Add Policy Operation Refresh Policy Name Description Property Standard Policy Standard Policy Template es Standard Policy Virtual Machine Standard Policy Template for Virtual Machir Oo Standard Policy Virtual Machine 2 Standard Policy Template for Virtual Machir jE Standard Policy VM Server Standard Policy Template for VM Server Oo System Policy Manager Policy for manager applied ta system Hint oO Copy Remove Note A copied policy is registered with an automatically generated name with 2 at the end of an existing policy If a policy with a name with 2 at the end already exists a created policy name will be a name with a number that one is added to the already existing number such as 3 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 182 Creating a Policy 6 Click the Property of the policy Policy Property Settings appears on the Main
111. list A monitoring profile is a set of performance indicators of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services data collection and threshold monitor settings The performance indicators collection intervals for data collection of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and threshold monitor settings can be changed according to which monitoring profile is selected Reference For details of monitoring files see Appendix A Monitoring Profile 4 Enter the information of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services management server in the IP Address box and the Port Number box In the IP Address box specify the IP address of the management server on which the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is running In the Port Number box specify the port number for connecting to the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services The default port number is 26200 Note Ensure that IPv4 address is entered in the IP Address box To use System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services on the SigmaSystemCenter management server machine specify 127 0 0 1 in IP Address box To monitor a virtual machine on ESX specify the server where the virtual machine server is monitored as the performance monitoring server 5 In the Account box and the Password box enter the OS account of the host activated at the group System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services uses the specif
112. machine server obtained from the virtual management environment software will not match the information registered in DPM and then SystemProvisioning might not recognize the virtual machine server correctly Because the registration procedure is different according to the system environment refer to the registration procedure described in this section After the registration to DPM make sure that the registered machine can be powered on and shut down from the DPM Web Console lt Registration using the DPM Client gt Foran ESX environment Note For ESXi this procedure is unavailable because DPM Client cannot be installed 1 Confirming the physical MAC address Confirm the physical MAC address that will be activated with the Wake On LAN vmnicO would usually be the MAC address for the ESX The command to confirm the NIC esxcfg vswitch 1 The command to confirm the Physical MAC address when NIC name is vmnicO ifconfig grep vmnic0O Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 77 3 Settings of Related Products 78 2 Registering the machine to an arbitrary group of DPM Start the DPM Web Console Select the group to which the machine to be registered and select Add Machine from the Configuration menu Enter the machine name host name of the virtual machine server into the Machine Name box and the MAC address that was confirmed in the procedure 1 Click OK Note When entering th
113. manual of Citrix Systems Inc 4 Connecting to the XenServer from XenCenter Connect to the XenServer from XenCenter 5 Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a virtual machine which is on a target XenServer in the System Resource tree on the Web Console and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu 6 Updating the information Collecting Click the System Resource in the System Resource tree on the Web Console and click Collect on the Operation menu to update the registered information Part III Maintenance 457 9 Maintenance 9 11 Extracting Logs 9 11 1 458 When you ask investigation to our PP Support Service extract logs with the procedure in this section In addition other than the logs we ask you for providing the following information to the best of your knowledge Outline of the failure details of the failure and information such as what kind of phenomenon occurred Date and time the failure occurred Procedure that the failure occurred information of what kind of operations you executed when the failure occurred Error message displayed on the window Network configuration Machine name IP address MAC address and device model of a managed resource If the issue is concerning a managed machine Note Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If
114. min 5 min 30 min 1 min 5 min 30 min Physical Memory Space MB 1 min 5 min 30 min 4 Collection Intervals can be changed depending on which monitoring profile is selected Standard Monitoring Profile 1min 1 minute Standard Monitoring Profile 5min 5 minutes Standard Monitoring Profile 30min 30 minutes VM Standard Monitoring File Exclusively for virtual machines Collects performance data of the following performance indicators Obtains the performance data from each virtual infrastructure software without accessing to the guest OS Performance Indicator Collection Intervals Guest CPU Usage 5 min 30 min 1 Guest CPU Usage MHz 5 min 30 min 1 Host CPU Usage 2 5 min 30 min 1 Host CPU Usage MHz 2 5 min 30 min 1 Guest Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec 2 4 5 min 30 min 1 Guest Disk Usage MB 3 5 min 30 min 1 Guest Disk Usage 3 5 min 30 min 1 Guest Network Transfer Rate Bytes sec 2 4 5 min 30 min 1 Guest Memory Usage 4 5 5 min 30 min 1 491 Appendix A Monitoring Profile 492 Performance Indicator Collection Intervals Guest Memory Usage MB 4 5 5 min 30 min 1 Host Memory Usage 4 5 min 30 min 1 Host Memory Usage MB 4 5 min 30 min 1 Collection I
115. node machine to the cluster Part III Maintenance 455 9 Maintenance 10 11 12 If the virtual machines are evacuated to another virtual machine server in the virtual environment restore it to its original location If the virtual machine was not able to be evacuated restore the virtual machine from the backup data Updating the information Collecting Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine whose disk you replaced and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web Console 9 10 6 Replacing a Device on an ESX Other Than a Hard Disk To replace a device on an ESX other than a hard disk follow the procedure below Note When replacing the mother board see Subsection 9 10 1 Replacing a Machine or a Motherboard To replace the mother board is classified as an operation of changing machine because the machine that its mother board has been changed is recognized as another machine Reference For details of operation with vCenter Server see a product manual of VMware Inc 456 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a virtual machine which is on a target ESX in the Resource tree and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu on the Web Console Shutting down the ESX Shut down the ESX through the Web Console Replacing the device on the ESX Replace the device on the ESX after shutting done the ESX For replacement of devices on an ESX see a product manual of VMware Inc Connectin
116. of the Machine Property Setting must be configured If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage For the settings of the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Note the maximum number of disk volume settings For NEC Storage disk volume settings can be configured up to LD s maximum number that can be assigned to a LD set Because the LD s maximum number is different according to the models see the manual of your NEC Storage For Symmetrix disk volume settings can be configured up to the maximum spec of the OS SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 274 Configuring the Host Setting lt For NetApp gt Operations gt WindowsServer gt w2k r2ab01 EA Host Setting General Network Storage Software Machine Profile Host Profile Alive Monitor Storage List Add Delete Connect Ii Orde After LUN DiskArray Disk Share HBA Connection dit Distribution Volume Status Index A84 ES status Fd Up m 1 100 200000255C3 Unshared ALL g a Ds Model Setting List PhysicalModel Connect After Share HBA Connection Orde Distribution LUN Disk Array Disk Volume Seas itn Address Status 2 oS NetApp voll Shared w2k8r2at Group Setting List Connect After 3 i Share HBA Connection Orde Distribution LUN Disk Array Disk Volume G E Address Status 11 d M100 200000255C3AL Shared ALL
117. one session can connect to the console at the same time If any session is already connected the console started before is disconnected A virtual machine console of a virtual machine with enabling RemoteFX 3D video adapter cannot be connected If a machine on which the Web console runs is running Windows Server 2003 it cannot connect to virtual machine consoles If a machine on which the Web console runs cannot connect to the internet it may take less than a minute to connect to a console At the first launch the setting of Credential Security Service Provider CredSSP policy must be configured This setting requires the Windows Administrator privileges 415 9 Maintenance 9 4 4 Displaying a Screenshot of a Virtual Machine Console To display a screenshot of a virtual machine console on the Web Console perform the following procedure Note Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles Displaying a screenshot of a virtual machine console Note Administrator privilege is required to display a screenshot of a virtual machine console 1 Click the Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of a target machine on the Virtual tree 3 A screenshot of a console appears on the Scre
118. paging the display owest possible tem immediately ystem immediately the system You must have crash dump enabled Enabling or disabling the console You can enable and disable the console by specifying a value in the following file After changing the setting execute recycling or stopping and restarting the application pool ProvisioningPool on the Internet Information Service IIS SystemProvisioning installation folder Provisioning App_Data Config CustomizationConfig xml Note The default installation path is ProgramFiles NEC PVM true Enables the machine console false Disables the machine console lt Configuration gt lt Common gt lt Console gt lt EnableConsole gt true lt EnableConsole gt lt Console gt lt Common gt lt Configuration gt The default value is true SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Connecting to a Console 9 4 2 Caution notes e Configure the environment so that Connected can be displayed for Connection Status of Out of Band Management connection status on the details of the selected machine e Use this functionality in a network environment where the machine displaying the console can directly connects to the managed machine e SOL output displays only new data sent after the connection is established If nothing is displayed although the managed machine is already configured and the power is ON after the establishing the connection try p
119. running machine by operations such as N 1 recovery and exists in the group pool as the failure machine select the machine from the group pool on the Operations view and click Remove Machine from Pool Ifthe machine is running perform Release Resource with taking apart it On the Operations view perform Release Resource and select the Release machine with taking apart it option for the target group Select Shared Pool as Return pool to prevent the machine from being in the group pool of the group Ensure to shut down the machine If the target machine is not shut down automatically in the procedure 2 and it is still working power off the machine through the BMC console or manually 3 Removing the target machine s registration 1 Make the machine to be replaced on SigmaSystemCenter unmanaged Select the target machine on the Resource view on the Web console and click Unmanaged If the machine is registered to DPM remove it from DPM Display Machine List on the DPM Web console and click Delete Machine After removing it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect If the machine is registered to vCenter Server remove it from vCenter Server Remove the target machine using VI Client After removing it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect When the machine is registered only to vCenter Server not to DPM the machine is not automatically removed fro
120. scenario registered as Backup in the Timing of distribution is used If any distribution software registered as Backup in the Timing of distribution does not exist backup is executed with the default setting The system works in the similar way to which described above when restoring The following explains of executing backup and restoration without specifying distribution software Note Ensure that the number of the target disk is verified using Disk Viewer before backing up and restoring For details of Disk Viewer see Section 7 2 Disk Configuration Check Tool in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Backup Execute backup using the scenario System_Backup located under Built in Scenarios scenario group of DPM Built in Scenarios scenario group is created during the installation of DPM The default values of System_Backup scenario are as follows Edit the scenario as necessary and change the default values The default values of the backup image stored folder and image file are as follows MAC address and UUID of a managed machine is automatically added C DeployBackup backup_ MAC Address _ UUID lbr Only the first disk is backed up by default Generation management of backup images is not executed Restoration Execute restoration using the scenario System_Restore_Unicast located under Built in Scenarios scenario group of DPM Built in Scenarios scenario group is created during the installation of DPM Pa
121. see the support information of each product Reference If you configure the OS name you don t have to create a disk duplication data file for a master VM when you use the customization of DPM For details see Subsection 6 1 4 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Differential Clone Method and 6 1 5 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Disk Clone Method To change the administrator password select the Update Password check box and enter the new password in the Administrator Password box To use the Sysprep answer file select Sysprep answer file in the Sysprep Answer file list Note In the case of using the customization of DPM the Sysprep answer file is available only when the target OS is Windows Vista or later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored Enter a name of the OS license owner in the Owner Name box Enter an organization name of the OS license in the Organization Name box Select the time zone in the Time Zone list Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is available by using a Sysprep answer file only when the target OS is Windows Vista or later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored because the Sysprep answer file is not available in these operating systems Enter the product key of the OS in the Product Key box Select the license mode as Licens
122. selected virtual machine appears With ESX 3 5 it appears on the Main Window With ESX 4 0 VMware Remote Console is launched With ESX 3 5 the following screen appears Virtual gt 172 28 93 106 gt ESX 3 5 gt 172 28 93 104 gt Win2K_Server 0E Win2K_Server_93109 Console Full Screen Send Ctrl Alt Del Note To release the focus or return from full screen mode please press Ctrl Alt My Documents Note With ESX 3 5 note the following points The size of the console is the same as the resolution of the virtual machine To display the console in the full screen mode click Full Screen To exit from the full screen mode of the VM Console press Ctrl Alt If you click Send Ctrl Alt Del the system sends Ctrl Alt Del to the virtual machine Enabling or disabling the console You can enable and disable the console by specifying a value in the following file After changing the setting execute recycling or stopping and restarting the application pool ProvisioningPool on the Internet Information Service IIS Part Ill Maintenance 409 9 Maintenance SystemProvisioning installation folder Provisioning App_Data Config CustomizationConfig xml Note The default installation path is ProgramFiles NEC PVM true Enables the virtual machine console false Disables the virtual machine console lt Configuration gt lt Common gt lt Console gt lt EnableConsole
123. set as a target of load balancing in one VM Server model and activate them An active virtual machine server in another VM Server model cannot be the target of Migration 6 3 2 Configuring the VM Server Model Configure a VM Server model for a group of virtual machine servers For how to configure a model see Section 5 5 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine This subsection explains the VM Optimized Placement tab of the Model Property Setting which you need to configure to use the VM Optimized Placement feature Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 321 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Group Property Setting appears on the Main Window Click the Model tab Click the Property of the model to configure under Model List Model Property Setting appears on the Main Window Click the VM Optimized Placement tab oa PWN Operations gt ESX_Category gt ESX35 gt esx36 EA Model Property Setting General Software YM Optimized Placement Datastore Setting Virtual Network Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Configuration of Load Balancing Power Saving and Startup Optimizing for VM E l Target Region 10 I Enable Load Monitoring Load Balancing and Power Saving Specify the number of machin
124. skip to the procedure 4 To log the management server copy the following folder to the location where you want to place it Part III Maintenance 459 9 Maintenance 460 SigmaSystemCenter installation DVD RADPM TOOLS DpmLog Start the command prompt Click the Start menu click All Programs click Accessories and click Command Prompt Move to the folder below For the management server DPM installation folde DpmLog For the managed machine the folder which has been copied at the procedure 3 E g The case the folder will be copied to C at the procedure 3 cd d C Dpmlog Note The default installation path of DPM is ProgramFiles NEC DeploymentManager Run DpmLog exe with the option A DpmLog exe A Note Do not operate DPM during executing DpmLog exe After sending the log file delete the folder where the log file is stored log folder along with the contents of this folder If you are using a machine running Linux Collect the following files When collecting the files make sure not to change the time stamp by using options such as the p option of the cp command System configuration files etc hosts etc resolv conf etc sysconfig network etc sysconfig clock etc sysconfig iptables etc sysconfig ipchains etc rc d rc etc sysconfig network scripts ifcfg files Version information Red Hat etc redhat release SuSE etc SuSE release SigmaSystemCenter
125. the hardware status is turned Faulted or Degraded If the recovering event has occurred the hardware status is turned to Ready by the action of the policy You can also turn the hardware status to Ready by executing Clear Failure Status on the Web console Status Description Ready The machine has no error Faulted The machine is stopped because a severe error occurred on the machine Degraded The machine is running although an error such as degeneration occurred on a partial function The hardware status is not managed When you click Details next to Status the hardware parts status is displayed SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management Execute Status You can view the action executing status of the machine If the action has been executed in failure it shows Abort If the action is being executed it shows In process If the action is not executed or the action has been executed correctly it shows Status Description In process An operation such as a configuration change to the machine is being executed Abort An operation such as a configuration change to the machine is aborted 2 A configuration change is not being executed or executed actions are completed Policy Status You can view whether the policy action corresponding to the event that has occurred on the machine can be executed When the machine is allocated to th
126. the NIC and HBA mounted on the managed machine along with motherboard replacement The machine does not need to enter the maintenance mode to perform the procedure 1 Preparation If the OS or application must be set up because of the disk corruption check and prepare the backup data and installation media 2 Deleting the machine from the operation group 1 Required tasks before replacing a machine If you want to replace the running virtual machine server perform the following tasks Evacuate virtual machines those work on the virtual machine server Select the virtual machines which work on the virtual machine server on the Operations view and then perform Move Virtual Machine to move them to another virtual machine server Or perform Release Resource without taking apart them Inthe Hyper V cluster evict the machine from the cluster Evict the node of the machine from the cluster using Hyper V s Failover Cluster Manager After evicting it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware 2 3 In XenServer remove the machine from the XenCenter s pool After removing it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect Remove the machine from the group _ If the machine is added to the group pool remove it from the group pool If the target machine has been separated from the
127. the displayed text box If you want to change the administrator password select the Update Password check box and then type the new password in the Administrator Password box 5 Type the product key in the Product Key for Full Packaged Product box 6 Click Apply 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab To configure settings on the Network tab of the Host Setting perform the following procedure Note If the auto generating of IP address is configured on a logical network this tab does not have to be configured If this tab is configured this tab s setting has priority If you use the customization of DPM you can set up to eight NICs for Windows Vista or later maximum four NICs for Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP maximum seven NICs for Linux OS 1 Display the Host Setting window and click the Network tab 2 To add an NIC click Add of the Action menu on the NIC List 3 NIC Setting is displayed below the NIC List Operations gt DPM G_Category gt DPM G gt SRV DB104 A Host Setting General Network Storage Software Host Profile Alive Monitor Please set the IP Address When the IP Address is not set it will be obtained automatically Add IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Edit Add Delete Management IP Address l None 7 NIC Number 1 Add Delete D IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Edit Add Delete OK Cancel SigmaSystem
128. the group To set the name here before starting operation enter the machine model name in the Model Name box Reference For details of a shared pool see Subsection 1 1 8 What is a Pool Machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 170 Configuring Machine Property Setting 3 Enter an actual slot number in the Slot Number box Note The slot number cannot be set from DPM 6 0 but can be set from SigmaSystemCenter The slot number however is not used in the SigmaSystemCenter operation 4 Enter an arbitrary installation location of a physical machine or virtual machine server in the Location box The disk information of the stored location of a virtual machine cannot be edited 5 Enter the name to be managed in SigmaSystemCenter in the Unit Name box After entering the name in the Unit Name box resource names under Host List and the Group Pool box on the Operations view are displayed as the entered unit name The machine name changes by replacing machine but the unit name does not change 6 To classify managed machines visually by the keyword on each window of resource groups smart groups and racks enter the keyword in the Tag box Reference See Section 9 6 Machine Management with Tag Cloud for details of a tag cloud 7 To prevent SystemProvisioning from automatically overwriting the model name in some situations for example when you want to use a manually configured model name clear the A
129. the managed machine from another place a dialog asking you whether you take the session or not appears Be aware that the SOL session is disconnected when the session is taken after selecting to take the session System Requirements Target managed machine e A physical machine with BMC that is compliant with IPMI ver 2 0 and SOL Preparation for a management server To connect to a serial console the following pieces of software are required e NET Framework 3 5 Service Pack 1 e ClickOnce Plug in for Firefox Note Install them in each management server to start the Web Console To start the Web Console on the management server where SystemProvisioning is installed install only ClickOnce Plug in in addition For Firefox install ClickOnce Plug in with the following procedure For Internet Explorer installation of ClickOnce Plug in is unnecessary SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Connecting to a Console 1 Open the following URL in a Firefox window https addons mozilla org ja firefox addon 9449 Click Click Continue to Download Click Accept and Install Click Install Now Click Restart Firefox ao PON Preparation for a managed machine For the setting procedure to use SOL see Subsection 3 10 6 Configuring Serial Over Lan SOL Connecting to a console Connect to a console with the following procedure Note In order to connect to a serial console a user mu
130. to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Pool Assign New Delete VM pei Individual Operations All Machine Action Host Name Status Power IP Address Restart Sian Restart GHost A GNormal or 255 255 255 0 Ppi Shutdown K Suspend Redistribute Assign New Delete VM Software Allocate Machine Group Pool Create and Assign Machine Refresh A Register Master Machine Display Count 20 S Delete Backup Restore Resource g Name C Em Oor VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 Status Power Type MAC Ad Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete VM Delete Change Construction Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off 7 Select the check box of the setting to reflect from the following items Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Change Const A Change the construct for selected host Machine List ym2h1 Customize Processing for Selected Machine I Modify Storage I Modify VLAN I Modify VirtualNetwork M Unregister from LoadBalancer before Modify I Shutdown before Modify e Modify Storage After changing the storage setting of the group model host if you select the Modify Storage check box and click OK the disk volume is connected to the specified machine according to the changed storage setting SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Con
131. to MasterScope Network Manager Configuring login settings of the switch on MasterScope Network Manager SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 54 Settings of Related Products Load Balancer Installing MasterScope Network Manager Registering a load balancer to MasterScope Network Manager Configuring login settings of the load balancer on MasterScope Network Manager Software Load Balancer Set up software load balancer Enabling SSH connection setting of software load balancer Storage Installing storage management software Configuring settings of storage management software Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 55 3 Settings of Related Products OOB Management Configuring BMC IP address Creating a user with administrator privileges on BMC Configuring the alert destination of PET and Alert Level Configuring settings of Dump Configuring settings of ACPI Shutdown Configuring settings of SOL SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 56 Configuring Settings for a Switch 3 2 Configuring Settings for a Switch 3 2 1 If you want to use a switch managed in SigmaSystemCenter you need to configure settings for the switch and register it in MasterScope Network Manager in advance See from Subsection 3 2 1 Registering a Switch to MasterScope Network Manager to 3 2 2 Configuring the Login Management for a Switch in MasterScope Network Manager to c
132. to start the DPM Web Console and configure the initial settings see Subsection 3 7 1 Starting DPM Web Console and Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM Machines can be registered to DPM both automatically and manually This manual explains the procedure of automatic registration For details see Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM Reference When using DPM for the first time see Chapter 5 Preparing for DeploymentManager Operation in DeploymentManager Installation Guide and Chapter 2 Registering Resources in DeploymentManager in DeploymentManager Operation Guide 3 7 1 Starting DPM Web Console To start the DPM Web Console perform the following procedure Start a Web browser 2 Enter the following URL in the Web browser address box Enter the host name or the IP address of the management server into the location of Host Name http Host Name DPM Login aspx Note If the host name includes any character other than the Internet standard characters the DPM Web Console may not start In case of failure to start specify the IP address in the address box otherwise the DPM Web Console may not start 3 The DPM Web Console starts and the DeploymentManager Login window appears For how to login see Subsection 3 7 2 Logging into DPM Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 71 3 Settings of Related Products 3 7 2 3 7 3 72 Logging into DPM L
133. to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the target operation group with the resource pool where a logical network to delete exists in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the Resource Pool tab 5 Click the Edit of the port group which includes the name of the logical network to delete under Network List 6 Click the Delete Logic Network of the Action menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 291 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment This chapter explains how to manage and operate a virtual environment in SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 6 1 Creating a Virtual Machine cecceeeececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeeeneeees 294 6 2 Creating a TOM Plate ss os ceesscevet sees catesahetescdnciceg anda edene tages saataeva k eeeeey ea qeedduee Saveadead eens 308 6 3 Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement Feature 0 ccsscccesseeeeees 321 293 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 6 1 Creating a Virtual Machine 6 1 1 294 With SystemProvisioning a virtual machine can be created on a virtual machine server managed in SystemProvisioning This section explains the necessary settings to create a virtual machine To create a virtual machine from SystemProvisioning there are the following four procedures Clone Method Environment Full Clone VMware env
134. which is applied to the group model or host appears Operations gt WindowsServer gt w2k8r2ab01 EA Host Setting General Network Storage Software Machine Profile Host Profile Alive Monitor Storage List Add Delete Connect s Disk Share HBA Connectior M Orde A After LUN Disk Array veo EA Indes Addres Status Edit Up Distribution ol 4 m00 200000255C3 Unshared ALL cy Be Model Setting List Model PhysicalModel Orde 2 Connect After Distribution I LUN A a Share HBA Connection Disk Array Disk Volume Gras ater Address Status NetApp voll Shared w2kBr2at Orde 1 Group Setting List Connect After Distribution A LUN A A Share HBA Connection Disk Array Disk Volume rir itr Address Status M100 200000255C3AC Shared ALL Apply Back On the Storage tab you can check the disk volume connection This is not available for Symmetrix The following table describes the status icons and their meaning Status Description The machine is not connected to the host Jf For NEC Storage and CLARiiON The disk volume is connected to the host and its defined LUN matches its actual LUN Or the disk volume is connected to the host and the LUN configuration is omitted For MasterScope Network Manager The disk volume is connected to the host and its defined IP address matches its actual IP address The undefined disk volume is connected to th
135. with a comma Note To configure the virtual network the NIC number must be configured to the activated machines For details see 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab To set the tag information on the VLAN select the Tag check box Select VLAN at either the Network or Specify VLAN At the Logical Network select the network to connect in the list At the Specify VLAN select the switch and VLAN in the list respectively Click OK The VLAN is added to Network List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties 8 Click Back to display the details of the group on the Main Window Note To control VLAN both this setting and the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting must be configured If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control a VLAN For the settings of the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab If VLAN is configured on the port of the switch that is connected to the NIC of a machine in standby VLAN control might fail when the machine gets activated To control VLAN release the VLAN on the target port If the Virtual Network tab of the Model Property Setting is configured this tab s setting is ignored 5 4 7 Configuring Settings on the LB Setting Tab To configure settings on the LB Setting tab of the Group Property Setting perform the following procedure
136. with a delta virtual disk which refers to its master vm s virtual disk and holds only the changed data Source VM VM Name VirtualMachine VM Server Name srevrnt 9 Location Storage1 2 Image Image Name Image VM Server sry ym19 7 Location SANI x I Fixed the position of specified vm replica Source Snapshot Snapshot Name Create Date OS Setting OS Type WindowsServer a OS Name OS Profile Owner Name Organization Name Time Zone GMT 09 00 ABR HLR EF Product Key License Mode C Number of Connected Server Connected Client ok __ _Gancei_ Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 313 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 4 Enter a template name for the Differential Clone template in the Template Name box Required 5 Enter a cost value for when creating a virtual machine from a Differential Clone template in the Cost box Required Select Differential Clone as Type 7 Enter an image name used by a Differential Clone template in the Image Name box Required Note If the number of characters of the image name and that of master VM name in total exceeds 53 rename either name to be within 53 in total Select the destination virtual machine server in the VM Server list 9 Select the destination datastore in the Location list 10 To fix the replica VM to the specified location without creating an edge cache replica select the Fixed the
137. you summary information of managed machines on multiple SystemProvisioning management servers Management view In this view you can configure settings required to use SigmaSystemCenter such as registering license keys adding users and configuring environmental settings In addition you can register operation policies or subsystems SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 24 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console 1 2 3 You can monitor state of your managed resources or current executions state of Jobs Dashboard Click the Dashboard in the Monitor tree to display the Dashboard on the Main Window The Dashboard is updated periodically by five seconds by default Job result is displayed for specified period for 60 minutes by default after the Job is completed succeeded or failed For setting the update interval and Job result display period see Subsection 2 4 8 Changing the Setting of Auto Update of Screens Monitor gt Dashboard Summary Information Failure List There are 3 machine s whose status is error or warning Fault Manager List There are 7 manager s whose status is fault Job List There are 0 job s that is in operating There are 1 job s that is in failure Update Time 2009 07 26 15 04 41 Failure Resource Machine Name Status Bgesx35 vmxp01 Abor Sesxi vrnxpO1 OdAbor BMesxi vixp02 OAbort on Power Running Running MAC Address Group Name 00 50 56 a7 4d d8 LRT_ESX35_XP
138. 00 0c 29 a0 07 7b LRT_ESXi_XP 00 0c 29 5c eb 3e LRT_ESXi_XP Host Name IP Address esx35 vmxp01 esxi vmxp01 esxi vmxp02 Fault Manager Name 28192 168 10 201 0192 168 21 10 192 168 21 5 48192 168 21 5 8192 168 21 5 apricot localdomain jnevel localdamain Connection Status Type NotResponding NotResponding NotResponding NotResponding NotResponding NotResponding NotResponding DeploymentManager VVindow Citrix XenServer Pool Master WebSAM NetvisorPro V DeploymentManager Window VMware VirtualCenter VMware ESXi VMware ESXi URL https 192 168 21 10 https 4 192 168 21 5 sdk Job Resource Start Time ae A Completed 2009 07 2 6 14 59 08 2009 07 2 6 14 55 13 A Completed 2009 07 2 ening 6 14 50 11 2009 07 2 6 14 49 54 Completed Status Completed Failed Source Message Cancel Progress admin Execution of job Delete Manager admin Execution of job Delete Manager admin Execution of job Shutdown machine Scheduler Clean up machine status Scheduler automatic RefreshAll ServiceMod Start Service ule Cancel Note To check detailed information of an error of a failed resource or job that ends with an error check the Operation Logs window or Job window For more detailed information of the Dashboard or how to check an error see Subsection 9 8 1 Dashboard Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 25 1 Preliminary
139. 06 kiel local Sesxiat ut lower kiel local Sesxia1 ul upper kiel local 8ssc21u3_3 BBssc30_6 Wu3_2keR2x64 u3_2k8R2x64_En 8Bu3_w2k8sp2x86_eng Status MAC Address 00 50 56 B5 00 2C 00 50 56 65 00 29 00 30 13 E3 29 1C 00 30 13 E3 29 12 00 21 85 0B 75 14 00 21 85 08 83 24 00 50 56 B5 00 19 00 50 56 65 00 26 00 50 56 B5 00 4D 00 50 56 B5 00 39 00 50 56 65 00 3D Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations 7 Power GaRunning Gaeunning GaRunning Garunning GaRunning Gunning Running Gunning Gunning GaRunning Running Group noOoOoodnoOnWoOoOO Gunning Click OK Note By clicking Search the target machines you want to find can be previewed before the smart group is registered The target machines that match the search conditions are listed in Machine List Part III Maintenance 421 9 Maintenance 9 6 Machine Management with Tag Cloud A tag cloud classifies various types of information of managed machines and displays it Large amounts of information will be needed for management if there are many managed machines Tags treated by a tag cloud are not only the tags configured by users but also the information necessary for management involving machine status hardware and OS information Tag cloud classifies and displays these tags to help users find them easily Also the tag cloud makes it easy to narrow down the machines with tags which are displayed 9 6 1 N
140. 1 1 2 Transition of Machine Status o sctse eae tase ieee tity dees areas caeenidedleveee beeeie cece vesestemeventer elias 5 121 3 Group Model Hostesses ied ite mathe Ane eten ete eee aa ae a tees gine oe 7 L174 Software DIStiUtiON oie shvec ce teecgecs cal Ss cascade ese eastepattact ai TEA a dead eeareasuenetbsieae ais crete acecausns chesliveaces 8 1 1 5 Machine State and Failure Monitoring ecccceseccesceceneeeeneeceaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeessaeeseaeessaees 9 1 1 6 Failure Recovery With a Policy eee eeeseeeesenereeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseaeeeeesaaeeeseaaeeseseaeeesesaaeeeseaeeseneeeeeeenaeeesenaeeees 11 1 1 7 Controlling Access with a Role 15 2 ezeteen Ye saded she ences eles np ceadin Jenne Se beneeale bite pene diacdevuteneecetete eel geee 12 1 1 8 What is7a Pool Machine avis cent oh eee ek id eee es eee 13 Tal 9 Machine Status r ai oeir aden a eE ee heeded cede eee T ENEA OE tn des ee Sa EA ene eens aN teat ates 14 1 1310 Disk Volume Status svies see vative ee ec en iis ivee needa a edie sla eens 18 Tete Machine Types pnan es Stent acnegl sae Sepals Seeking Peat a cgas ee eek a eden it eva Ses let eed epee tee eee 19 Tall Priority Valu st cca ii paki ain Shh ae Ahi eth Tell daaih Hele aiieh Goliad ech Sadel iss 19 1 2 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console cccccsecsecesseceeeseeeeeeeseneeeeseseaees 21 1 2 1 Operations by the Web Consoles s airaines eee ata aaia ie ea Ree aei
141. 2 5 Adding MasterScope Network Manager as a Subsystem ceeeceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeneaees 137 4 2 6 Adding Software Load Balancer as a Subsystem ceccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeceaeeteaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeereaees 138 4 2 7 Adding a Storage Management Server as a SUDSYSLOM ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeseeeetieeeeeeees 139 4 3 Managing ESXi Hyper V and KVM ccecscceeececeeeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeceaeeesaaeseeaeeseaeeesaeeesaeeeeneeeeaees 140 4 3 1 Creating Virtual Maaga sssi ouda aee a a a ad aa aed aside ei eats 140 4 3 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server c eeccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeceaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseaeessaees 141 4 4 RREGISTEFIN GALS WITCH ee ia e aaa a aE a aE a anaa OA ea AEA A Sa E ANE naaa 143 4 4 1 Registering a Physical SWitCh 200 0 cceecceecseeeseeceneeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeaeeseaeeeaeeseaeesaeeseaeessaeeseaeessaeeseaeessaeeseaeeesaees 143 4 4 2 Registering a Virtual SWitCh eee a aaa aaa aaa aeaea Sea a aaie araia aoaia in 144 4 4 3 Registering a Distributed SWItCh wee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeecaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeessaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeessaeeseaeeesaees 144 4 4 4 Adding a VLAN Port Group cecceeeeceeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeceaeeeaeecsaeeeaeessaeeeaeesaeeseaeesaeeseaeessaeeseaeessaeeseaeeesaees 144 4 4 9 Adding a Private VLAN iu roaa a Mabel ois autre panied ele E E EAT 145 4 4 6 Adding a Logical
142. 3 1 Configuration Guide Extracting Logs 2 Files related to DPM Client opt dpmclient all files in this folder var log message all files whose file names start with messages Run the following commands and extract the result Network information ifconfig a netstat a grep 560 route ps axm grep depagtd iptables L System information uname a lspci vx dmidecode biosdecode dmesg s 65536 Note When you send the file send the file after compressing the file with the Linux zip or gzip command 9 11 4 Extracting NEC ESMPRO Manager Log To extract operation logs detailed logs application logs and system logs of NEC ESMPRO Manager perform the following procedure Note The default installation path of NEC ESMPRO Manager is as follows Program Files NEC SMM 1 Run the following command at Command Prompt NEC ESMPRO Manager Installation Folder ESMMNG collectm collectm exe 2 Extract the information in the following folder NEC ESMPRO Manager Installation Folder ESMMNG collectm smlog Extract the application log with the following procedure 2 3 Part III Maintenance Log into the Web Console of NEC ESMPRO Manager and click the About NEC ESMPRO Manager Click the Application Log tab on the displayed screen Click the Download to download a zip format file 461 9 Maintenance 9 12 Changing IP Address of a Management Server This section provides
143. 4 2 Configuring the Mail Reporting To configure to report by mail when a failure is detected perform the following procedure Mail reports are sent at the timing of event detection such as failure detection and starting and ending actions if Report E mail Event Log action of policy is set For the details of policy actions see Subsection 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Notification tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Configure the settings of mail reporting If you want to send mail enter the name of the server for sending mail sender s email address and the recipient s address When you click on Send test mail a test mail will be sent Mail Reporting SMTP Server FP Port Number Boo F SMTP authentication Authentication Account a Authentication Password E M Update Password M Use the protected connection TLS E mail Address From Sender nn E mail Address To Recipient Suu m Write Notification to Windows Event Log Select the Mail Reporting check box Enter a name of a mail server for communication in the SMTP Server box Type the port number of the destination mail server in the Port Number box The default value is 25 5 Select SMTP authentication check box if mails are sent by using the
144. 55 255 0 Power Oor Assign New Delete YM Display Count 20 Resource Name C Em2 Status Power Oor Group Pool Delete Type YMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Delete MAC Ad Machine Individual Operations z B Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool Machine Individual Operations Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Refresh Machine Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Backup Restore Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter Delete VM All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result loar Failure Static Distribute software s to the selected host 351 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 352 10 11 12 13 14 Distribute Software dialog box appears Select Distribute Software and click OK Distribute Software x The software will be installed on the selected host s Please select the way that you want to install Distribute Software C Redistribute Software Install all software Install only the difference OK Cancel
145. 9 14 1 56 V 1 54 1 56 V 1 54 1 44 V 1 41 I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude 2 07 V 2 04 2 07 V 2 04 3 78 V 8 74 3 78 V 8 74 5 74 V 5 68 5 74 V 6 66 13 79 V 13 62 3 57 V 8 53 I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude I Exclude 443 9 Maintenance 9 10 Replacing Hardware 9 10 1 444 Be sure to set the machine in Maintenance mode when starting or suspending a machine If you start or suspend a machine without setting in Maintenance mode the system recognizes the situation as a failure and may try to restore according to policies Replacing a Machine or a Motherboard To replace a machine or a motherboard follow the procedure below SystemProvisioning manages machines with the UUID or MAC address on the NIC of the machine So if the machine s UUID and MAC address are changed by replacing a machine or a motherboard you need to register the machine newly with its new UUID and MAC address In this procedure the following cases are assumed Replace the managed machine itself because of its failure The following procedure is also applied to when you replace the NIC and HBA mounted on the managed machine along with machine replacement Replace the motherboard because of the failure of the managed machine s motherboard The following procedure is also applied to when you replace
146. A virtual machine can be created only with a Full Clone template A virtual machine can be created only on the following virtual machine servers ESX and ESXi managed in VMware vCenter Server XenServer The procedure to create a virtual machine in the Virtual view and activate the machine in a group is as follows 1 Create a virtual machine by executing Create VM Template on the Configuration menu in the Virtual view 2 You cannot customize the virtual machine Configure the virtual machine manually after creating the machine 3 Activate the virtual machine in a group by executing Register Master Machine of the Action menu in the Operations view Reference For more details of how to create a virtual machine in the Virtual view see Section 8 2 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View Creating in the Operations view If you create a virtual machine by Create and Assign Machine in the Operations view you can configure information such as a host name or IP address to the virtual machine individually The following procedure is to create a virtual machine in the Operations view and activate the machine in a group 1 Create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group by executing Create and Assign Machine of the Action menu in the Operations view Reference For more details of how to create a virtual machine in the Operations view and activate the machine in a group see Subsection 7 2 3 Cre
147. C ESMPRO Agent You need to configure the alert manager manually SNMP Trap 1 Install SNMP 2 Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in action view e gt alm ABR e n m ByRemote Access Con Createsa Started Manual LocalSystem Remote Procedure Provides th Started Automatic LocalSystem Bs Remote Procedure Manages t Manual LocalSystem Bs Remote Registry Se Allows rem Started Automatic LocalSystem Bs Removable Storage Manages r Started Automatic LocalSystem Sy Routing and Remot Offers rout Disabled LocalSystem By RundAs Service Enables st Started Automatic LocalSystem Bs Security Accounts Stores sec Started Automatic LocalSystem Sa Server Provides R Started Automatic LocalSystem Ss Smart Card Manages a Manual LocalSystem Ss Smart Card Helper Provides s Manual LocalSystem Sy SNMP Service Includes a Started Automatic LocalSystem amp y SNMP Trap Service Receives tr Started Manual LocalSystem Sy System Event Notifi Tracks syst Started Automatic LocalSystem By Task Scheduler Enablesa Started Automatic LocalSystem By TCP IP NetBIOS Hel Enables su Started Automatic LocalSystem Provides T Started Manual LocalSystem Allows are Manual LocalSystem SRy Terminal Services Provides 4 Disabled LocalSystem Sy Unint
148. C ESMPRO Agent into VMware ESX and configuring them Configuring OOB Management Starting vSphere Client and logging in Configuring a datacenter and cluster Note When managing an environment where Enhanced VMotion Compatibility is enabled in SigmaSystemCenter note the following points Set a unique name for a datacenter and a cluster in vCenter Server SigmaSystemCenter manages a cluster equivalently to a datacenter A cluster is displayed as a datacenter on the Web Console A datacenter can be created on vCenter Server from the Web Console However SigmaSystemCenter does not support creating a cluster on vCenter Server When using a distributed virtual switch note the following points Set a unique name for a distributed virtual switch and a distributed virtual port group in vCenter Server When using a distributed virtual switch do not connect the management NIC of VMware ESX to the distributed virtual switch Connect the management NIC for communicating with VMware ESX to a standard virtual switch 7 Registering an ESX SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for a Virtual Environment 3 6 2 Setting Up the Xen Environment To set up the Xen environment set up with the following flow Reference For the details of the settings see product manuals of Citrix Systems Inc Installing and configuring XenServer 2 Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent into XenServ
149. C ESMPRO Manager Ver 5 Setup Guide http www 58support nec co jp global download index htm Note Set the authentication for BMC to the same value between the active machine and the spare machine if you use the Management Controller management on NEC ESMPRO Manager If the RAID system management and NEC ExpressUpdate management are set up on the managed machine the Management Controller management is added to NEC ESMPRO Manager along with the machine registration on SigmaSystemCenter Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 85 3 Settings of Related Products 3 9 Configuring Settings for Sending Failure 3 9 1 86 Events From the Managed Machine To alert a management server to a failure event from a managed machine the following two ways are provided Manager Report SNMP and Manager Report TCP IP In Band Either of them must be configured The default setting of NEC ESMPRO Agent is Manager Report SNMP If the same alert destination is specified for both Manager Report SNMP and Manager Report TCP IP In Band two same events will be sent Configure the setting for sending failure events from a managed machine by performing the following procedure Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Windows To configure for a Windows machine to send a failure event alert configure the setting following the procedure Note The alert destination of Manager Report is not configured by installing NE
150. Center 87 3 Settings of Related Products Manager Report TCP IP In Band 1 Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click NEC ESMPRO Agent The NEC ESMPRO Agent Properties dialog box appears Click the General tab Click Report Setting yh NEC ESMPRO Agent Properties x General System CPU LAN WDT Shutdown M Enable DMI function meso Rack mount fame Chassis Identify _ Identify Now Stop Identify 4 The Alert Manager dialog box appears 5 From the Setting menu select Destination Setting SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 88 Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine 6 The Destination Setting dialog box appears For the configuration method of alert destination click the Help menu from the Online Help click Outline of setting click Alert Manager Setting tool click Destination Setting click Manager TCP IP In Band Setting and see the help P Alert Manager J 15 x File Setting View Tool Options Help alale 2 Sy EventLog Destination Setting xi r ID j 22 Report to Client Report to Client General clients repc Biddi YE Run Command Run Command B SNMP Manager SNMP SNMP need not cc TCP IP In Band Manager TCP IP In Band E TCP IP out of r an Manager TCP IP Out o Modify ID
151. Center 3 1 Configuration Guide 270 Configuring the Host Setting 5 8 3 If you intend to add NIC settings select the NIC number from the NIC Number list and then click Add on the Action menu The Add IP Address box appears Add IP Address x NIC Number 1 IP Address fo Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway o OK Cancel Enter the IP address in the IP Address box Enter the subnet mask in the Subnet Mask box Enter the default gateway in the Default Gateway box Click OK The IP address is added to the NIC Setting Click OK then the IP address information is added to the NIC List In the following cases select the management IP address in the Management IP Address list e To monitor a physical machine with NEC ESMPRO Agent e To execute performance monitoring towards a managed machine using an IP address with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services 1 2 3 4 e To execute alive monitoring towards a managed machine with SystemProvisioning Click Back Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server If the model type is Physical or VM Server this tab appears To configure settings on the Storage tab of the Host Setting perform the following procedure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 271 5 Creating an Operation Group 272 1 Display the Host Setting window and click the Storage tab The storage configuration
152. Change Machine Usage does not support XenServer standalone ESXi or Hyper V A virtual machine server activated at the group whose model type is VM Server cannot be moved to the group whose model type is Physical Preparation Add a target machine to change the usage to both the pool of the group to which the machine now belongs and the pool of the new group to which the machine will belongs Procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which the machine to change the usage belongs in the Operations tree Details of the machine appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target machine to change the usage under Host List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 343 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 5 Select Change Machine Usage of the Action menu Operations gt ESX gt ESK41 General Resource Pool Base Information Name Priority 1 OS Type Policy Name The way to use group pool Description Display Count 20 z E Host Name MV OsrRv v18 TC Osrv vu19 C GQsrv vm20 Status Power Define On ESx41 Linux GroupOnly IP Address normai GRunnine 192 168 1 1 anormal GRunnine 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 2C Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Resource Pool Edit Create Sub pool Delete Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command ate r Se
153. Clone template is a concept specific for SystemProvisioning the template is created not on a virtual machine sever but on a SigmaSystemCenter management server A Differential Clone template cannot be created if a master VM has no snapshots Create a snapshot before creating templates For creating snapshots see Subsection 6 2 5 Creating a Snapshot However for the KVM environment create the template without a snapshot on the master VM because creating snapshot is not supported in the KVM environment In the VMware environment of which version is the vSphere 4 or earlier Differential Clone templates cannot be created In the Xen environment standalone ESXi Hyper V environment and KVM environment Sysprep is executed on an image replica VM of a Differential Clone template Therefore do not execute any operations including start towards the image 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the master VM to be a source of the template in the Virtual tree SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 312 Creating a Template 3 Click Create Template on the Configuration menu Create Template appears on the Main Window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 VirtualMachine gt Create Template A Create Template Template Name Cost Description Full Clone C HW Profile Clone Hint This type of template is used to Differential Clone Disk Clone create a vm
154. Customized settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager will be lost during the processing of Replace Machine Re configure the settings again as necessary Reference For the setting to use restoring image see Subsection 2 3 1 Failure Recovery N 1 Recovery in SigmaSystemCenter First Step Guide Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which the machine to be replaced belongs in the Operations tree 3 Details of the machine appear on the main window Select the check box of the machine to be replaced under Host List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 345 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 5 Select Replace Machine of the Action menu Operations gt ESX gt ESX41 General Resource Pool Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Base Information Name ESx41 Priority ii Edit OS Type Linux Create Sub pool Policy Name Delete The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Property _ Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Display Count 20 z i g JEM a Operation 9 Start Scale Out M HostName Status Power IPAddress Restart Scale In M SRV VM18 CAanormal Running 192 168 1 16 Shutdown Add Machine to D Osrvevig CAnormal Running 192 168 1 1 Pool 7 Osrv vw20 Define Ont 192 168 1 2 Resource Pool Ailecsta Machine All Machine Action Register Master Machine Start jf Backup Res
155. Discover TCP IP Hosts dialog box Autodiscover TCP IP Hosts xj Network Address Network Mask Start Au 5 255 255 255 255 2 Address SNMP Community pubic Details Starting Autodiscovery Node 192 168 1 10 is found Set device information to node 192 168 1 10 Getting interface information of node 192 168 1 10 Node 192 168 1 10 is registered Autodiscovery completed 6 Anicon of the detected switch is displayed on the Operation Window displayed by clicking the NetworkView icon the NetworkManagement icon and the map icon 3 2 2 Configuring the Login Management for a Switch in MasterScope Network Manager To configure the login management for a switch which is registered with the procedure in Subsection 3 2 1 Registering a Switch to MasterScope Network Manager in MasterScope Network Manager perform the following procedure Reference For details of authentication settings you can also see manuals of MasterScope Network Manager 1 Select Start select All Programs click MasterScope Network Manager and click MasterScope Network Manager Console to start the console of MasterScope Network Manager 2 From the Setting menu select Configuration Mode to operate in the configuration mode 58 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for a Switch 3 On the System tab click the Network
156. EC ESMPRO Manager check box and the Enable Alive Monitoring check box can be selected If the Register a machine in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager check box is selected NEC ESMPRO Manager executes the alive monitoring for a managed machine If the Enable Alive Monitoring check box is selected SystemProvisioning executes the alive monitoring 7 To monitor the machine activated at the group with Ping select the Ping Monitoring check box Reference Some kinds of OSs running on a management server need the firewall exception setting before using Ping Monitoring of the alive monitoring For how to configure the firewall exception setting see Adding ICMP Echo Reply to the Exception List of Windows Server 2008 Firewall in Appendix A Network Ports and Protocols in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 8 To monitor whether the TCP Port of the machine activated at the group is connectable or not select the Port Monitoring check box and enter the port number to monitor in the Monitoring Port box 9 To monitor the virtual machine server activated at the group select the Enable VM Server Monitoring check box Note The VM Server Monitoring check box appears only if the model type is the VM Server 10 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 242 Configuring Group Properties 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab To configure the setting for collecting the performance data
157. EE R A E eateiee 345 7 9 Reconfiguring a Virtual Machine cecceceeecneeeee ener ee eeeeaeeeee eases eeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeene 348 7 10 Distributing Specified Software to a Machine cccsccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeesaeeesaeeeeneeeeaees 351 7 11 Redistributing Software 0 2 eecccecccecececeeeeceeeeeeeeeeecaeeseaaeseaeesaeeeceaeeseaaeseeaeeseeeeesaeeseeaesseneeesaees 353 7 12 Change Configuration cccccccccceceeececeeeeeseeseeeeeceaeeeeaaeeseneeseaeeeceaeeesaaesseaeeseeeesaaeeesaeeeeeeeseaees 355 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View sssceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 359 8 1 Moving a Virtual Machine Server ccccccceseseceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaeeceeeeeceaeeecaaeseeaeeseaeeeseaeeesaaeseneeesaas 360 8 2 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual VieW 0 ccseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeetenneess 361 8 2 1 Creating a Virtual Machine with a Full Clone Template ccceesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeete 361 8 2 2 Creating a Clone of a Virtual Machine uu eeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeeeeeeeieeeeeeees 362 8 3 Editinig a Virtual Machi seses n bucgena bogecdacaduchsnavhuaay E AA 364 8 4 Moving a Virtual MaChine scera a R AE A E 366 8 5 Shifting the Operation Of ESXi cccceccceeceeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeseaeeseeeeess 371 8 5 1 Shifting the Envir
158. Fault Manager Name Connection Status Type URL 38192 168 10 201 NotResponding DeploymentManager Window 6192 168 21 10 NotResponding Citrix XenServer Pool Master _ https 192 168 21 10 2 192 168 21 5 NotResponding WebSAM NetvisorPro V 8192 168 21 5 NotResponding DeploymentManager Window 192 168 21 5 NotResponding VMware VirtualCenter https 192 168 21 5 sdk Dyapricot localdomain NotResponding VMware ESXi Bevel localdomain NotResponding VMware ESXi Job Resource Cancel Start Time 2009 07 2 P p 6 14 59 30 Completed admin Execution of job Delete Manager pre Completed admin Execution of job Delete Manager 2009 07 2 6 14 55 13 2009 07 2 6 14 50 42 Completed 2009 07 2 z 6 14 50 11 Warning Scheduler automatic RefreshAll 2009 07 2 C leted ServiceMod 6 14 49 54 OMP ete ie Status Source Message Progress Failed admin Execution of job Shutdown machine Scheduler Clean up machine status Start Service Cancel Failure Resource A list of failed managed machines is displayed Not only running machines in an operation group but also unmanaged machines are displayed If you click a Machine Name the view switches to the Resource view which you can check detailed information of the target machine If you click a group or host the view switches to the Operations view which you can check status of the operation group or host Fault Manager A list of subsystems in unconnec
159. Group01 gt Add Scenario Resource EA Add Scenario E g Machines 2 Eh Ogh Group01 1 4 Group Name gi SubGroup01 0 0 Ra New Machine 1 Scenario Name l El g Scenarios 2 4 Built in Scenarios 6 6 A Wm ScenarioGroup01 1 1 HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option 63 Images SS Sa Add Delete Up Down Add Delete Execution Timing Setting Execute Immediately After Distribution C Execute At Next Startup After Operating Setting I Restart After Applying Distribution Condition Setting Transmit Data By Unicast Transmit Data By Multicast Maximum Targets 1 1000 Maximum Waiting Time 1 1440 Min Multicast IP Address Package Multicast TTL gt gt Time to live TTL is the number of the routers which multicasting traffic passes on a network pm Maximum Transmission Rate MB Minute 18 Enter the scenario name in the Scenario Name box Required 19 Add the registered package to Package Required 20 Select and enter each item SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 392 Operations for Maintenance 21 To configure the Scenario Execution Option Setting select the Option tab To turn off the machine after executing the scenario select the Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution check box admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations Resource gt Scenarios gt ScenarioGroup01 gt Add
160. How to Create a Monitoring Profile ceeeceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeseaeesaeeeseaeeesaeeseeeesaeeseaeeeneeeseaeeenaees 191 5 Creating an Operation Group ccccccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseesesseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeneees 195 5 1 Adding a Category centin ae a ie Av a da et aad 196 5 2 Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 197 5 2 TAGGING a OLS a5 sas cae oc eva sete tye cckan bet eve chp E E soba ban techabdagdi eve cashed ob lencdeed aeucs eetieanbebebanbeelaietae Techetesaeet 197 5 2 2 Configuring the Authority to a CateQOry eeceescecseeeeneeeeeeeeneeseeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeesaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeieeeeeeees 199 5 2 3 Configuring the Authority to an Operation Group ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseneeesieeeeaeeess 200 5 2 4 Configuring the Authority to a MAChHiNG cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeaeeesaaeeeaeeesaeeeeeeeeieeeeeeess 200 5 2 5 Configuring the Authority to a DataCenter eee eecceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesieeseeeeeeeeeeeeeieeeeeeess 201 5 2 6 Configuring the Authority to a Virtual Machine Server eecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesieeeeeeess 202 5 2 7 Configuring the Authority to a Resource GrOUp eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeesaeeeeeeeeieeeeaeeees 202 5 2 8 Releasing the Allocation Of a ROI eeeseeeees
161. INS box Enter the IP address of the secondary WINS in the Substituted Secondary WINS box To configure several NICs perform iteratively these procedures from procedure 17 to procedure 21 as you need To configure extend setting select the Extend Setting check box For extend setting configure the command to be executed when first logging into the OS of a managed machine after customization Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is ignored To add a command enter the command in the Command box and click Add to add the command to the List Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is available by using a Sysprep answer file only when the target OS is Windows Vista or later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored because the Sysprep answer file is not available in these operating systems 25 Click Apply 5 4 12 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab if the Model Type is VM Server The Datastore tab appears if the VM Server is configured on the Model Type of the model property To configure the Datastore tab perform the following procedure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 239 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 4 13 240 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Datastore Setting tab Operations gt ESXGroup A Group Property Setting General Model
162. LAN20 VLAN ID foot Ct SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Switch 1 Select Select VLAN or Add VLAN If the Select VLAN is selected select a VLAN in the pull down list If the Add VLAN is selected enter a VLAN name in the text box Enter the VLAN ID in the VLAN ID box Click OK lt lf the Virtual Switch is selected gt Add VLAN Port Group Definition x Switch Virtual Switch gt Hint The switch that applies VLAN is selected If All Switch Physics is selected it is applied to the physical switch set to Network tab of Machine Property Switch Name switch ss s S Hint A virtual switch of the set name is made when there is no virtual switch that can be used if switch name do not specify system automatically determined Specify VLAN Port Group G Select None a New PortGroup10 VLAN Type VLAN X VLAN ID fo o 1 Enter the switch name in the Switch Name box The system creates or selects an available virtual switch therefore this item does not have to be configured generally Note If any available virtual switch exists entering the switch name in this text box is ignored 2 Enter the port group name to which the virtual NIC of the virtual machine is connected in the Add VLAN box Required 3 To use VLAN on the virtual machine select the VLAN in the VLAN Type list To use VLAN on the virtual machine enter the VLAN ID in the VLAN ID
163. M Server in the DPM Server list Note This setting is necessary for executing Create and Assign Machine or Allocate Machine to virtual machines of XenServer Standalone ESXi Hyper V and KVM This setting also can be configured on a Category or a Group To enable the Optimized Startup Function select the Enable in the Optimized Startup list If you enable this here SystemProvisioning selects a virtual machine server as a new host in situations where virtual machines on the virtual machine server now used as the host cannot be started If you specify a resource pool in the Resource Pool list SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server to start a virtual machine from the virtual machine servers under the specified resource pool Note If any resource pool is not specified SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server from the virtual machine servers under the datacenter to which the virtual machines belongs Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 5 6 2 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab To configure settings on the Software tab of the Model Property Setting perform the procedure in Subsection 5 5 3 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab 5 6 3 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab The Machine Profile tab is used for configuring the devices that are to be assigned to newly created virtual machines
164. Machine Individual Operations z Change Machine Usage M Gesxewi03 Normal Running 192 168 47 103 192 1 All Machine Action M Gesxswl05 GNormal Gunning 192 168 47 105 192 1 Start Reset Job Result Restart Clear Failure Status Shutdown Maintenance On Redistribute Maintenance Off Software Group Pool 0 Refresh Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations v Oo Resource Name Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model Delete Machine Individual Operations Part III Maintenance 425 9 Maintenance 6 10 11 12 426 Graph Setting appears on the Main Window Operations gt YM_Category gt DiskClone gt Show Perform Graph Setting Performance Indicator CPU Usage 8 x Statistics bA Display graph type Display period Plotting interval Realtime Start time 2012 05 24 a oo z 44 zj Auto adjustment Interval 5 minutes Period mooo hours E 30 minutes Y Historical 0 T T T T T T T T T T 1 19 45 19 50 19 55 20 00 20 05 20 10 20 15 20 20 20 25 20 30 20 35 20 40 20 45 Node Performance Indicator Statistics Color Latest Maximum Average Minimum Scale VM122 CPU Usage Ave 03 0 447 0 162 0 064 x10 VM124 CPU Usage Ave 4189 4701 3 012 0 701 x10 Select the performance indicator for displaying graph in the Performance Indicator list A performance indicator for displaying can be selected from the configured mon
165. Management 1 1 6 Failure Recovery With a Policy SigmaSystemCenter manages machines based on policies The machine management based on policies defines multiple policy rules as a policy When a defined policy is configured for a group the defined policy becomes effective A policy rule is a setting of process defining which process the system runs when a specific event occurs SigmaSystemCenter configures policies by combining a recovery process action with event alerts For example SigmaSystemCenter configures the settings such as Add a machine to a group if a high CPU load error is received from NEC ESMPRO Manager SigmaSystemCenter offers multiple policy templates a Standard Policy with standard Event Handler Settings configured in advance You can use the policy templates with or without modification Reference For the details of event monitoring and policy see Section 1 1 Event Monitoring and Policy in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide The following is an example of actions from failure occurrence to execution of policy setting process According to the policy setting executes the recovering processes for Heavy CPU loads Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 11 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 1 1 7 12 1 A high CPU load error is generated 2 NEC ESMPRO Agent sends alert of a high CPU load error to NEC ESMPRO Manager NEC ESMPRO Manag
166. NEC SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide First Edition Copyright C NEC Corporation 2003 2012 All rights reserved Disclaimer of Warranty All the information text graphics links or other items contained within this document is provided by copyright law All Rights Reserved No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted without permission of NEC NEC may make changes to this document at any time without notice NEC assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEC does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of this document Trademark Information SigmaSystemCenter MasterScope and SIGMABLADE are registered trademarks or trademarks of NEC Corporation ESMPRO is a registered trademark or trademark of NEC Corporation in Japan and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows Server Windows Vista Internet Explorer SQL Server and Hyper V are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Linux is a registered trademark or trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U S and or other countries Red Hat is a registered trademark or trademark of Red Hat Inc in the U S and or other countries Intel and Itanium are tr
167. NIC connects manually select Edit here in the pull down list to switch to the manual input mode Then enter the name of the destination in the text box For VMware enter the name of the destination port group For Hyper V enter the name in the following format NetworkName VLAN Vianla NetworkName is the name of the destination virtual network VLAN is the fixed string Vianld is VLAN s ID If you are not configuring the VLAN s ID it will be NONE For XenServer enter the name of the destination network For KVM enter the name of the interface or the name of the network to be connected to 8 To change the default system disk setting select the System Disk check box The disk size of the system disk will be displayed as a reference if the information is obtainable from the template which is configured on the group If the information cannot be obtained it will not be displayed The disk size cannot be changed on the Machine Profile tab setting 1 Select the Thin or Thick in the Type list Select Thick to create a fixed size disk when creating a virtual machine Select Thin to assign the necessary size disk for use dynamically Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 229 5 Creating an Operation Group Note For Hyper V Thin means Dynamically expanding VHD and Thick means Fixed Size VHD To set the Independent mode select the Independent check box on the Mode This disk mode setting is a
168. Note To control a load balancer you need to set the IP address of the machine to control to belong to the range of network addresses of the real server You cannot manage the machine with an IP address that is not in the range of network addresses of the real server from SystemProvisioning Configure the IP address of the machine on the Network tab of the Host Setting in the Operations view For configuring the host setting see Section 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab The setting for each server can be created by setting the real server s subnet mask to 255 255 255 255 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Load Balancer lt For load balancers managed by MasterScope Network Manager gt System Resource gt Network gt Load Balancer gt SS8000 gt New A Add Load Balancer Group Name Description IP Address Port Number P Load Balancer Type RoundRobin gt Session Type NoSetting z Cookie E Protocol TCP C UDP Real Server Network Address OO Subnet Mask 255 255 2550 Port Number OO Capacity LL EY Type the name of the load balancer group in the Name box Required Specify each of items on the Virtual Server box Specify each of items on the Real Server box Click OK PoON Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 155 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 156 lt For Linux Virtual Server gt System Resource gt
169. OOB Management 2 Configure the setting for VMkernel 1 Edit the detail setting as follows by using VI Client Misc LogToSerial 1 Misc SerialBaudRate 19200 VMKernel boot logPort 2 Reference For details of the setting see the following knowledge base issued by VMware Inc http ko vmware com kb 1003900 Note VMware ESX does not support console operation and only outputs logs Configuring the setting for XenServer To configure the setting for XenServer edit the boot menu option on XenServer The procedure is explained below by exemplifying Ver 5 5 Log into the managed machine 2 Copy boot extlinux conf as backup in advance If a problem occurs with working restore the backup 3 Edit boot extlinux conf as follows Change the line of default from default xe to default xe serial Change the items in the line of append in xe serial boot section label as follows From com1 115200 to com2 19200 From console com1 to console com2 From consolesttySO 115200n8 to console ttyS1 19200n8 4 Restart the managed machine Reference For details of the setting see the following knowledge base issued by Citrix Systems Inc http support citrix com article CTX123116 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 101 3 Settings of Related Products 3 11 Creating a Scenario in DPM 3 11 1 102 Create scenarios necessary for operations in SigmaSystemCenter This sect
170. Off Start j Restart Test 002 ue iStorageS500 003 FFT Storage ula Shutdown a DPM Path G9 Switch Description Refresh Machine HS Software les Profili H Profile Hardware Information Reconfigure CPU Type VMware Virtual CPU Processor 1 x OMHz Memory Size 1024MB Operating Information LED On LED Off ACPI Shutdown Running Group operations Category A Group A Host Name Host A OS Name Microsoft Windows Server 20030 Enterprise Edition 32 bit Distribute Software Group Pool Reset Job Result Virtual Path virtual 192 168 10 220 dataCenterA 192 168 220 148 testvm001 Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Installed Software o Refresh Hide Maintenance Command Reference For more details of the maintenance operations see Subsection 9 1 6 Executing Maintenance Operations of a Machine or 9 1 7 Changing a Group of a Host for Virtual Groups Only 1 2 5 Enable Popup Message SigmaSystemCenter notices you a completed job by popup message displayed at the lower right of the Main Window To enable or disable the pop up function change the setting on the Display tab of Environment Setting For more details see Subsection 2 4 8 Changing the Setting of Auto Update of Screens SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 26 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console 1 2 6 Search Searches for a machine To search a machine type a keyword in the text box on the ti
171. Operations x Software Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Refresh Group Pool Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations gt E ESTEE Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model Delete Machine Individual Operations x Part III Maintenance 429 9 Maintenance 5 Graph Setting appears on the Main Window Operations gt VM_Category gt DiskClane gt Show Perform Graph Setting iy Performance Indicator Puu O C S YS Statistics Ave ha Display graph type Display period Plotting interval Realtime Start time eora os ea E Jar fe Auto adjustment 100 MALL 0 T T T T T T T T T T T T 20 50 20 55 21 00 21 05 21 10 21 15 21 20 21 25 21 30 21 35 21 40 21 45 Node Performance Indicator Statistics Color Latest Maximum Average Minimum Scale VMModel1 CPU Usage Ave 0152 1638 059 0 116 x10 VMModel2 CPU Usage Ave 2857 3741 2830 1586 x10 6 Select the performance indicator for displaying graph in the Performance Indicator list A performance indicator for displaying can be selected from the configured monitoring profiles performance indicators 7 Select the statistic calculation method from the Statistics list specifying one of the followings Max Ave Min or Sum 8 Select displaying the real time graph or the history graph under Display graph type When selecting the real time graph speci
172. PM Web Console including other tools of DPM is not started 2 Change the value for the IP Address on the General tab located on the Detail Setting window of DPM Server to ANY if any other value is configured Display the General tab on the Detail Setting window with the following procedure 1 Start the DPM Web Console 2 Click the Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view 3 Click the DPM Server in the Management tree SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 462 Changing IP Address of a Management Server 9 12 3 Details of DPM Server appear on the Main Window Click the Detail Setting on the Configuration menu The Detail Setting window appears SEO ogo gt Select the General tab Change the IP address of the management server Reboot the management server On the Web Console of DPM if you have selected ANY in the IP Address on the General tab on the Detail Setting window in the procedure 2 re configure the IP address of the management server as necessary DPM Client detects that the IP address of the management server has been changed at the next communication and after that DPM Client configures itself automatically to connect to the new IP address However DPM Client needs to be able to connect to the management server whose IP address has been changed through the network Changing Settings on SystemProvisioning If you have changed an IP address of a management server System
173. Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 97 3 Settings of Related Products For EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 2 To operate the BIOS screen with the SOL console configure the following setting on BIOS The procedure is explained below by exemplifying the case of Express5800 B120a s BIOS Start the target server While starting the target server press F2 to launch BIOS set up menu Open the Server menu Select the Console Redirection SPO Ne Change the setting as follows Name Value BIOS Redirection Port Serial Port B Baud Rate 19 2K Default Flow Control CTS RTS Default Terminal Type PC ANSI Continue Redirection after Enabled Default POST Remote Console Reset Enabled Reference For details of the BIOS setting see user s guides of Express server Note If the ACPI Redirection Port item exists the setting has not to be changed For EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 Login to EXPRESSSCOPE Engine of the managed server and set up System BIOS and redirection LAN in the Configuration tab 1 Login to EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 by the Web browser 2 Click Configuration tab 3 Click System BIOS in the menu tree in the left pane SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 98 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management 4 Click Edit at the bottom of the main pane to set Console Redirection Setting as follows Name Value BIOS Redirection P
174. Provisioning requires the following settings If you have changed a host name substitute host name for IP address in the following procedure If SystemProvisioning is installed as a subsystem on a management server change settings of subsystem Click the Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem on the Management tree Click the Edit on a subsystem to edit under Subsystem List Edit Subsystem appears on the Main Window Change the IP address Click OK TOP ONS If Out of Band OOB Management is used change the setting of an alert destination of PET of a managed machine Reference For the setting of an alert destination of PET see Subsection 3 10 3 Configuring Alert Destination of PET and Alert Level If the performance data collection is enabled and System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services on the management server whose IP address is being changed is used for collecting performance data change the IP address setting on the Performance Monitor tab of the Group Property Setting or the Model Property Setting Part III Maintenance 463 9 Maintenance 9 12 4 Changing Settings on System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services If an IP address is specified as a management server s host name or a machine to be monitored on the Management Console of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services the IP address must be changed to the new IP Address wi
175. RO Manager installation folde ESMWEB wbserver webapps esmpro WEB INF service NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folde ESMW EB wbserver webapps esmpro WEB INF db NEC ESMPRO Manager installation foldeAESMWEB pkgpool Note pkgpool folder stores update packages by default If another folder was specified when the NEC ESMPRO Manager was installed the specified folder is the target of backup e Files in the AlertMan folder NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folden AlertMan Security NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folde AlertMan WORK SCK NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folde AlertMan WORK ALV NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folde AlertMan WORK DATA NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folder AlertMan Program AMRLIGHT INI Note The above folders and files may not exist according to circumstances of related product installation The AlertMan folder is created under the folder of a product installed the first in the products For example if NEC ESMPRO Agent is installed with its default value before installing NEC ESMPRO Manager the installing folder will be SystemDrive ESM AlertMan 4 Backing up registries Back up the following registries HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC ESMAlertMan keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC ESMSM keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC NVBASE keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services NVBASE keys 5 Saving the data of access authority to the database fi
176. SMTP authentication If they are not skip to the procedure 9 6 Type the SMTP authentication account in the Authentication Account box Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 37 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 7 Select the Update Password check box and type the SMTP authentication password in the Authentication Password box You do not need to set the password if it has already entered and no need to be changed 8 Select the Use the protected connection TLS check box if you use the secure connection at sending mails 9 Enter a mail address of a sender in the E mail Address From Sender box 10 Enter a mail address of a recipient in the E mail Address To Recipient box If you specify multiple addresses separate each address with 11 Click Send Test Mail to check if the test mail is sent successfully 12 Click Apply 2 4 3 Configuring the Setting of Recording Notifications to Event Log To record notifications that SystemProvisioning received and results of policy execution by notifications in the event log perform the following procedure 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Notification tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Configure the settings of mail reporting If you want to send mail enter the name of the server for sending mail s
177. SXi to shift is registered in the datacenter of the target vCenter Server Click the icon of the datacenter to which the ESXi to transmit belongs under the virtual manager of ESXi in the Virtual tree Note Do not click the icon of ESXi in the tree of the datacenter or a virtual machine on ESXi If you do a machine under the vCenter Server is selected Details of the datacenter appear on the main window Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 371 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 10 Select the check box of the ESXi to shift under VM Server List and click Delete of the Action menu 11 Check that the deletion of the ESXi is completed on the Job window in the Monitor view 12 Click the Virtual in the Virtual tree 13 After deleting the ESXi click Update on the Operation menu and confirm that the ESXi is deleted from the standalone environment 14 If you have set the ESXi in the Maintenance Mode release the Maintenance Mode For how to release the Maintenance Mode see Subsection 9 1 3 Setting in the Maintenance Mode and Releasing the Maintenance Mode Note If you operate the target ESXi in the group with VM Server model you need to check the settings in the Datacenter list of Model Property Setting of the virtual machine server after shifting the environment If you have configured the settings change the settings according to the shifted datacenter After shifting to t
178. Scenario Resource Eaj Add Scenario ei Machines 0 gj Scenarios 2 Group Name Scenario Name A HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option Scenario Execution Option Setting I Forced Execution Of A Reboot Is Performed Before Execution I Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution Ifyou restore for disk duplication be sure not to specify Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution of the scenario execution condition OK Cancel 22 Click OK 23 The scenario is created 24 Start the Web Console of SigmaSystemCenter 25 Click the Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 26 Click the Software in the Resource tree 27 Summary Information appears on the Main Window Click DPM Collect on the Operation menu 28 After the job of collecting DPM is complete click the Refresh to update the view to the latest status 29 Summary Information appears on the Main Window The scenario is added to the Application and Update folder 30 Specify the scenario to distribute it to the machines For the procedure see Section 7 10 Distributing Specified Software to a Machine 9 1 11 Confirming the Configuration Database Settings You can confirm the settings of the database the configuration database that stores the information of system resources managed by SystemProvisioning The database settings have completed during installing SystemProvisioning If you want to change those settings change the
179. Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 161 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 3 Click Register Disk Volume on the Configuration menu 4 Register Disk Volume appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt iStorageD1 gt Register Dis A Register Disk Volume Unmanaged Disk Volume List Display Count 20 Name Number Share Status Usage Status SIwin 0002 2 Unshared Unused yin 0003 3 Unshared Unused hwin 0004 4 Unshared Unused yin O005 5 Unshared Unused OK Cancel 5 Select the check box of a disk volume to manage in SystemProvisioning under Unmanaged Disk Volume List 6 Click OK 7 The registered disk volume appears under Disk Volume List 4 6 5 Configuring a Disk Volume to Shared To configure a disk volume to shared perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Storage in the Resource tree Disk volume list is displayed below on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage SystemPool RAID 5 SAS 1 7478 Bx _ 660 56F 1 7478 Bx _ 860 5cr ThinPool RAID S SAS 20TB 1 224 5GE 1 04TB 2 21GB Disk Volume List Display Count Shared Unshared Release Share Usage Status Status 00000255C340544001 M100 SystemPool 23 Unshared Unused 3GB I90000255C340544001 M100 SystemPool 25 Unshared Unused 4GB amp 590000255C34054 40011M100 SystemPool 29 Unshared Unused 3GB 00000255C3A05440021 M100
180. Start the machine through the Web Console Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine whose HBA you replaced and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web Console Symmetrix CLARIION or VNX without boot config viO Note Remember the WWPN WWNN before and after replacement Part III Maintenance Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of the machine whose HBA you want to replace and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu on the Web Console Delete HBA from the machine setting before replacement Delete HBA before replacing from the Storage tab of the Machine Property setting on the Resource view 453 9 Maintenance 454 10 11 12 13 Shutting down the machine to be replaced Shut down the machine to be replaced through the Web console Releasing the connection from disk volume use the storage management software Release the connection from the disk volume that is connected to the original HBA using the Storage management software Replacing the HBA of the original machine Bios setting for the HBA Connecting to disk volume use the storage management software Connect the disk volume connected to the original HBA again using the Storage management software Configure the same status as that in the procedure 3 Associating the new HBA Associate the HBA with the disk array path using the ssc command for HBA association For the details of associating HBA see ssc Command R
181. VM perform the following procedures 1 Install DPM Client For the procedure see Section from 2 7 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Windows x86 x64 From the Installation Wizard to 2 10 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Linux according to your environment in SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide If a firewall is installed open the ports that DPM Client uses When creating a HW Profile Clone template start the master VM and display the BIOS screen Then change the boot order of NIC of the master VM to the first Install applications that are supported by the virtual machine to use In SystemProvisioning virtual machines are created from a template that is based on a master VM such as HW Profile Clone Differential Clone and Disk Clone Therefore create necessary kinds of master VMs according to the virtual machines to use Creating a Master VM on Hyper V To create virtual machines on Hyper V by using SystemProvisioning a master VM to be the source of the virtual machines is needed To create the master VM to be the source of the virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning on the management screen of Hyper V Manager perform the following procedure Reference To create a virtual machine on Hyper V by using Hyper V Manager see the help in Windows Server 2008 or the product manual Start the Hyper V Manager Create a virtual machine to use as a master VM on the New Virtual Machine Wizard Specif
182. Value in Each Platform Memory Reservation CPU Reservation Memory Limit 0 unlimited CPU Limit 0 unlimited I Network Information Defined In Virtual NIC 1 Disk Information System Disk Defined In Type Thir Mode I Independent Hint The Independent mode is only used in VMware environment Size MB Destination Datastore Optional z I Extended Disk Defined In Extended Disk 1 Type Thir 7 Mode I Independent Hint The Independent mode is only used in VMware environment Size MB Destination Datastore Optional Controller elect automatically z Disk Number elect automatically 2 Ifthe Machine Profile is configured on the Model Property Setting of the Group a model is selectable in the Model list to be used as the default value Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 227 5 Creating an Operation Group 3 To use the open Machine Profile select the Use public Named Profile check box and select a Machine Profile in the pull down list To use a copy of the open Machine Profile click Copy profile from existed and select a Machine Profile from the pull down list 4 To change the default cost setting select the Cost Information check box 1 Enter the cost value of the virtual machine to create in the Cost Value box 5 To change the default CPU setting select the CPU Information check box 1 Enter the CPU count of a virtual machine to create in the CPU Count box 2 To
183. View icon click the NetworkManagement icon and right click the map icon On the context menu click the Login Information Setting 9 MasterScope Network Manager i aixi File View Operation Setting Window Help CIE EA System 9 NetworkView NetworkManagement audit Log Map View Property View B NetworkView ea map RM Alert Management 1 Aleit Management Audit Log Onine View Report Status Property Search Confirm Swap Initialize Status Date Time servcename Subject oo O E Configuration Mode nom The Login Information Setting screen appears Right click the target device click Login Setting and click Password Seiting fi Login Information Setting Qx 52008 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 59 3 Settings of Related Products 5 The Password Setting dialog box appears Enter a password in the Login Password box and Enable Password box xl Password Login Password fe eee Enable Password oeoo cre 6 Click OK 7 The Login Information Setting screen appears The icon of the device under Login Setting changes f Login Information Setting E 0 x Login Setting Device Name Login Setting LB 172 F3 QXx 52008 5 8 Right click the device to which you want to test log in and then click Login Test SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for a Switch 9 The test resul
184. Window Select the Sensor tab A sensor that has a problem is displayed in a yellow line which means warning or a red line which means critical Depending on the status of the problem contact your system administrator System Resowve gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESK gt servern gt serern011 gt IPMI informa DB Machine at information SEL Sensor Sensor List Latest update tene 2010 0029 15 24 47 Retesn Exclude from sensor di is Baseboard Temp 2 00 degrees C 26 00 degrees C Fot Pri Temp 2 00 degrees C 24 00 degrees C P1 Tham Cit LAUAS P2 Therm Curt gt 000 Processor 2 Vocp Baseboord P_Vit Baseboard 1 15 Exclude Baseboard 18v F Exclude Baseboard 1 0sb T Exclude Baseboard 3 W 2 Exclude Baseboard 3 2vab F Exclude Baseboard Sv 5 T Exclude Baseboard Svab T Exclude Baseboard 12 F Exclude Baseboard VBAT Power System Fan 1 2383 76 rpm Sysism Fan 2 8012 82 rpm System Fan 3 8012 82 rpm System Fan 4 12993 76 rpm Syatem Fan 11726 08 rpm System Fan 7512 02 rpm System Fan 4410 73 rpm 11100 60 rpm Note As far as the machine where the policy action Set faulted status by sensor diagnosis is applied and enabled its sensor information will be dynamically updated if an action is executed The latest sensor information will be displayed as well by clicking the Refresh on the Sensor tab SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Checking Failed Status 9 8 5 Checking J
185. XE booting Because DPM distribution uses the PXE function set to use the legacy network adapter for HW Profile Clone After the distribution however a higher speed network adapter is more appropriate for the operational network Therefore setting such a higher speed network adapter to the master VM is strongly recommended Do not duplicate a virtual machine by using the export and import function of Hyper V Manager If you do the UUID to identify a virtual machine is duplicated and SigmaSystemCenter cannot manage the virtual machine properly When using Hyper V cluster do not move the master VM or assign the fixed MAC address to the network adapter By using MAC address pool feature MAC address can be fixed during the VM creation or registration 3 12 5 Creating a Master VM on KVM To create virtual machines on KVM by using SystemProvisioning a master VM to be the source of the virtual machines is needed To create the master VM to be the source of the virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning on the management screen of KVM perform the following procedure Reference For details about how to create a virtual machine on KVM by using virt manager refer to the corresponding manuals published by Red Hat Inc 1 Start virt manager 2 Create a virtual machine to use as a master VM on the New VM Wizard Specify the name memory capacity virtual disks and ISO image of the OS of the master VM Part Advance Preparat
186. a Management Servel cceccceeeceeeseeeeeeeteneeseaeeteaeeeeaeeteaeeseaeeteeeeeaeete 462 9 12 2 Changing Settings on DeploymentManagel ccccceeceeeececeeeeteneeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeseeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseaeeteneeeeaeetea 462 9 12 3 Changing Settings on SySteMProviSiONiNg ceceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeneeeseeeeeeeees 463 9 12 4 Changing Settings on System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 464 9 12 5 Changing Settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC ESMPRO Agent ccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens 465 10 Backup and Restoration ic cncenneidann deinen dinindnkainiedinenets 469 10 1 Backup Plasies eee eee ete a en ea ee A E ee ee eee 470 10 1 1 Management Serv eficences iures eaei rei aiaa roi in easar teerder c tabt iSu iris eunt 470 10 1 2 Managed Machine piniienn areae a a deghevdacavneveseechatesqevicunedevacte ee tvacbnsGecbceeausui anA Er Aaaa Taai 470 10 2 Backing up and Restoring SystemProvisioning cceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeeesaeeesaeeeeeeeeeaees 471 10 2 1 Backing up SystemProvisioning ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeceaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeieeseieeeeneeeeaes 471 10 2 2 Restoring SysteMProviSiOning ccccecceeesceeeeeeeeneeeeeeteaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeieeseneeseneeeeaes 472 10 3 Backing up and Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services
187. a role for the system to a user A user must have a role for the system or a role for all resources and system Adding a role for the system There are two methods to add a role for the system one is selecting the role as the initial role while adding a user the other is adding the role from the Edit User window on the Management view The procedure of the latter method is as follows Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window a a a Click the Add of the Action menu under Assigned Roles Note The Add does not appear on the Action menu for a user without the system administrator role Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 205 5 Creating an Operation Group 206 7 10 11 Add Privilege appears under Assigned Roles Management gt User gt pym EA Edit User User Name I Update Password Password Confirm Password Description OK Cancel Assigned Roles 9 Display Count 20 D Role Name Description Defined In Children Succeed I Operator Can perform operations for a managed ma All Resource System a Add Privilege Role Group Resource Admin z Assign User pym Defined In All Resource IF The setting is succeeded to children OK Cancel
188. aSystemCenter 335 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 6 Release Resource dialog box appears Select the releasing method e Inthe case of a physical machine or a virtual machine server Release Resource x The allocation of the machine is released Release machine with taking apart it All the settings applied when allocated Hint 5 machine are released After being released OS cannot be used on the machine Return pool Group Pool Shared Pool V Delete logical machine C Release machine without taking apart it All the settings applied when allocated machine are kept OK Cancel Hint In the case of a virtual machine Release Resource x The allocation of the machine is released C Release machine with taking apart it Hint Delete VM Release machine without taking apart it All the settings applied when allocated machine are kept OK Cancel Hint 7 Click OK 8 When releasing the resource finishes Define Only appears on the Status of the host displayed under the Host List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 336 Delete Virtual Machine 7 4 Delete Virtual Machine To delete a virtual machine perform the following procedure ou koOnN Operations gt VM gt DiffClone XPSP3 General Base Information Name XPSP3 Priority 1 OS Type Policy Name The way to use group pool Description GroupO
189. abled If the check box of the target model located under Model Type of Monitor Target on the Alive Monitor tab of the Management view is cleared the setting information concerning the alive monitoring feature does not appear Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 259 5 Creating an Operation Group 260 1 Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Alive Monitor tab Operations gt VM_Category gt DiskClone gt XPSP3v35 gt xpsp3 A Model Property Setting General Software Machine Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor F Alive Monitoring Settings Select the checkbox for function you want to enable The machine is diagnosed as normal when all functions you select report success I Ping Monitoring I Port Monitoring Monitoring Port Hint To specify multiple ports please enter value separated by commas If you specify multiple ports determines that the state can successfully connect to all ports Apply Back To change the values configured on the Group Property Setting for each model select the Alive Monitoring Settings check box To monitor the machine activated at the model with Ping select the Ping Monitoring check box Reference Some kinds of OSs running on a management server need the firewall exception setting before using Ping Monitoring of the alive monitoring For how to configure the firewall exception setting see Appendix A Adding ICMP Echo
190. achine activated at the model with Ping select the Ping Monitoring check box Reference Some kinds of OSs running on a management server need the firewall exception setting before using Ping Monitoring of the alive monitoring For how to configure the firewall exception setting see Adding ICMP Echo Reply to the Exception List of Windows Server 2008 Firewall in Appendix A Network Ports and Protocols in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 4 To monitor whether the TCP Port of the machine activated at the model is connectable or not select the Port Monitoring check box and enter the port number to monitor in the Monitoring Port box 5 To monitor the virtual machine server activated at the model select the VM Server Monitoring check box 6 Click Apply Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor tab This tab is for configuring the setting to collect the performance data of the host activated at the model with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services To configure the settings on the Performance Monitor tab of the Model Property Setting see Subsection 5 5 5 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Host Setting 5 8 Configuring the Host Setting This section explains how to configure detail of a model added with the procedure in Subsection 5 4 3 Configuring Settings on the Host Tab Follow the procedure in this section Cl
191. acity Used Manager URL Product Name Version CPU Type Processor Memory Size Description ASD9AE80 C5F2 11DF 8001 6C626D71EF21 200 1 srv vm19 VMware ESX 41 0 Intel R Xeon R CPU E5640 2 67GHz 16 2 Socket x 2 7GHz 32755MB Running VM List I 8 irtualmachine Cost Status 1 Givormal Operation Information Host Name Running Group Summary Status Power Status Connection Status Running Status OS Status Hardware Status Executing Status Policy Status Maintenance Status Management Status SRV VM19 operations ESK ESX41 ormai Gon Connected Gon Gon Ready Status Detail Gon Off GaMtanaged Other Operations z Move YM Start Restart Shutdown Suspend IP Address MAC Address 00 50 56 99 01 DD Other Operations Move VM Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Power Gunning Configuration Edit VM Server Delete VM Server Create VM Template Performance Set Privilege Operation 9 VM Server Action Start Restart Shutdown Collect Refresh Machine Reconnect Reset Job Resutt Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Refresh 4 Select the virtual machine under Running VM List or Unused VM List 5 Click Move VM of the Action menu From the next procedure the procedure is the same as that of specifying a virtual machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Shifting the Operation of ESXi 8 5 Shi
192. ack 2 Click the Add of the Action menu Add Virtual Network dialog box appears Add Virtual Network x NIC Number 1 2 Logical Network LogicalNetwork OK Cancel 4 Enter a NIC number in the NIC Number box To enter multiple NIC numbers separate them with a comma Note To configure the virtual network the NIC number must be configured to the activated machines For details see 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab 5 Select the network in the Logical Network list Reference For details of network definition see Subsection 4 4 6 Adding a Logical Network SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server Note If both the network setting of the group and the virtual network setting of the model the latter has priority 6 Click OK The virtual network is added under Virtual Network List 7 Click Back to display details of the group on the Main Window 5 7 7 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab On the Alive Monitor tab of the Model Property Setting the values configured on the Group Property Seeing can be changed for each model If some models exist at the group the settings can be changed so that the alive monitoring won t be executed to a specific model or the monitoring port can be changed Perform the following procedure Note This tab can be configured only if the a
193. action 2 was executed abnormally Action Parameters Information Parameter Value ScriptName ScriptName OK Cancel 15 Action Parameter Settings appears Enter the local script to execute under Action Parameter Settings Confirm the name of the local script with the following procedure If you do not execute a local script skip to the procedure 16 Note ScriptName is configured by default Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Software in the Resource tree Summary Information appears on the Main Window Click the Script under Summary Information ao FON A list of scripts appears on the Main Window 16 Click OK 4 10 7 Enabling and Disabling Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event You can enable and disable the settings of a policy monitoring event You can configure to deactivate the event monitoring with the setting information by disabling the settings To configure the settings perform the following procedure SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 188 Creating a Policy 1 Display the Monitoring Event tab of the Policy Property Settings on the Main Window For the procedure see Subsection 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol A Policy Property Settings General Monitoring Events Event Handler List Report Source Event High CPU Load High CPU Load Recovery Machine Down Machine Up Sho
194. ademarks of Intel Corporation in the U S and or other countries Apache Apache Tomcat and Tomcat are registered trademarks or trademarks of The Apache Software Foundation NetApp Data ONTAP FilerView MultiStore vFiler Snapshot and FlexVol are trademarks or registered trademarks of NetApp Inc in the United States and or other countries Other names and brands used in this document may be registered trademarks or trademarks of their respective owners Note that R and TM marks are not indicated in this document Contents PROTACE ys gsicecs cccesets a ie nceceedessecsuss a a socener A T TT xi Howto Use This Manual anire eiee terete cipro eve ee ee Nie ee eee xi Manual Org aniZationns ccs cc cecceeecessceceteessecdeneadecuacepauneedesteensecsdecceu bcieteuapeducedeucieendbesdeededeadecteneeetecepecteeees xi SigmaSystemCenter Manuals c ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeedeaeeseeeeecaaeeeeaaeegeaeeseeeesaesesaeeseneeeeaees xii Document COnventiOns ccceecceceeeceeeeeeeeneeceeeeecaaeeeeaaesaneecaeeeeaaeseaaessaeeecaaeseeaaesseaeeseeeeetaesseaaesseneeeees xiv 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter ssseeseeeeeeteeeeeeeees 3 1 1 Machine Management cccceeeseneeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaeeesesaaeeeeeaaeseseeaeeeseseeneeneeneneees 4 1 1 1 Managing Machine Operation with SysteMProviSiOning ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeseeeseneeeeaees 4
195. aeeeeeens 221 5 4 6 Configuring Settings on the Network Setting Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server 223 5 4 7 Configuring Settings on the LB Setting Tab eceeesecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenieeeeeeee 225 5 4 8 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM ccscceeseteeeeeeeeteneeteneere 226 5 4 9 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Server cccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeee 231 5 4 10 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab LINUX 0 ecccecceeeeeeteneeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeteaeeseaeeteeeseaeeseaeeseaeere 234 5 4 11 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Client c cescceceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeteaeeeeaeeee 236 5 4 12 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab if the Model Type is VM Server ceesceeeteeeeereteneeeeneere 239 5 4 13 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab 0 eeeececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseneeee 240 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab cceccceesceeeseeeeeeeeeneeseeeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteeeseaeenes 243 5 5 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine ccccccceeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeseeeesaees 245 5 5 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab eecceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeesaeeseneeesieeseneeen 245 5 5 2 Configuring Settings on th
196. aeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseaeetes 93 3 10 3 Configuring Alert Destination of PET and Alert Level eececceeeceeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeceaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeteeeeeaeete 93 310 4 Enabling DUM Piirin eienen anaana ae eia i e ia atda pee daa Maange Gane eae ete melee 95 3 10 5 Enabling ACPI SMUtHOWMN ieiet eiren aee eia aa a ea ae a Aea aA aa EE eao Ta Eea EAE ER iae 96 3 10 6 Configuring Serial Over Lan SOL ceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaeeted 97 M Creating a Scenario in DPM A ona Adah kaa abana a aa aa ie ataa atanena nian 102 3 11 1 Operation with Backup REStore cceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeerea 102 3 11 2 Operation with OS Installation by Disk DUpliCation ec eee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaeete 103 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine ecsceeesseeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeaneeeeeaaeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseneeesenaeeeenes 105 3 11 4 Creating a Backup Scenario Files zi c iceseseccecsehencessvae dees nec tanao a ansaa e iaoa Ee keakea Ea aaea i ea iaa EEA 110 3 11 5 Creating a Restore Scenario File 00 eeeecesecseeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeesaeesaeeeeaaeseaeeseaaeseaeeseaeeseaeeetaeeeeaeeees 114 3 12 Creating a Master VM in a Virtual ENvirOnMent 0 ccccceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeeseneesenneess 117 3 12 1 Creating a Master VM in vCen
197. age on the Operation menu to collect the storage information 5 Adding a disk volume Click the icon of the target storage on the System Resource tree to display the detailed information of the storage on the Main Window Display the Register Disk Volume window by clicking the Register Disk Volume on the Configuration menu Select the changed disk volume and click OK 6 Adding a disk volume setting Click the icon of the target operation group on the Operations tree to display the detailed information of the operation group on the Main Window Display the property of the group model host to which you want to connect the disk volume and select the Storage tab Click the Add of the Action menu to display the Disk Volume Setting Select the check box of the edited disk volume and click OK 7 Allocating a machine Click the target operation group on the Operations tree to display the detailed information of the operation group Select the check box of the host to be allocated a machine in the Host List and click the Allocate Machine of the Action menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 388 Operations for Maintenance 9 1 9 Backing up and Restoring a Machine On the Operations view you can execute backing up a machine and restoring the backed up image to the machine Select a managed machine and execute backup of the Action menu to back up an image of the machine While backing up the distribution software DPM
198. agement on the Configuration menu Snapshot Management window appears on the Main Window Virtual gt vCenterServer gt DataCenter gt 192 168 1 2 gt MasterVM gt Snapshot Man Base Information Configuration 9 VM Name MasterVM Snapshot Resource Path resource MasterVM MasterVM are Delete All Host Name Running Group Operation C Power Status Refresh Running Status Snapshot List Display Count 20 z Revert Delete l Current Snapshot Name Edit Revert Delete 4 Select a check box of the snapshot to revert to on the Snapshot List Required 5 Click Revert of the Action menu 6 2 7 Deleting a Snapshot A snapshot that stores the condition of a virtual machine can be deleted using the Web Console Note If a virtual machine has many snapshots to delete them might take longer than usual Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the virtual machine to delete its snapshot on the Virtual tree Click Snapshot Management on the Configuration menu Snapshot Management window appears on the Main Window Virtual gt vCenterServer gt DataCenter gt 192 168 1 2 gt MasterVM gt Snapshot Man Base Information Configuration 9 VM Name MasterVM Snapshot Resource Path resource MasterVM MasterVM ake Delete All Host Name Running Group Power Status Refresh Running Status Snapshot List Display Count 20 z Revert De
199. al The SigmaSystemCenter Configuration Guide is intended for system administrators who configure the whole system after installation and who operate and maintain the system after the configuration Actual operational flow is used to explain the process from the configuration after installation to th operating procedures This manual also explains the maintenance process Manual Organization Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter Explains the outline of SigmaSystemCenter set up and the Web Console which a user is expected to already know before setting up the system 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter Explains the initial setting and environment setting of SigmaSystemCenter 3 Settings of Related Products Explains the advanced configuration of related products used by SigmaSystemCenter Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter Explains the procedure to register related products to SigmaSystemCenter 5 Creating an Operation Group Explains the operations to create an operation group in SigmaSystemCenter 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Explains how to manage and operate a virtual environment in SigmaSystemCenter 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View Explains the operations to manage a machine in the Operations view in SigmaSys
200. al Tab 0 ceeeeeceeeneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeesaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeeeens 264 5 7 2 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab eeccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseaeeeseeseneeesieeseeeens 265 5 7 3 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab ceecceseceeseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeneeens 265 5 7 4 Configuring Settings on the VM Optimized Placement Tab eeccecsseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeetieeeeeees 265 5 7 5 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab cecceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeieeesieeeeeeens 265 5 7 6 Configuring Settings on the Virtual Network Tab eecceccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeens 265 5 7 7 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab ceecceceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeesieeeeneeesieeeeeeens 267 5 7 8 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor tab eecceseceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeetieeeeeeees 268 5 8 Configuring the Host Setting cccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeesaeeeeaaeeeeneeeeeeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeseaeeesaeeneaeeeeaees 269 5 8 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab eeecceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeaeeesaaeeeaeeeseeeeeeesieeeeeeens 269 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab ceeecesecceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeneeesieeseeeess 270 5 8 3 C
201. al or VM Server To configure settings on the Storage tab perform the following procedure Reference Set the disk volume for the model to Shared in advance following the procedure in Subsection 4 6 5 Configuring a Disk Volume to Shared 1 Display the Model Property Setting window and select the Storage tab The storage configuration applied to the group model appears Operations gt WindowsServer gt PhysicalModel A Model Property Setting General Storage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Storage List Add Delete Connect After A Share HBA NIC I Order Distribution Disk Array Disk Volume Status Index Number Edit Up E 1 A NetApp voll Shared 28 Down Group Setting List Orde cannae ual Disk Array Disk Volume Share Status HBA Index Distribution 2 A M100 200000255C3A0t Shared ALL Apply Back NI Number To add disk volume to Storage List click Add of the Action menu on Storage List Disk Volume Setting is displayed at the bottom of the screen Select a disk array from the Disk Array list The contents displayed in the lower section differ according to the disk array device which you have selected in the Disk Array list 5 To hide the data device in order not to be distributed by mistake while distributing software select the Connect after distribution check box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 247 5 Creating an Operation Group lt For NEC St
202. an operation group pool A machine added to a pool of an operation group becomes a pool machine for the operation group To add a machine to a pool perform the following procedure 326 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to which you want to add a pool machine in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click Add Machine to Pool on the Operation menu Add Machine to Pool appears on the Main Window Select the model in the Model list Operations gt CATEGORY1 gt GROUP1 gt Add Machine Eal Add Machine to Pool Please select machines to add to the group Display Count 20 Model MODEL1 z D Name Type Status Power MAC Address C OUvE12 Unitary GNnormal 00 00 4C 71 CE 16 OK Cancel Select the check box of the machine to add to a pool Click OK A confirmation message appears Click OK The machine is added to the pool and the added machine appears under Group Pool SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Activating a Machine in a Group 7 2 Activating a Machine in a Group In SigmaSystemCenter a machine is added to the group and activated by specifying the host that is registered in a group and allocating a resource This section provides how to activate a machine in a group 7 2 1 Registering a Master Machine In SigmaSystemCenter a machine which configuration of network settings or installation o
203. anagement on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the License in the Management tree Details of licenses appear on the Main Window e O N a Enter license keys in the License Key box Required Note When you register license keys register the edition license first For the kinds of licenses see Section 2 2 Product Architecture and License of SigmaSystemCenter in SigmaSystemCenter First Step Guide 5 Click Add The message that says Please restart PVMService to make the license effective is displayed Click OK 7 The information of the added license appears under License Details Management gt License Edition Information Edition SigmaSystemCenter Enterprise Edition Version Option Expiration Date Target License Available Software Load Balancer License Details Delete B License Key Option License Count mj Base VM UCS Delete License Key i Add 8 Enter the rest of the licenses Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 33 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 9 After registering all license keys restart SystemProvisioning Note When a license key is entered in the License Key box and the Add is clicked the following message appears Please restart PVMService to make the licens ffective After completing the registration of all license keys restart SystemProvisioning In the case o
204. anaging a Machine in the Operations View This chapter explains the operations to manage a machine in the Operations view in SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 7 12 Adding a Machine toa Pool sairia orae e E 326 Activating a Machine in a GrOup c ccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeesaeeeenaeeeeeeeees 327 Release Resource ccesccccecescceceeesececeeneeceeeseeeceeeeneceseeneeaeeesneeaesesneeeeeeeseeeesenninaes 335 Delete Virtual Machin E ener aeiae EEA ATA E E EA A EAA ANAAL 337 SCale Outtake EA A A E E A 339 Scale lM hana ee es eae nd ae e eee es 341 Changing the Usage of a Machine cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeaeeeenees 343 Replacing a Machine cic ccisiescvcsapestecscinsesasdanascevsghassadnnancdeaastezesdapacseensctasaednnaeetagade 345 Reconfiguring a Virtual MaChine e cc ecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeenenaes 348 Distributing Specified Software to a Machine 1 02 ceeecceeeeeeeceeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeees 351 Redistributing SoftWare sniger anaana a a a tind a aaa a aa rana 353 Change Config ra tO M aaa aaar aa aa a a ara aea a Taa aaraa AAT ASEE AE a OAAR 355 325 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 7 1 Adding a Machine to a Pool This section provides the procedure to add a machine in standby in
205. ance Datta cceseccccceseeeeeeceeeeenenee eee eeeeessaeeeseseeaeesageeeneseaceeseseeeeseneeaenenenaeeenscees 323 6 3 4 Enabling the Power Saving secon Acne shidick adi nas Anse wnt neve aieea kai daa aea Tania ahaaa SR 323 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations VieW cccccssecccceeeeeeees 325 7 1 Adding a Machine to a Pool 0 eececeeeecteceeeenneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeseeaaeeeeseaeeeeseaas 326 7 2 Activating a Machine in a Group ccccccseeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeecaaeeeeaaesseaeeseaeeesaesesaeeseneeenaees 327 7 2 1 Registering a Master Machine c eeseecseceseeceseseneeeeseeeeeseseneeseseecesensecenenneneeseseeeesesaneeeenseneeeseentenenaees 327 7 2 2 Allocating a Resource to a HOS cecceeeesenceceseeeeceseeceeeneeeeeeeeneeseaeeceseeesessseneeseseneesesaeeeseneeneneeseneenenenes 329 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group eccceesceeeeeeceeeeeeneeteeeseaeeteaeeeeaeete 332 7 3 Release RESOUrCE e Ea TEATE EE ERE E 335 7 4 Delete Virtual Machine sszss arora a E A AER 337 9 Sde OU Rese reerrC renee are ceRri eer creer eirern cer etree eee errr eee e err eerie retreat tre are 339 7 6 sof E EAE A A cer ere pe cnr ere Cee erence A teers 341 ree Changing the Usage of a Machine ccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseeeeess 343 7 8 Replacing a Machine scart avila
206. ange the priority of the model select the priority in the Priority list Configure the priority of when SystemProvisioning selects a model automatically Note SystemProvisioning selects a model in ascending order of the Priority value 4 To configure a policy to the model select the policy name in the Policy Name list SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 264 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server Note The policy must be prepared before configuring it to the model For details of a policy see Section 4 10 Creating a Policy If any policy is not configured on the model the policy configured on the parent group s property will be used 5 Select the datacenter to be used by model in the Datacenter list Click Apply 5 7 2 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Configure the Storage tab of the Model Property Setting referring to the procedure in Subsection 5 5 2 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab 5 7 3 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab To configure settings on the Software tab of the Model Property Setting perform the procedure in Subsection 5 5 3 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab 5 7 4 Configuring Settings on the VM Optimized Placement Tab Configure the VM Optimized Placement tab of the Model Property Setting If you do not use the VM Optimized Placement feature clear the Enable Load Monitoring Load Balancing and Power Saving check bo
207. are functionality is not registered to a group or a host it cannot be redistributed 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which you want to redistribute software in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window 4 Select Redistribute Software on the Operation menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A E General Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Name Group A Property Setting List 5 Show Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Base Information Priority 1 Policy Name Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Pool Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown All Machine Action Host Name Status Power IP Address Resource Model Start Restart Host A Oot 255 255 255 0 yvm2h1 Model oO Shutdown z Suspend Machine Individual Operations Redistribute Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Software Redistribute Group Pool Refresh Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations Resource m Name C Em2 gor YMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 68 C3 Model Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model Delete Machine Individual Operations Part Il Start Operation in S
208. are tab of the Host Setting perform the following procedure Display the Host Setting window and click the Software tab The registered software is listed on the Software List Reference For the types and the distribution methods of software see Subsection 1 1 4 Software Distribution To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down Note You cannot change the distribution order across the different distribution timing To add software in Software List click Add of the Action menu under Software List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Host Setting 5 The Add Software box is displayed Add Software x Software Type ALL bd Timing of Distribution Active Name Image Name Type System_AgentUpgrade_Multicast lt WVi System_AgentUpgrai Application and Upda System_AgentUpgrade_Unicast sWinl System_AgentUpgrai Application and Upda System_Backup lt WinLinux gt System_Backup Backup Task System_DiskProbe lt VVinLinux gt System_DiskProbe Application and Upda System_LinuxAgentUpgrade_Multicas System_LinuxAgentl Application and Upda System_Restore_Unicast lt VWinLinux gt System_Restore_UniOSlmage System_VinCEAgentUpgrade_Multica System_WinCEAgenApplication and Upda temp1 temp Full Clone template_diff host2 1 1 lmage Differential Clone j OK Cancel 10000000 nodi Select the software type in the Softwa
209. are type to narrow in the Software Type list Select the check box of the software to distribute under Add Software Click OK The software is added to the Software List 10 To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down 11 Click Apply 6 7 Select the timing of distributing software from the Timing of Distribution box 8 9 To change the images follow the procedure below Note The images cannot be changed if the model type is Physical or VM Server The images can be changed only when the software type is Differential Clone or Disk Clone if the model type is VM Reference For the usage of the images see Section 2 7 Image Management Differential Clone Disk Clone in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 251 5 Creating an Operation Group 1 Click the Change Image Operations gt Category2 gt Group2 gt vm Ea Model Property Setting General Software Machine Profile Performance Monitor Software List Hint Cant move the order of software among different timing of distribution Add Delete Name Image Name Type Timing of Distribution Change Image Active template_diff Default Image Differential Clone Active Standby Other Change Image Refer VM Number 2 ZY host2 1 1 Image 1 snapshot 2012 04 24 10 05 46 iStorage5500 002 0 Image Name Gener
210. arrowing Down with Tag Cloud To narrow down machines with a tag cloud follow the procedures below Click Resource on the title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the icon of a machine a rack a resource group or a smart group on the System Resource tree 3 The Machine Tag box is displayed on the main window Click the tab to display on the Machine Tag and select the tag to display System Resource gt Machine gt Machine Room 3 gt VM gt vmware g Machine Tag Tag vmware g Status Tag Location Type Model CPU Memory Disk OS All Tags Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standa 4 Vicrosoft Windows XP Professional 3 5 Base Information Name vinware g Description Machine List Display Count 20 Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations x Slot Running Numbe Group MasterDifiClone 0 VMware Virtual Uor 00 50 56 B5 00 46 E MasterDiffClone2 0 VMware Virtual Uor 00 50 56 B5 00 56 E Masterxp 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 B5 00 03 EReplica abcde 1 1 Image 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 97 5F EB Replica abcde 3 1 Image 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 B5 00 1A Replica MasterDiffClonez 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 55 00 04 EReplica MasterXp 1 1 Im 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 B5 00 05 SS Replica w2k3r2sp2x86 1 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 65 00 54 E Replica w2k3r2sp2x86 1 0 VMware Virtual Oor 00 50 56 B5 00 5C Replica xpsp2 master 1 D VMware Virt
211. art Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 193 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 194 6 Onthe Action menu on Threshold Monitoring Information List click Add 7 The Threshold Monitor Setting dialog box appears Threshold Monitor Setting x M Enable Monitor Status Performance Indicator CPU Usage Monitor Type Upper Error Value Monitor x Monitor Object Type Machine S CO CSY Statistics average Value o Threshold FO Exceeded Notification DoNothig H Recovery Notification DoNothing x Exceeded Time minute s IV Renotify OK Cancel Perform each of settings on this dialog box and click OK 9 The threshold monitoring setting is added to Threshold Monitoring Information List Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 5 Creating an Operation Group This chapter explains the operations to create an operation group in SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 5 1 Adding a CategOl yori misanan aa a aa a a aea a aE aat 196 e 5 2 Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority eessesseesseeeseeee eeens 197 e 5 3 Adding an Operation Group cceccecsceeeceeceeeeeseaeeeeaeeceeeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeetsaeeseeeeeaes 210 e 5 4 Configuring Group Properties ccceesceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeessaeeesaeeeneees 211 5 5 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine cccccceeeeseeeeeees 245 5 6
212. ate S0 G0 Working System Event OEM System Boot Event System ACPI Power State S5 G2 Soft off Reserved OEM Record 37 01 00 00 B5 50 6C 4B 00 OS Boot C boot completed System Boot Restart Init Initiated by power up System ACPI Power State S0 GO Working System Event OEM System Boot Event System ACPI Power State S5 G2 Soft off Reserved OEM Record 37 01 00 00 58 4F 6C 4B 00 OS Boot C boot completed System Boot Restart Init Initiated by power up System ACPI Power State S0 G0 Working System Event OEM System Boot Event System ACPI Power State S5 G2 Soft off Reserved OEM Record 37 01 00 00 9C 24 6C 4B 00 OS Boot C boot completed 123456789 10 11 gt gt gt 7 107 Go Part III Maintenance 441 9 Maintenance Download All SELs are obtained from managed machines to be downloaded as CSV files If you click Download the window as below appears The CSV files can be opened or saved from the window File Download E3 Do you want to saye this file or find a program online to open it Name SelLog csy Type Unknown File Type 135KB From localhost Find Save 3 While files from the Internet can be useful some files can potentially harm your computer If you do not trust the source do not find a program to open this file or save this file What s the risk Delete All SEL If you click the Delete All SEL all SELs that are recorded in managed machines will be deleted Be aware that once SELs are d
213. ated products are as follows VMware ESX vCenter Server management Installing vCenter Server Installing VMware ESX Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent into VMware ESX Configuring OOB For details see OOB Management Registering VMware ESX to vCenter Server Registering VMware ESX to DPM Creating a master VM SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 52 Settings of Related Products XenServer Installing XenServer Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent into XenServer Configuring OOB For details see OOB Management Installing XenCenter Registering XenServer to XenCenter Registering XenServer to DPM Creating a master VM VMware ESXi standalone ESXi Installing VMware ESXi Configuring the host name and the IP address Configuring OOB For details see OOB Management Registering VMware ESXi to DPM Creating a master VM Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 53 3 Settings of Related Products Hyper V Installing Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 Installing and configuring Hyper V Installing and configuring Failover Clustering if the environment is cluster configuration Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent Configuring OOB For details see OOB Management Registering a virtual machine server to DPM Creating a master VM Physical Switch Installing MasterScope Network Manager Registering a switch
214. ating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 295 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 6 1 2 296 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Full Clone Method To create a virtual machine with the Full Clone method use a Full Clone template If Create and Assign Machine is executed from SystemProvisioning with a Full Clone template a virtual machine can be created on vCenter Server Register a Full Clone template to an operation group as distribution software Note A virtual machine also can be created by using the Full Clone template in the Virtual view For the procedure see Section 8 2 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View In the Xen environment however creating virtual machines by using a Full Clone template is available only in the Virtual view 1 Setting up a master VM Set up a master VM to be an original virtual machine of a template by reference to Subsection 3 12 1 Creating a Master VM in vCenter Server or 3 12 2 Creating a Master VM in XenCenter 2 Creating a template Create a Full Clone template from the master VM by reference to 6 2 1 Creating a Full Clone Template 3 Registering the template to an operation group only for the VMware environment Register the template as distribution software to an operation group by reference to Subsection 5 8 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab N
215. ation Snapshot Create Date Location Always use Default Image OK Cancel 2 Select the image to configure under Change Image To use the template s default image without fixing select the Always use Default Image 3 Click OK The images of software under Software List change 5 5 4 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab On the Alive Monitor tab of the Model Property Setting the values configured on the Group Property Seeing can be changed for each model If some models exist at the group the settings can be changed so that the alive monitoring won t be executed to a specific model and the monitoring port can be changed Perform the following procedure Note This tab can be configured only if the alive monitoring feature is enabled on the Group Property Setting In addition if this tab is not configured the values configured on the Group Property Setting are enabled If the check box of the target model located under Model Type of Monitor Target on the Alive Monitor tab of the Management view is not selected the setting information concerning the alive monitoring feature does not appear SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 252 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine 5 5 5 1 Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Alive Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt PhysicalGroup gt Model A Model Property Setting General Sto
216. ation of the role is succeeded to the virtual machine servers and virtual machines activated on the virtual machine servers Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 201 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 2 6 5 2 7 202 11 Click OK Configuring the Authority to a Virtual Machine Server To specify a target virtual machine server of the access and operation authority with a role setting perform the following procedure O 0o No o or Pw 11 Click Virtual on the Title Bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the target virtual machine group to configure the access and operation authority with a role in the Virtual tree Details of the virtual machine server appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window Click the Add of the Action menu Add Privilege appears under Privilege List Select the role to assign in the Role list Select the user to assign in the Assign User list To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box Note If the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected the configuration of the role is succeeded to the virtual machines activated on the target virtual machine server Click OK Configuring the Authority to a Resource Group To specify a target resource group rack or smart group of the access and operation a
217. ations view According to which profile you select you can use the performance indicators and collection intervals for data collection of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and threshold monitor settings switching them each other SigmaSystemCenter provides the following four standard monitoring profiles by default For details about each profile see Appendix A Monitoring Profile o Standard Monitoring Profile VM Standard Monitoring Profile VM Monitoring Profile Physical Machine Monitoring Profile By adding or editing a monitoring profile you can add a performance indicator to be collected or you can set up for threshold monitoring To do so perform the following procedure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 191 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 192 Reference For details of performance indicators see Section 1 3 Collected Performance Data in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide For details of threshold monitoring see Section 1 9 Threshold Monitoring and the Notification Function in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide To add a performance indicator to be collected The following demonstrates the procedure to create a monitoring profile by copying the existing monitoring profile o N o Click Resource on the title bar to switch to the Resource view Click Profile in the System Resource tree and t
218. ations view Resource view and Virtual view If a managed machine is in failed status a failed mark appears on an icon of a machine displayed in the tree view This mark appears also on a group or a category that the failed machine belongs so you can check the existence of a failed machine from the upper group level KI Operations amp Operations a VM g yinware vm g ymware vm g 002 vymware vm g 003 eta VmServer g Part III Maintenance 433 9 Maintenance You can check the sum of failed machines that belong to an operation group category and virtual machine server if a failed machine is a virtual machine from the tool tip of icons of an operation group category and virtual machine server a HAr e vM g Error 1 Warning 1 g vmware vm g 003 CA VmServer g If you click an icon of a category in the tree view a list of categories or groups is displayed and from there you can check its summary information Category Group List Display Count 20 Delete T Name Type Error Machine Warning Machine l rmware vm g 001 Server Group 0 7 mware vm g 002 Server Group M emware vm g 003 Server Group Delete Note Summary information of a failed machine displayed under Category Group List in the Operations view does not include failure information of machines that belong to the group pool If you click an icon of a group in the tree view details of the group is
219. ative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Right click System Monitor Performance Monitoring Service and click Stop 3 Overwriting backup files Overwrite the three backup files in the directory where System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is installed which backup are collected Note The default directory is ProgramFiles NEC SystemMonitorPerformance Part III Maintenance 475 10 Backup and Restoration bin rm_client xml bin rm_service_init xml bin rm_database xml 4 Running the restoration command Run the following command at the command prompt This is the example of restoring the backup file sysmonbk dat in temp of the C drive gt sqlcmd E S local SSCCMDB Q restore database RM_PerformanceDataBase2 from disk c temp sysmonbk dat with replace Note If you changed the default instance SSCCMDB enter local instance name 5 Starting the Performance Monitor Service Start the Performance Monitor Service Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Right click System Monitor Performance Monitoring Service and click Start SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 476 Backing up and Restoring DPM 10 4 10 4 1 Backing up and Restoring DPM Note If you copy and paste the commands descr
220. before is the target of the execution pattern Reference For details of execution patterns of actions see Subsection 1 4 1 Flow Control of Multiple Actions in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 13 To change the order of the actions select the check box of the action to move and click Up or Down Note Recovery process is executed in the order of the Action list Apply the order of the recovery process to the Action list If a blank is set in the Action list the configured action can be deleted If the number of the action is specified in the Label box update the specification of the Label properly after changing the order of the actions Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 187 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 14 If the Execute Local Script is selected in the Action list click Edit to display the Action Parameter Settings on the Main Window Note Edit appears only for the Corresponding Event Handler Settings Edit Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol gt Correspondin gt Action Param Eaj Action Parameter Settings Set parameters when executing action by policy Action Name Execute Local Script Action ExecuteLocalScript Execution Options Success When the registered action 2 was executed and completed successfully Completed The action must be executed after the registered action 2 was executed completely Failed When the registered
221. box 5 Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 149 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 150 lt lf the Distributed Switch is selected gt Add VLAN Port Group Definition x Switch dvSwitch X Hint The switch that applies VLAN is selected If All Switch Physics is selected it is applied to the physical switch set to Network tab of Machine Property Switch Name Hint A virtual switch of the set name is made when there is no virtual switch that can be used if switch name do not specify system automatically determined Specify VLAN Port Group C Select New PortGroup10 VLAN Type VLAN gt VLAN ID 10 Specify a VLAN Select Select VLAN or Add VLAN If the Select VLAN is selected select VLAN port group in the pull down list If the Add VLAN is selected enter VLAN port group name in the text box Required Configure the port group to which the virtual NIC of the virtual machine is connected Select a VLAN type in the VLAN Type list To use VLAN in a virtual machine configure the VLAN If the Select VLAN is selected the VLAN type of the selected VLAN port group appears If the VLAN is selected in the VLAN Type list enter the VLAN ID in the VLAN ID box If the Private VLAN is selected select the Private VLAN ID in the pull down list To use VLAN in a virtual machine configure the VLAN ID If the Select VLAN is selected the VLAN ID of the selec
222. ces to SigmaSystemCenter 4 10 11 12 13 Register Delete Disk Array appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt Register Del Ej Register Delete Disk Array Unmanaged Disk Array List Display Count 20 H Add And Register Delete O Number Edit Add And Register Delete OK Cancel Click Add and Register of the Action menu Add And Register Disk Array appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt Add And Regi Ed Add And Register Disk Array Disk Array Type IP Address User Name Password Password Confirmation Scope OK Cancel Enter IP address in IP Address box Required Enter a user name in the User Name box Required Enter a password in the Password box Required Enter the same password again in the Password Confirmation box for the confirmation Required Enter a value of scope zero to two in the Scope box Click OK An icon of registered disk array is added under Storage in the Resource tree 4 6 3 Registering a Disk Array For NetApp Register the NetApp disk array which is registered to the subsystem as the target to be managed by SystemProvisioning as following procedure Note You need to configure all values of IP Address User Name and Password 1 2 160 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Storage in the Resource tree SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuratio
223. ch as a machine switch or storage managed by the subsystem to SystemProvisioning as a managed target Next in order to start operation with SigmaSystemCenter create an operation group configure each property setting and register a machine The flow from registering resources to SigmaSystemCenter to starting operation is as follows SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 126 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter and Starting Operation VMware ESX vCenter Server XenServer and Hyper V Cluster Registering vCenter Server XenServer Pool Master or Hyper V Cluster as a subsystem Executing Collect to collect information from subsystems Registering a virtual machine server as a managed target Configuring the Machine Property Setting Creating an operation group for virtual machine servers and an operation group for virtual machines Configuring the Group Property Setting of the operation group for virtual machine servers Setting the VM Server as the Model Type Registering a virtual machine server to the operation group for virtual machine servers Configuring the Group Property Setting of the group for virtual machines Setting the VM as the Model Type When creating a new virtual machine When using an existing virtual machine Creating a template Configuring each property of a virtual machine Creating and registering a virtual machine to the operation group Cr
224. chine can recognize an account used by System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services when accessing to the machine as its local account If the OS of the machine is Windows XP change the default settings because the performance data collection cannot be executed by default e If a firewall is installed open the ports to be used when accessing to the machine e Change settings of the following services Server Remote Registry on the monitored machines so that they will be automatically activated when the machine starts up If the OS of the monitored machine is Windows Vista or Windows 7 change the defaults settings because the performance data collection cannot be executed by default Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 83 3 Settings of Related Products 3 8 6 84 e If the OS of the monitored machine is Windows 2000 server run the following command on the monitored machine to change the default settings because either Disk Space MB Disk Space Ratio the Performance Index or LogicalDisk the Category cannot be executed by default DISKPERF Y Y Configure the system so that it will start all the disk performance counter when restarts Ifthe machine to be monitored is running Linux or KVM e You need to prepare a user account for System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to access to the machine e To connect the machine to telnet install Telnet Server and
225. chine finishes Define only appears on the Status of the host under Host List Note To delete a virtual machine managed in the operation group if the virtual machine server to which the virtual machine is registered is powered OFF start the virtual machine server and then delete the virtual machine Shut down of the virtual machine server is not executed automatically After starting the virtual machine server shut down the virtual machine server manually If the policy with the Power Saving event setting is applied to the virtual machine server the virtual machine server will be shut down after the Power Saving event occurs SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 338 Scale Out 7 5 Scale Out Scale Out is the operation that activates a machine in standby in an operation group pool to improve the system performance if the machine load increases If a machine which is activated and the power is not ON exists the machine is started If such a machine does not exist SigmaSystemCenter starts the pool machine for adding a physical machine For adding a virtual machine SigmaSystemCenter creates a virtual machine and activates it in the group How the system will work in the Scale Out processing can be configured on the General tab on the Group Property setting Preparation and the procedure are as follows Note Scale Out does not activate a virtual machine server with any virtual machine or template on it
226. chine server Managedmachine Managed machine Virtualmachine Virtual machine When increase or decrease of loads occurs on CPU memory or disk of a managed machine SystemProvisioning receives an alert from System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services collects and monitors the performance information of the machine If System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services detects an abnormality in performance such as exceeding the threshold System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services alerts SystemProvisioning to the performance failure event Reference For details of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services see System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide SystemProvisioning receives PET directly from BMC of a managed machine to detect an abnormality and failure related to hardware if Out of Band Management is enabled Out of Band Management detects an event corresponding to the hardware failure events of NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC ESMPRO Agent However Out of Band Management can detect these abnormalities and failures although the OS is inaccessible because Out of Band Management does not use services of the OS Reference For details of failure events which SigmaSystemCenter can detect see Section 1 2 Events SigmaSystemCenter Can Detect in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 10 Machine
227. clicked a list of information of events jobs and operations logs which are connected to the job is displayed Monitor gt Job gt SY00614 Event SY00614 2010 02 01 08 58 39 2010 02 01 08 58 39 Failed Componetmanager ServiceModule Others Number Accept Time Start Time Situation Report Source Source Event Category Event Job ID Message 00079 Start Service Job Filter Conditions 7 Job No 5 Start Time Finish Time Status Message 00079 04 00079 03 00079 02 00079 01 2010 02 01 08 58 43 2010 02 01 08 58 43 2010 02 01 08 58 39 2010 02 01 08 58 39 2010 02 01 08 58 48 2010 02 01 08 58 43 2010 02 01 08 58 43 2010 02 01 08 58 39 call IModel Load Create Listener registry Get IModules from Dlls find Dils Failure Success Success Success Operations Log Display Count Level Normal 7 Date and Time 2010 02 01 08 59 11 2010 02 01 08 58 48 2010 02 01 08 58 39 2010 02 01 08 58 39 Job ID 00079 00079 04 00079 Level Normal Message Found lost job Marked as failed Failed to action call IModel Load ServiceModule some IModules can not loaded Started jobs ServiceModule 4 Start system event Start Service Normal Normal Normal Update Cancel Logs displayed under Operations Log are related to jobs displayed under Job If jobs displayed under Job are narrowed down logs displayed under Operations Log are also narrowed down to those of havin
228. count and send interval Timeout 1 10 3 Sec Retry Count 0 10 3 time s Send Interval 1 10 1 Sec M Enable Port Monitoring Configure parallel processings properties Minimum number of parallel a processings 1 50 Maximum number of parallel 28 processings 1 64 Retry Count ti 0 time s Set maximum minutes timeout for each port monitoring processings If monitoring uncompleted in this time next time the machine is processed preferentially Note you should define this value not to exceed Monitoring interval Ping monitoring time For reference this Ping monitoring time is approximately Send Interval Retry Count Timeout Maximum time of one time a minute s monitoring 3 55 Apply To enable alive monitoring select the Enable AliveMonitoring check box Selected by default Note If the alive monitoring is not enabled the screens of the alive monitor setting for an operation group a model or a host do not appear The monitoring is not executed although the settings are configured in advance To change the default value of the monitoring interval enter the value in the Monitoring Interval text box SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Environment 4 Select the check box of the target model to monitor the server down status under Model Type of Monitor Target Note If the check box of a model type is cleared the alive monitoring of the model type cannot be
229. d Machine If a sensor on a managed machine has a problem it is classified into a default smart group Sensor Alert under the tree on the Resource view 2 Resource System Resource A a Machine E Having Problems gt In Maintenance E3 New Machine E Sensor Alert Part III Maintenance 435 9 Maintenance 436 System Resource gt Machine gt Sensor Alert Machine Tag Operation 9 Tag Sensor Alert Collect ALL Status Tag Location Type Model CPU Memory Disk OS All Tags Collect Machines l Collect Softwares Collect Sensors Awaiting job HW Status Normal Inactivef unassigneds OS OFF OS ON Power ON Refresh Base Information Name Sensor Alert A default Smart Group which extracts machines with Description sensor alert This group cannot be edited moved copied and deleted Machine List Display Count 2 g Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations 7 D Name Type Status Power Running Group MAC Address D serer i01 Unitary on 00 1A 64 26 EE 22 C Eserer n01 test net Unitary VMw Running 00 21 85 0B 7E 92 C Eserer n04 test net Unitary Xen Running 00 24 21 2B AA 66 Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations gt When checking details of a sensor status of a machine click IPMI Information on Configuration menu on the detail information of the machine IPMI information appears on the Main
230. d by DHCP 3 11 4 Creating a Backup Scenario File To create a backup scenario file perform the following procedure Note Before executing DPM s Backup Restore function be sure to check the disk number by using the Disk Viewer For details of the Disk Viewer see Section 7 2 Disk Configuration Check Tool in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 1 Start the DPM Web Console Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Create a scenario group If the scenario group planned to be created already exists skip to the procedure 10 Click the Scenarios from the Resource tree Group List appears on the Main Window Click the Add Group on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 110 Creating a Scenario in DPM 7 Add Scenario Group appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management B Operations fey Resource gt Scenarios gt Add Group Resource Ea Add Scenario Group i Machines H 63 Image Name EO OK Cancel Enter the group name into the Name box Required 9 Click OK 10 Add the scenario Click the scenario group to which the scenario is to be added in the Resource tree 11 Details of the group appear on the Main Window 12 Click the Add Scenario on the Configuration menu 13 Add Scenario appears on the Main Window Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 111
231. d disk numbers above the controllers and disk numbers cannot be utilized for expanded disks The following combinations of controllers and disk numbers are preferably used for the system disk VMware IDE0 0 SCSI0 0 Xen SCSI0 0 Hyper V IDE0 0 KVM Not statically defined 5 4 9 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Server On the Host Profile tab configure the machine specific information of a Windows Server machine to assign to a host The definition of the host profile is used in the following processes the scenario distribution with running the OS installation by disk duplication Create and Assign Machine and Reconfiguration To apply machine specific information to a managed machine ensure that the OS setting is configured The OS setting must be configured on any of a group property setting a host setting or a template The host profile definition configured on the group property setting is used as the default value of the models and the hosts under the group Reference For details of a host profile see Subsection 1 3 2 Applicable Specific Information in Image Deployment and Subsection 1 3 3 Host Profile in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 231 5 Creating an Operation Group 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Host Profile tab Operations gt TestGroup 1 A Group Property Setting Gene
232. d only on the ESXi to which the master VM belongs However if a datastore is shared by multiple ESXis one template can be used among multiple ESXis 9 Configuring detailed information of a model Configure detailed information of a model by reference to Section 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 10 Configuring the OS name for the Host Profile If a disk duplication data file of DPM is not created for the master VM configure the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM for the OS setting on the Host Profile Note For Windows specify a correct OS name because the processing is different according to the kinds of OSs 11 Creating a virtual machine and starting the machine in a group Execute Allocate Resource to create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group by reference to Subsection 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group Creating a Sysprep Execution Scenario To create a scenario to run Sysprep that is used when creating Differential Clone and Disk Clone perform the following procedure 1 Registering the Package With the DPM Image Builder register the script for running Sysprep execsysprep bat located under PVM opt in the SystemProvisioning installation folder Note execsysprep bat runs the OS s sysprep exe internally Because the performance of sysprep exe relies on the environment verify it in your environment Refere
233. d register the virtual machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 398 Working with Service Portal 9 3 Working with Service Portal SigmaSystemCenter equips the portal screen which opens the SigmaSystemCenter s screen to users In the case you need to create a guest OS immediately for example the case you must reset the guest OS due to its stalling during operation Service portal is provided so that users can handle the case like this by themselves without a tenant administrator s help You can perform the following operations on the Portal view Create Delete VM Scale out Scale in 60 Snapshot management Power control Start Suspend Shutdown Restart Reset Showing the screen shot of a virtual machine s console The following explains each tab on the window General tab General Machine List Display Count 20 Host Name VM Name Host Host FuHost2 Win Resource Performance Machine Operation History Request MasterMachin Startup Startup Operation 9 Create YM Refresh Other Operations Create VM Delete VM Start Shutdown Power Status Status compi Hon a compl A on Start Date Owner Edit O Other Operations X Create YM Delete VM Start Shutdown Machine List On Machine List you can view such information as Host Name VM Name Request Status Power Status Start Date and Owner The Req
234. d with the following expression Send Interval Retry Count Timeout 10 Click Apply Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 47 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 2 4 10 2 4 11 48 Configuring the Information of Compatible NEC ESMPRO Manager The following is the procedure of registering the information for working with NEC ESMPRO Manager If you change an SNMP community name that is used when NEC ESMPRO Manager is communicating with NEC ESMPRO Agent from its default name public perform the following procedure 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Other tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Enter an SNMP community name used when NEC ESMPRO Manager communicates with NEC ESMPRO Agent on a managed machine SNMP Community Name public Set the retry count and interval for NEC ESMPRO Manager server registration Retry Count 15 Retry Interval 10000 MS Enter an SNMP community name in the SNMP Community Name box Click Apply Changing the NEC ESMPRO Manager Retry Count and Interval SigmaSystemCenter registers a machine to NEC ESMPRO Manager as a monitoring target when activating the machine in a group A failure event of a managed machine is notified through NEC ESMPRO Manager to SystemProvisioning To change a retry count the defau
235. dd Software dialog box Select When create replica in the Timing of distribution list select a Sysprep execution scenario and click OK Confirm that the scenario is added and click Apply For how to create the Sysprep execution scenario see Subsection 6 1 6 Creating a Sysprep Execution Scenario 7 Turning OFF the master VM and creating a snapshot Create a snapshot on the master VM by reference to Subsection 6 2 5 Creating a Snapshot 8 Creating a template After creating a snapshot on the master VM create a template by reference to Subsection 6 2 3 Creating a Differential Clone Template Note If automatic execution of Sysprep in the procedure 6 was not executed create a snapshot on the image replica VM of the template Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 301 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 9 Registering a template to an operation group Register the template as distribution software to an operation group For the procedure see Subsection 5 8 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab In the case of creating virtual machines on Hyper V single server one Differential Clone template can be used only on the Hyper V to which the master VM belongs In the case of creating virtual machines on Hyper V cluster create the template on CSV to use it among all the hosts in the cluster In the case of creating virtual machines on ESXi one Differential Clone template can be used only
236. de 4 Creating a backup scenario Create a backup scenario by reference to Subsection 3 11 4 Creating a Backup Scenario File Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 297 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 298 10 11 12 13 Registering the master VM in SystemProvisioning Execute Collect in SystemProvisioning and register the master VM and the backup scenario to SystemProvisioning Taking a snapshot of the mater VM Deleting the machine specific information of the master VM Delete the machine specific information of the master VM by reference to Subsection 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine Taking a backup of the master VM in PVM From Distribute Software on the Resource view select the backup scenario created in the procedure 4 and take a backup of the master VM Reverting the master VM Revert the master VM to the snapshot taken in the procedure 6 Deleting all snapshot of the master VM Creating a restore scenario from the backup Create a restore scenario from the backup by reference to Subsection 3 11 5 Creating a Restore Scenario File Then execute Collect in SystemProvisioning and register the restore scenario to SystemProvisioning Note Multicast distribution from DPM to a virtual machine on Hyper V is not supported When creating a restore scenario specify the data distribution by unicast Creating a template Create a template by refer
237. de SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 304 Creating a Virtual Machine Note Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file are prepared as a disk duplication data file for Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 To create a disk duplication data file for Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 from now on follow the procedure to use Windows parameter file Express If both Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file exist for the same master machine Windows parameter file is not used in operations because Windows parameter file Express has the priority over Windows parameter file To use Windows parameter file delete Windows parameter file Express if it exists For the procedure see Section 5 6 Delete Package in DeploymentManager Reference Guide If an unintended parameter file is used the message appears on the command prompt window during the processing to prompt you to restart the managed machine For details see Subsection 3 3 4 Precautions Other in DeploymentManager Operation Guide 5 Preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep Prepare for automatic execution of Sysprep for the master VM The procedures before running Sysprep are the same as the procedures for a physical machine or HW Profile Clone See Subsection 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine and perform the procedure 1 through 6 6 Configuring automatic execution
238. de 482 Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager 10 5 Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO 10 5 1 Manager Note If you copy and paste the commands described in this section it might cause an execution error Enter the commands directly Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles A registry path of Windows OS is different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The registry path in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Wow6432Node for HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager To back up NEC ESMPRO Manager follow the procedure below Note Log into NEC ESMPRO Manager with a user that has the Administrator authority 1 Ending applications End NEC ESMPRO Manager and all applications related to NEC ESMPRO Manager Applications related to NEC ESMPRO Manager are as follows e NEC ESMPRO Agent e ClientManager e Netvisor e NetvisorPro e UXServerManager Note If any related product is installed confirm the backup procedures offered by each compatible product and then back up NEC ESMPRO Manager Part III Maintenance 483 10 Backup and Restoration 484 2 Stoppi
239. del 6 Click Apply Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 255 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine This section provides how to configure detail of a model added with the procedure in Subsection 5 4 2 Configuring Settings on the Model Tab On the Model Property Setting you configure the information that depends on the machine type In this section the settings if the Model Type is VM are explained Follow the procedure in this section Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Group Property Setting appears on the Main Window Click the Model tab Click the Property of the model to configure Detail Setting under Model List oa pen os Model Property Setting appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 256 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 5 6 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab of the Model Property Setting perform the following procedure 1 Display the Model Property Setting window and click the General tab Operations WindowsClient gt VM Eaj Model Property Setting General Sofware Machine Profile Performance Monitor Group Name Win
240. disk volume is not registered to the Storage tab and if it is assigned by using a command its usage status is displayed as Unused Machine Types The machine types displayed by SystemProvisioning are as follows Type Description Unitary A machine that is managed in DPM Server VMware VM Server A virtual machine server in the VMware environment Xen VM Server A virtual machine server in the XenServer environment Hyper V VM Server A virtual machine server in the Hyper V environment KVM KVM Server A virtual machine server in the KVM environment VMware Virtual Machine A virtual machine in the VMware environment Xen Virtual Machine A virtual machine in the XenServer environment Hyper V Virtual Machine A virtual machine in the Hyper V environment KVM Virtual Machine A virtual machine in the KVM environment Unknown A machine whose type becomes unknown due to causes such as deletion of a subsystem If the virtual machine server is registered to DPM the machine type is displayed with all subsystem names E g Unitary VMware VMServer Priority Value Priority values are used when SystemProvisioning automatically selects a target group for policy control and command execution If a target group or model is selected for the following operations a group or model with higher priority that is with a smaller priority value is selected in specif
241. displayed and from there you can check information of machines that belong to the group If you click Status to sort information a failed machine is displayed at the top of the list Check a cause of failure with the following procedure according to the status of a failed machine Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations gt Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Status Power IP Address Resource Model GAnormal Running 10 0 0 0 Test 000 Model ADegraded GBRunning 10 0 0 1 Test 001 Model Faulted CYRunning 10 0 0 2 Test 002 Model a Machine Individual Operations Assign New Delete YM Register Master Start Shutdown SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 434 Checking Failed Status Abort An action by a policy or operation from the Web Console such as starting stopping changing configuration of a machine is aborted Check a failed Job on the Job window You can change the status of the target machine from Abort to Normal by executing Reset Job Result Faulted and Degraded If a failure event of a monitored machine is alerted from the alive monitoring feature such as Ping monitoring or Port monitoring NEC ESMPRO Manager or VMware vCenter Server SystemProvisioning changes status of the machine to Faulted or Degraded Check a failed event that caused Faulted or Degraded status on the Operations Log window 9 8 4 Checking Sensor Status on a Manage
242. dow Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window Click the Add of the Action menu under Assigned Roles Note The Add does not appear on the Action menu for a user without the system administrator role Add Privilege appears under Assigned Roles Select the role to allocate the user in the Role list Configure the role of which the System is configured in the Defined In to the system Click OK The role to allocate the user is added under Assigned Roles Changing a role for all resources 1 ao Fon Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view Click the User in the Management tree Details of the user appear on the Main Window Click the Edit of the user to allocate the role under User List The Edit User appears on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 6 Select the check box of the role of which the Defined In is All Resources under Assigned Roles and click the Edit Privilege of the Action menu Note The Edit Privilege does not appear on the Action menu for a user without the system administrator role 7 Edit Privilege appears under Assigned Roles Click OK 9 The changed role appears under Assigned Roles Note When changing the role for all resources the The setting is succeeded to children check box is always selected
243. dowsClient Model Type Model Name Priority Policy Name Resource Pool DPM Server Optimized Startup Model Description Apply Back 2 To change the model name enter the model name in the Model Name box Required 3 To change the priority of the model select the priority in the Priority list Configure the priority of when SystemProvisioning selects a model automatically Note SystemProvisioning selects a model in ascending order of the Priority value Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 257 5 Creating an Operation Group 258 To configure a policy to the model select the policy name in the Policy Name list Note The policy must be prepared before configuring it to the model For details of a policy see Section 4 10 Creating a Policy If any policy is not configured on the model the policy configured on the parent group s property is used To correlate a VM model and a resource pool select the resource pool in the Resource Pool list If a resource pool is specified SystemProvisioning selects a virtual machine server to create a virtual machine from virtual machine servers under the specified resource pool Note If any resource pool is not specified SystemProvisioning selects a virtual machine server from the virtual machine servers configured on the template specified on the Software tab To register a virtual machine to be activated to DPM select the DP
244. dress 255 255 255 0 Power Assign New Delete VM Machine Individual Operations Scale In Add Machine to Pool Machine Individual Operations Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Group Pool Display Count 20 r aay ame D Emh O Emh Status Power Uor Uor Type VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 Delete Create and Assign Machine All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Register Master Maching llocate m Backup Restore Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete VM Distribute Software Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off achine s to the selected host s SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Activating a Machine in a Group 6 Allocate the resource to run in the group appears on the Main Window Select the assign method Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Allocate Mac E Allocate the resource to run in the group Please select way to allocate the selected machine Select a machine automatically Select a machine manually Select a machine from group pool Select a machine from shared pool Cancel 7 Click Next 8 If you select the automation method skip to the procedure 11 If you selected the manual method
245. e does not generate IP addresses in this range When planning to use the generated IP address as the management IP address select the Management IP Address check box To relate the entered IP range to the Public IP select the Public IP Settings check box and enter the IP address in both the Start Address box and the End Address box Click OK 15 Click OK 16 The added network appears under Network List 152 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Load Balancer 4 5 Registering a Load Balancer This section provides the procedure of registering a load balancer including a software load balancer to be managed by SystemProvisioning and adding a load balancer group Note If you have changed the settings of a load balancer in a compatible product be sure to execute Collect Load Balancer on the Operation menu The load balancer groups to which a real server is not registered are not collected The load balancer group registered on the load balancer under management is not deleted even if it collects after the load balancer group was deleted on the compatible product side Delete an unnecessary load balancer group 4 5 1 Registering a Load Balancer To register a load balancer as a managed target of SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Load Balancer in the Resource tree Click Register LB on th
246. e Configuration menu Po N Register Load Balancer appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Network gt Load Balancer gt Register Loa Register Load Balancer Network Device List Display Count 20 E f IP Address O LB 172 192 168 1 172 5 The list of load balancers which are managed in MasterScope Network Manager which is registered as a subsystem is displayed under Network Device List Select the check box of the load balancer to manage in SystemProvisioning 6 Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 153 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 5 2 154 Adding a Load Balancer Group The following procedure adds a load balancer group and configures a load balancer virtual server and load balancer real server to be the target of load distribution Registering a load balancer group to an operation group enables you to add or delete a machine to or from a load balancer group automatically with configuration changes Perform the following procedure to a load balancer group Reference For registering a load balancer group to an operation group see Subsection 5 4 7 Configuring Settings on the LB Setting Tab 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the icon of the load balancer to add a load balancer group in the Resource tree 3 Click Add LB Group on the Configuration menu Add Load Balancer Group appears on the Main Window
247. e MAC address of a virtual machine would not change by virtual machine migration The MAC address for new virtual machine on Hyper V is also specified automatically Apply 2 Select MAC Address Pool Feature check box 3 Click Apply Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 43 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 2 4 8 Changing the Setting of Auto Update of Screens To change the update interval of the screen the default time is five seconds the max update interval of the screen the default time is 120 seconds and Job result display period the default period is 60 minutes perform the following procedure Note If you change the update interval log out once and log in to the Web Console again If not the update interval is not reflected 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Display tab Management gt Environment Eaj Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Auto refresh Screen is updated at specified intervals Update Interval The interval itself increased gradually to the Maximum Interval if no change is available If there are some changes the next update will start with the initial interval Update Interval In Dashboard jobs completed or failed are displayed in only specified minutes Job result display period Update Interval 5 second s Maximum Interval 120 sec
248. e Mode If you select the Number of Connected Server enter the number of servers to connect simultaneously in the text box Note In the case of using the customization of DPM this setting is ignored Select either of Workgroup or Domain as the Workgroup Setting If you selected Workgroup as the Workgroup Setting enter the work group name in the Work Group Domain Name box If you selected Domain enter the domain name If you selected Domain as the Workgroup Setting enter the domain account in the Domain Account box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 233 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 4 10 234 15 If you selected Domain as the Workgroup Setting and want to change the domain password select the Update Password check box and enter the domain password in the Domain Password box 16 To configure the DNS WINS setting select the DNS WINS Setting check box 17 Click Add on the Action menu from NIC List to display Add NIC window 18 Select the NIC number to be added from the NIC number list Note If the customization of DPM is used and if the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP the upper limit of the NIC is 4 19 Enter the IP address of the primary DNS in the Preferred Primary DNS box 20 Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS in the Substituted Secondary DNS box 21 Enter the IP address of the primary WINS in the Preferred Primary WINS box
249. e Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine of which NIC has been replaced and click Maintenance OFF on the Operation menu of the Web Console If you changed the target machine to be managed in the procedure 2 change the setting to Unmanaged Click the Machine in the Resource tree on the Web Console Select the check box of the target machine under Machine List Click Unmanaged of the Action menu If you disabled the periodical collection in procedure 1 enable the setting Click the Environment in the Management tree Select the General tab of the Environment Setting window and select the Gather Information check box Collect Storage when NAS is used When you use NAS select Storage from the Resource tree and then click Collect Storage on the Operation menu on the Web console Note If NAS is not utilized you do not need to perform the procedure 14 Replacing a NIC Other Than a Primary NIC To replace a NIC other than a primary NIC perform the following procedures The environment without boot config viO Reference If you use an NIC for iSCSI booting see Subsection 9 10 4 Replacing an HBA 1 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a machine whose NIC you are going to exchange click Maintenance ON of the Action menu on the Web Console If the machine is not activated skip to the next procedure 2 Shutting down the machine Shut down the machine through the Web Console 3 Replacing the NIC
250. e NIC before replacement following the procedure in Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab HBA related settings If the HBA was configured before replacement configure the HBA in the same way as the HBA before replacement following the procedure in Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Distribution software settings If the machine was configured to be distributed software configure the machine in the same way as the setting before replacement following the procedure in Subsection 4 9 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab OOB related settings If the power control by OOB Management was enabled before replacement configure the power control in the same way as the setting before replacement following the procedure in Subsection 4 9 6 Configuring Settings on the Account Tab 3 If the new machine after replacement will be managed by BMC on NEC ESMPRO Manager perform Autodiscovery manually through the NEC ESMPRO Manager Web GUI and register the Management Controller management 7 Adding the machine to the group after replacement Part III Maintenance 447 9 Maintenance If the machine is working shut down it Select the new machine on the Resource view on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console and click Shutdown Add the machine to the group Ifthe machine is intended to use as a spare machine add it to the pool Select the target operation group on the Operati
251. e Property Setting Creating an operation group Configuring the Network Setting tab of the Group Property Setting Adding the machine to the pool Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 129 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter Load Balancer Software Load Balancer Registering a load balancer management server as a subsystem Executing Collect to collect information from subsystems Registering a load balancer Creating a load balancer group Registering a machine Creating an operation group Configuring the LB Setting tab of the Group Property Setting Configuring the Network tab of the Host Setting Adding the machine to the pool SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 130 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter and Starting Operation Storage Registering a storage management server as a subsystem Executing Collect to collect information from subsystems Registering a disk array Registering a disk volume Configuring a shared disk EMC Storage Devices Registering HBA and Other Storage Devices path information a Registering a machine FC iSCSI SAN NAS Environments Environments Configuring the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting Configuring the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting Creating an operation group Configuring the Model tab and the Host tab of the Group Property Setting Configuring the Storage tab of
252. e Storage Tab ceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeseeeeesieeeeeeeees 247 5 5 3 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab eeccececeseeeecseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeesieeeenetens 250 5 5 4 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab cceeccececeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaaeeeaeeesaeeeeeeesieeeeeeees 252 5 5 5 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab eccceceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeseeeeneeesneeeeeeen 253 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine c ccceccecseeceeseeeeeeeeseeeeestaeeeeeeeesaees 256 5 6 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab eecceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeeneeesieeeeeeees 257 5 6 2 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab eeeceseceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecseeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeseeeeeeeseneeesieeeeeeees 259 5 6 3 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab ccceceeeceseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeens 259 5 6 4 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab cceeeccececeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeeseeeeaeeeseeseeeesieeeeeeess 259 5 6 5 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor tab eecceceseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeen 261 5 7 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine Server ccscceeceeseeeeeeseeeeneeesees 263 5 7 1 Configuring Settings on the Gener
253. e System Management Click the Tool menu Normal Mode and click the System Management Or click the Tool menu Normal Mode click the Maintenance Utility and click System Management Note The menu is different on some machine types In that case see the machine s manuals Select Configuration from Set System management Parameters and select New or Change Select Common on the displayed menu Select BMCCommon and configure the setting as follows Input public in the Community Name box Select Enable in the Alert Select All in the Alert Process Select Level 5 or Level 6 in the Alert Level Sr AS ei Select Enable in the remote control LAN1 Return to the previous menu Select LAN1 Alert 1 Configure the Alert Receiver Management PC 1 as follows 2 Select Enable in the Alert 3 Input the IP address of the management server in the IP Address box Return to the previous menu Select OK 10 End the menu For EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 Login to EXPRESSSCOPE Engine of managed server by Web browser and perform the following procedure This procedure is described by exemplifying the case of setting Alert Receiver1 for the PET sending setting Pe NM Login to EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 by Web browser Click Configuration tab Click BMC Alert SNMP Alert in the menu tree in left pane Click Edit at the bottom of main pane and perform the following procedure 1 Enable Alert 2 Input public in the Com
254. e a logical network perform the following procedure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 289 5 Creating an Operation Group 290 10 11 12 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target operation group with the resource pool where a logical network to configure exists in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the Resource Pool tab Select a port group for which a logical network to be created and of which the type is Virtual Machine under Network List Click the Create Logic Network of the Action menu Add Network appears on the Main Window Operations gt ESX_Category gt ESX35 gt Add Network Eal Add Network Name Tag Public Scope Public C Private Allocated To Group Description VLAN Definition Address Pool VLAN Definition List Add Delete Switch Name VLAN Name VLAN Type VLAN ID VLAN Net5 Add Delete OK Cancel Enter the name of the logical network to create in the Name box To configure a tag on the logical network configure the tag in the Tag box Configure the range of opening the logical network for Public Scope To open the logical network to all categories that uses this resource pool configure Public To limit the range of opening the logical network select Private and select the category to open the logical network in the Allocated To Group lis
255. e are following eleven types in the Standard Policy Policy Name Managed Target Registered by Default Standard Policy Physical machines other than ones used as OK virtual machine servers Standard Policy N 1 Physical machines other than ones used as virtual machine servers If the operations correspond to N 1 replacing Standard Policy Virtual Machine Virtual Machine OK Standard Policy VM Server Virtual Machine Server OK Standard Policy VM Server Virtual Machine Server Predictive If the Predictive event monitoring is enabled Standard Policy VM Server Power Virtual Machine Server save If corresponding to the power saving Standard Policy VM Server ESXi Virtual Machine Server ESXi Standard Policy VM Server Hyper V Virtual Machine Server Hyper V Standard Policy VM Server Hyper V Virtual Machine Server Hyper V Predictive If the Predictive event monitoring is enabled Standard Policy VM Server Hyper V Virtual Machine Server Hyper V Power save If corresponding to the power saving System Policy Manager A manager that manages resources used OK by SigmaSystemCenter e g vCenter Server Standard policies that are registered as OK by default are registered when the edition license is applied The System Policy Manager is automatically applied to managers One System Policy Manager exists on one system Configuring the System Policy on a gro
256. e dialog box appears Edit Datastore x Datastore Name SAN25 1 Max Utilization 80 Max VM Count 100 Tag pO OK Cancel 7 Specify a value by percentage in the Max Utilization box The capacity of the storage is calculated using this value 8 Enter a value in the Max VM Count box The capacity of the number of VMs is calculated using this value 9 Enter a value in the Tag box The tag is an attribute according to the storage performance and service levels If the Tag is configured as the destination datastore on the machine profile of creating virtual machines the datastore with a tag is selected as a destination datastore Multiple tags can be configured separating with a space 10 Click OK The setting for each datastore can be configured from the Edit under Datastore List on details of the virtual machine server located on the Virtual view To configure the setting for each virtual machine server perform the following procedure Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the target operation group with the resource pool where a datastore to configure exists in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the Resource Pool tab 5 Click the Edit of the virtual machine server that is to be configured under Resource List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 287 5 Creating an Operation Group 6 Datastore
257. e host lt For NEC Storage and CLARiiON The defined LUN does not match its actual LUN or the defined disk volume is not connected to the host For NetApp The defined IP address does not match its actual IP address or the defined disk volume is not connected to the host List To add disk volume to Storage List click Add of the Action menu on Storage Disk Volume Setting is displayed at the bottom of the screen Select a disk array from the Disk Array list The contents displayed in the lower section differ according to the disk array device which you have selected in the Disk Array list SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Host Setting 5 Type the LUN in the LUN Number box If the LUN Number box remains blank LUN is automatically numbered Note For Symmetrix and NetApp the LUN box cannot be entered 6 To hide the data device in order not to be distributed by mistake while distributing software select the Connect after distribution check box lt For NEC Storage CLARiiON Symmetrix gt Operations gt WindowsServer gt w2k8r2ab01 A Host Setting General Network Storage Software Machine Profile Host Profile Alive Monitor Connect A Disk Share HBA F Orde After LUN Disk Array Volume Status Index Distribution E il M100 2000002553 Unshared ALL Connectior 4 Addres Status Edit Add Delete Ej Up a Down PhysicalModel O
258. e host in the group it is turned to On You can execute policy actions when the status is On When the machine is removed from the host it is turned to Off You cannot execute policy actions when the status is Off When the operation that turns power off is executed to the running machine in the group it is turned to Partial If the status is Partial The actions to events whose event is categorized Machine inaccessible error in the Event Category are not executed so that unintended recovery process may not be executed by detecting Machine inaccessible error event The Partial status is discarded when the machine is powered on and the status is turned back to On Status Description On If a policy is assigned to a received event the policy is executed Off A policy has executed already and even though SystemProvisioning receives an event any policy is not executed Partial A policy has executed already Power operations such as starting and shutting down are disabled and a policy action for power operations is not executed When SystemProvisioning receives an event other than power operations a policy is executed Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 1 1 10 Disk Volume Status 18 Maintenance Status You can view the maintenance mode settings of the machine Use the maintenance mode to prevent unintended actions from being
259. e host name for the Machine Name make sure that the management server can obtain the IP address of the virtual machine server by name resolution 3 Installing the DPM Client Set the firewall to the virtual machine server beforehand and then install the DPM Client If DPM Client is already installed on your system restart the DPM Client service with the following commands service depagt stop service depagt start 4 Ensuring the registered machine s information Select the machine that was registered in the procedure 2 on the DPM Web Console Then make sure that a value is being set for the MAC address and UUID on the Machine Detail window For a VMware environment the procedure of verifying MAC address is necessary because the MAC address of Service Console that will not be activated with Wake On LAN is registered by using the DPM Client Note When the MAC address of the virtual NIC of the virtual machine server s Service Console is registered as a managed machine or New Machine delete the virtual machine server from DPM and re register the virtual machine server by performing the above procedure For the XenServer environment 1 Installing the DPM Client First configure a firewall on the virtual machine server beforehand and then install the DPM Client If DPM Client is already installed on your system restart the DPM Client service with the following commands service depagt stop service depagt start Sig
260. e is a physical machine if the machine is a virtual machine SigmaSystemCenter deletes the machine To execute Scale In perform the following procedure Note Scale In does not support either standalone ESXi or Hyper V Scale In for a virtual machine works as Delete Virtual Machine Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to Scale In in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window PYN Select Scale In on the Operation menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Base Information Name Group A Priority 1 OS Type Windows Server Policy Name The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Host List 9 Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations x Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Host Name Status Power IP Address Resource Model O Host A gor 255 255 255 0 vm2h1 Model 2s Machine Individual Operations gt Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Group Pool 9 Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations x DO Pas rce Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model D Bym2h2 Uor VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 68 C3 Model Delete Machine Individual Operations Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Main
261. e of Out of Band OOB Management Configuring the IP address on BMC and creating a user with administrator privileges Set the IP address for connecting to the managed machine s BMC by using SigmaSystemCenter and create a user with administrator privileges See Subsection 3 10 1 Configuring IP Address of BMC and 3 10 2 Creating Administrator Account in BMC to configure the necessary setting for BMC Configuring the alert destination of PET and Alert Level If NEC ESMPRO Agent is not installed in the managed machine configure the setting for sending PET from BMC to the management server See Subsection 3 10 2 Creating Administrator Account in BMC to configure the necessary setting for BMC If NEC ESMPRO Agent is installed in the managed machine PET is not sent and only NEC ESMPRO Agent alerts the management server Therefore this setting is unnecessary Enabling Dump Configure the setting for enabling Dump See Subsection 3 10 4 Enabling Dump to configure the necessary setting for OS running on the managed machine Enabling ACPI Shutdown Configure the setting for enabling ACPI Shutdown See Subsection 3 10 5 Enabling ACPI Shutdown to configure the necessary setting for OS of the managed machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Setting up a Managed Machine Configuring Serial Over Lan SOL Configure the setting for connecting to the managed machine s serial console See Subsection 3 10 6
262. e on the Configuration menu and check the Unmanaged Machine List to check that the information of the machine registered to DPM is reflected properly Note Because the added machine is not configured as managed target of SystemProvisioning the machine is displayed on the Unmanaged Machine List Select a machine to add as a management target and add the machine 9 2 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server To add a virtual machine server as a managed machine perform the following procedure The following procedure is for registering a virtual machine server in VMware vCenter Server management Part III Maintenance 395 9 Maintenance 396 If you want to execute an operation with starting up a virtual machine server register the virtual machine server to DPM that is registered as a subsystem of SystemProvisioning Or you can execute the power operation by enabling the power control functionality by OOB Management We recommend that you configure both of the settings Reference For the procedure of registering a virtual machine server to DPM see Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM For the details of the setting to enable the power control functionality by OOB Management see Section 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management If you intend to use policies in operation such as failure detection of the virtual machine server ESX install NEC ESMPRO Agent to your virtua
263. e standalone ESXi environment Storage Migration Move does not move a virtual machine to another datastore although a datastore is selected in the Please select the destination datastore In addition the setting of Exclude extended disk from migration is ignored Failover in the standalone ESXi environment cannot be executed from the Web Console It can be executed only in the following two cases triggered by a policy anda virtual machine is specified as the target machine by using evacuate machine command the ssc command In the Xen environment only Migration and Failover are supported for a virtual machine If the disk whose type is RDM Physical or RDM Virtual is added to a virtual machine in the VMware environment moving across DataCenter is not possible Moving by Storage Migration or Move across datastores is not possible either SigmaSystemCenter offers the two types of moving procedures one is specifying a virtual machine to move and the other is specifying a virtual machine server to which a virtual machine to be moved To move multiple virtual machines on a virtual machine server at one time specify the virtual machine server and move virtual machines SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Moving a Virtual Machine First specify a virtual machine to move with the following procedure 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the virtual machine to mo
264. e title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click Machine or the icon of the target resource group on the System Resource tree 3 Click Add Smart Group on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 420 Managing a Machine Using a Smart Group 4 The Add Smart Group screen is displayed on the main window System Resource gt Machine gt New A Add Smart Group Smart Group Name m Match all of the conditions Match any of the conditions Machine name x begins with gt Search OK Cancel Type the smart group name of the smart group you want to add in the Smart Group Name Required Select the search condition to locate the target machine to be added to the smart group If more search conditions are required click to increase them as needed System Resource gt Machine gt New A Add Smart Group Smart Group Name m Match all of the conditions Match any of the conditions Power status z any hed On OK Cancel Machine List Display Count 20 Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations x Slot Type Number 0 VMware Virtual M 0 VMware Virtual M 0 VMware VM Serve Normal O VMware VM Serve 0 VMware VM Serve 0 VMware VM Serve O VMware Virtual Mz 0 VMware Virtual M 0 VMware Virtual Mz O VMware Virtual M 0 VMware Virtual Mz m Name W30_2KBR2SP1 x64 B0 _2KBR25P1x64_2 EBesx200 kiel local EBesx2
265. ears only when the Model Type is the VM Server To configure the settings on the Datastore Tab see Subsection 5 4 12 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab if the Model Type is VM Server Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab On the Alive Monitor tab of the Host Setting the values configured on the Group Property Setting can be changed for each host The Alive Monitor tab setting of each level is enabled in the following priority order Host Model and Group To configure this tab perform the following procedure SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Host Setting Note This tab can be configured only if the alive monitoring feature is enabled on the Group Property Setting In addition if this tab is not configured the other Alive Monitor tab settings are enabled in the following priority order Model Group If the check box of the target model located under Model Type of Monitor Target on the Alive Monitor tab of the Management view is cleared this tab does not appear 1 Display the Host Setting on the Main Window and click the Alive Monitor tab Operations gt ESX_Category gt ESX35 gt ESX Server A Host Setting General Network Storage Software Machine Profile Host Profile Datastore Setting Alive Monitor Model esx35 x M Alive Monitoring Settings Select the checkbox for function you want to enable The machine is diagnosed as normal when all f
266. eate Verification Data OK Cancel 14 Enter an arbitrary name in the Scenario Name box Required 15 Select the Execute Backup Restoration check box and select the Restore Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 115 3 Settings of Related Products 16 Enter the image file specified in the backup scenario into the Image File box Required Note If the managed machine to be backed up and the managed machine to be restored are different or an image saved after deleting the specific information of the master machine is to be configured on the managed machine do not select any of the following check boxes Machine Name MAC Address or UUID Clear these check boxes If multiple machines with the same computer name or host name concurrently exist in the managed machine the image file of the different machine might be used to restore with only the Machine check box enabled In this case you are recommended to use with the MAC address or UUID check box 17 Enter the disk number and the partition number that were obtained from the Disk Viewer into the Disk Number box and the Partition Number box respectively under Backup Restore Target 18 Select the Transmit Data By Unicast under Distribution Condition Setting 19 Click the Option tab admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations j Resource gt Scenarios gt ScenarioGroup01
267. eate and Assign Machine Registering the virtual machine to the operation group Register Master Machine Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 127 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter ESXi Hyper V single server and KVM Creating a virtual manager Registering a virtual machine server Creating an operation group for virtual machine servers and an operation group for virtual machines Configuring the Group Property Setting of the operation group for virtual machine servers Setting the VM Server as the Model Type Registering the virtual machine server to the operation group for virtual machine servers Configuring Group Property Setting of the group for virtual machines Setting the VM as the Model Type When creating a new virtual machine When using an existing virtual machine Creating a template Configuring each property of a virtual machine Registering the virtual machine to the operation group Register Master Machine Creating and registering a virtual machine to the operation group Create and Assign Machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 128 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter and Starting Operation Network Installing MasterScope Network Manager Executing Collect to collect information from subsystems Registering a switch Creating a logical network Registering a machine Configuring the Network tab of the Machin
268. eceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeaaeseeaaeseneeeseaeeesaeeseneeeeaees 81 3 8 1 Nstalng NEC ESMP RO Ageia e cent a r eaaa Ee aaea arae a aAa eaa aa a aa aaRS aai 81 3 8 2 Inst ling DPM Clienten essiensa enaa e aae a aa N aE data meee 81 3 8 3 Configuring Managed Machine to Send Failure Event ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeneeen 82 3 8 4 Configuring the Setting for OOB Management eecceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesieeeeeeees 82 3 8 5 Configuring the Setting for Monitoring Performance by System Monitor Performance Monitoring SOIVICES EAN edi et he aise E nan ei eee en le a i 83 3 8 6 Setting up to Use the Management Controller Management on NEC ESMPRO Managet 00 c08 84 3 9 Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine 006 86 3 9 1 Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Windows ccceecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneeeteeeeeeen 86 3 9 2 Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Linux eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesieeeeeeee 89 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management ccsceeeseseteeeeteeeeneeteeeeees 92 3 10 1 Configuring IP Address Of BMC cccceeccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeted 93 3 10 2 Creating Administrator Account in BMC ceecceecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeese
269. ed server icon to display the Properties window Select Function tab and enter the new RWU IP broadcast address Follow the procedures below if you are using Windows GUI to manage servers 1 If IP address filtering is enabled on the Receive Alert Filter or Send Alert Filter change the setting 1 2 Launch the Operation Window Click Tools select Alert Filter and select Receive Alert Filter or Send Alert Filter to display the setting screen of the filter If an IP address is used for filtering conditions change the IP address to the new IP address 2 If IP address filtering is enabled on alert display filtering setting of the AlertViewer change the setting 1 2 3 Launch the AlertViewer Display the Filtering Setting screen on the Filter settings bar If an IP address is used for filtering conditions change the IP address to the new IP address 3 If a network address is to be changed of the map on the Operation window change the setting 1 2 Launch the Operation Window Right click on the map icon which to change the network address to display the Properties window Change the Network Address SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 10 Backup and Restoration This chapter explains the methods of backup and restore during operation of SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections e 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 lt 10 5 Backup Plae a E E cnet tunes ta G 470 Backing
270. edure 2 check that the Include inheritable permissions from this object s parent check box is selected If there is not the user select the check box If this check box is selected a user that starts with SQLServerMSSQL is added in the User List on the Security tab 7 Running the restore command Run the following restore command at the command prompt osq ORE FROM D WITH R GO EPLACE E S localhost DPMDBI DATABASE ISK DPM bak DPM Note The database uses the following fixed parameters The instance name DPMDBI The database name DPM Part III Maintenance 481 10 Backup and Restoration 8 Applying backup files Apply RegExportDPM reg that you have backed up in the procedure 5 in Subsection 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM by the method such as double clicking the file from the Explorer 9 Restoring files and registries If you have changed files and registries manually apply the saved settings 10 Starting the DPM Services Click Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Start all the services starting with DeploymentManager Right click the service name and click Start 11 Restarting IIS Launch a command prompt and enter the following command iisreset restart SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Gui
271. ee eeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeaeeeeeeseeeesieeeeeeee 284 5 9 3 Configuring a Datastore in a Resource Pool eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeesaeeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeesaeeseneeetieeeeeeens 286 5 9 4 Setting Up LUN in the Resource Pool ecceeeeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeessaeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeeseeeeaeeen 288 5 9 5 Configuring a Logical Network in a Resource Pool 0 0 eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeesieeeeeeens 289 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment cccsssseeeesssseeeesseteeneenes 293 6 1 Creating a Virtual Machine ascitic cient biteeech tavern aa hadnt ate eae ecient 294 6 1 1 About How to Create a Virtual Machine ce eeececeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeecseeeeeeeesaaeeeaeeesaaeseeeeseeseeeesieeseeeens 294 6 1 2 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Full Clone Method ccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeen 296 6 1 3 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the HW Profile Clone Method ccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeesneeeeneeee 297 6 1 4 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Differential Clone Method c ceeecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeeenetens 299 6 1 5 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Disk Clone Method c ceeecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeneeesneeeeneeen 303 6 1 6 Creating a Sysprep Execution SCONari0 eceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeee
272. ee manuals of NEC Storage Manager Setup on NEC Storage Manager Register a user account of NEC Storage Manager Configuring a SG file of NEC Storage Manager Integration Base Configure the setting for using NEC Storage Manager Server from NEC Storage Manager Integration Base Registration of disk arrays on NEC Storage Manager Register disk arrays to be managed by SystemProvisioning Creating LDs on NEC Storage Create LDs on the disk arrays Creating LD sets on NEC Storage and configuring access control Create LD sets on the disk arrays and set access control to WWN mode Note If you use NEC Storage D8 you can only control each logical partition from SigmaSystemCenter You cannot change the configuration of multiple logical partitions SigmaSystemCenter does not support such a management that configures multiple hosts for one LD set Configure the host and LD set relation as 1 1 on NEC Storage Manager To share a LD with multiple hosts divide the LD set according to the hosts SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for Storage Ifyou use CLARiiON To use a disk array device of CLARiiON from SystemProvisioning you need to install Navisphere CLI on the management server For more details see manuals of Navisphere 1 Installing management software Install Navisphere CLI the management software of CLARiiON on the storage management server 2 Configuring Navisphere CLI Regis
273. eeeeeeens 66 3 6 Configuring Settings for a Virtual Environment cccccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseneeeseaeeesaaeeseneeesaees 68 3 6 1 Setting Up the VMware Environment cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeesaeeseaeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeneeess 68 3 6 2 Setting Up the Xen Environment c ccescceesseesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeessaeeeaeeeeaeeeeseeseaeeseseeseaeeseaeeetaaeseaeeee 69 3 6 3 Setting Up the ESXi Environment unesi ena e E E ea ii Ea 69 3 6 4 Setting Up the Hyper V Environment ccecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeseeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeesieeeeneeen 70 3 7 Configuring DPM asesor ranie tonne aenn aaaea aaea aa Gene aa aa ia dada pitas ae 71 3 7 1 Starting DPM Web Console sii oiioes aidr eien iasediii deanei inea aaea ee E e ASE araea daaa va E AEDE Aedes ate 71 3 7 2 Logging Into DPM eaae eean aa aaea eaaa aa Ea paaa aa iae Eaa a E aAa parea Ee Ea S acs aE te aseals adasies 72 3 7 3 Adding DPM US t isinai inncan e Seat a aa aes eradike fate dhichladoenti ae 72 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM ce eseceeesneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseaeeeeeesaeeeeneaaeeeseneeeeeenaeeeeees 73 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPMi re irete ar aa aa aa a eraa 76 3 7 6 Registering a Virtual Machine Server to DPM ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeseeeeneeesieeeeeeees 77 3 8 Setting up a Managed Machine cccccccceeeeeseceeee
274. eeeeeeneeeeeeeneeetesaeeeeseneeeeeseaeeeseaeeeeneaeeeeeenaeeesenaeeeeneneeerseaaes 203 5 2 9 Changing the Allocation Of a Role ceeecceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeseaeeeseeeeeeeseeeneeeesieeeeeeees 204 5 2 10 Configuring a Role for the SyStem ececceessceseseeeeeeceaeeesaeeceaeeesaeeceaeeeaeeseaeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeteaeeeeaeete 205 5 2 11 Configuring a Role for All RESOUrCES eeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeened 208 5 3 Adding an Operation Group c ccceccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeseneeceeeeecaaeeesaaeseeneeseeeeesaeeesaeeseneeenaees 210 5 4 Configuring Group Properties ccecceceeeceeneeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeessaeeseeeeeeeeess 211 5 4 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab 200 eeceeseeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeee 211 5 4 2 Configuring Settings on the Model Tab eccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesneeeeeeees 213 5 4 3 Configuring Settings on the Host Tab eeeecceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeeseeeseaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeseeeeeieeeeeeees 215 5 4 4 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab eecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeseeseneeesieeeeneeens 217 5 4 5 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab eeccececeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeeees
275. eeeeeneeeeeeeneeereneeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeesenaeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesenaeeeeneneeeeeees 444 9 1 0 2 Replacing a Primary NIC aa ech La LE es eh a a A Aaaa a a E 448 9 10 3 Replacing a NIC Other Than a Primary NIC eeeeeeeeceeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaeete 450 9 1 0 4 Replacing an HBA 02 20 88 nese inate A A AL 452 9 10 5 Replacing a DISK 2cicc ra heck sek e ai ea aeaaaee eaae ae Eepe ee aul goby lat oven deste aAa Pee Ee Er aara a UEa aae Eea gevnesnde tele 455 9 10 6 Replacing a Device on an ESX Other Than a Hard Disk ecceeecceeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteaeeeeaeeseeeseaeeseneeenaeenes 456 9 10 7 Replacing a Device Other Than a Hard Disk on XENSEIvel ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeteeeeeaeeteaeeeeaeete 457 Iie Extracting LOGS sec ee a N EI A EA N 458 9 11 1 Extracting System Provisioning LOG ceccceesceteseeeeeeeteneeeeaeeteseeseaeeceaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeetes 458 9 11 2 Extracting System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services LOQ ccceeseeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeneeteaeeeeeeee 459 9 41 23 Extracting DPM LOG iirin a tiga a a echeshece land E bettae ae cceeits edhe seamen dees eed 459 9 11 4 Extracting NEC ESMPRO Manager Log ccssccesseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaaeseaeeseaaeseaeeeeaaeseaeeee 461 9 12 Changing IP Address of a Management Server cccccecececeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeesneeeeeeeeeaas 462 9 12 1 Before Changing IP Address of
276. eference Delete the HBA information that is not used anymore Delete the HBA association with the disk array path using the ssc command to delete the HBA association For the details of deleting HBA association see ssc Command Reference Updating the storage information collecting Click the System Resource in the Resource tree and click Collect on the Operation menu on the Web Console Updating the HBA information Add the HBA after the exchange on the Storage tab of the Machine Property Seiting in the Resource view on the Web Console Starting the machine Start the machine from the Web Console Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine whose HBA you exchanged and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web console For the environment with boot config vIO 1 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of the machine whose HBA you are going to replace and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu on the Web console Shutting down the machine to be replaced Shut down the machine to be replaced through the Web console Replacing the HBA and NIC Starting the machine Start the machine through the Web console Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine whose HBA you exchanged and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web console SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware 9 10 5 Replacing a Disk The machine will be managed as the same machine before disk replac
277. eleted they cannot be reverted Note Results of the executed Delete All SEL can be viewed on the Job on the Monitor tree 9 9 2 Sensor Tab The Sensor tab displays information of hardware sensors that are implemented by managed machines You can check the values obtained from the sensors and the sensors status in the Sensor List Sensors can be configured as targets of sensor diagnosis respectively The sensor diagnosis is a functionality that examines whether machines are at risk or not based on the values obtained from the sensors Lines of the sensors that are critical are displayed in red and those of the sensors that are in warning condition are displayed in yellow in the Sensor List as the window below 442 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Viewing IPMI Information Machines with the sensors of which lines are displayed in red or yellow are displayed in the machine list when you select the Sensor Alert smart group on the System Resource tree The Machine status Set faulted status by an analysis of HW sensor conditions of policy actions executes the sensor diagnosis and decides whether sets the faulted status on the sensor or not according to the sensor diagnosis s result System Resource gt Machine gt Test gt esxi41ul low gt IPMI Informa Eaj Machine IPMI Information SEL Sensor Sensor List Latest update time 2011 07 26 22 40 13 Baseboard Temp1 Fnt Pnl Temp P1 Therm
278. els and hosts under the group So if the default values of models and hosts under the group are not changed the Machine Profile on the Group Property setting is used to create a virtual machine If a template is configured on the group the setting value of the template is the default value of the group Levels such as Templates Group and Model where the valid values exist are displayed in the Defined In A device definition is valid if the check box is selected To configure the Machine Profile tab perform the following procedure SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Machine Profile tab Operations gt WinClient E Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor Model I Use public Named Profile Copy profile from existed Cost Information Defined In Cost Value CPU Information I Memory Information Defined In Defined In CPU Count a Memory Size C MB CPU Share Memory Share Actual Value in Each Platform e Highest 4000 High 2000 VMware Valve Memory Size 100 High 2000 VMimare Value GPU Count Normal 1000 en Can not be set Normal 1000 pean Valve 250 7000 Hyper V Value 5 Low 500 iver wae EO Low 600 kum Can not be set Value 1024 1000 Lowest 250 Set Manually Set Manually Actual
279. emProvisioning When you execute operations such as applying a patch of OSs and maintaining a management server you need to start restart and stop SystemProvisioning Perform the following procedure 1 Click Monitor on the Title Bar to switch to the Monitor view on the Web Console Check that there is no Job in operation on the Dashboard window or Job window Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start Services Snap In 4 From Services right click PVMService and click Start Restart or Stop 9 1 2 Starting Restarting Shutting Down or Suspending a Machine Because event notifications occur when a managed machine s power is directly operated start restart shut down or suspend the managed machine from SigmaSystemCenter with the following procedure Executing the power operations on the Resource view e When specifying a group where a machine on which the power operations are to be executed exists 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the icon of the group to which the machine to start restart shut down or suspend belongs in the Resource tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 378 Operations for Maintenance 4 5 Select the check box of the host under Machine List and click Start Restar
280. emProvisioning installs OS and applications into a managed machine while executing a series of provisioning towards the managed machine SystemProvisioning distributes the following three types of software according to how to define software to distribute Scenario The setting about backup restore and installation of OS and applications of DeploymentManager is called scenario A scenario is composed of an image file path and the setting information such as options while executing the processing DeploymentManager treats backup images patches to install and applications which are the targets of management as image files Template This is a configuration file used when creating a virtual machine Templates that you can use from SystemProvisioning are as follows e Full Clone template e HW Profile Clone template e Differential Clone template SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management e Disk Clone template Reference For details of each template see Subsection 2 2 2 Templates in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Local Script Local Script is used in configuration changes to execute a specific processing depending on the configuration or environment of the system A local script can be executed on a SystemProvisioning management server at the timing of activating a machine or replacing machines Reference For how to use a local script see Section 1 4 Local Scripts in
281. ement You need to perform the following procedure to replace the disk Preparing the back up data created previously 2 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a machine whose disk you are going to replace in the System Resource tree on the Web Console and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu 3 Evacuating the virtual machine When you want to replace the virtual machine server evacuate the virtual machines on the virtual machine server to another virtual machine server If they cannot be evacuated shut down those virtual machines 4 Removing registration of the machine to be replaced on the related products e VMware 1 Release the connection of the target ESX from vCenter Server e XenServer 1 Delete XenServer from the XenCenter s pool 2 Release the connection of XenCenter from XenServer e Hyper V Cluster 1 Evict the node machine from the cluster 5 Shutting down the machine Shut down the machine whose disk to be replaced 6 Replacing the disk 7 Reconfiguring the OS image Reconfigure the OS image by using the back up data If you have replaced the virtual machine server restore the OS image by installing ESX 8 Starting the machine Start the machine through the Web Console 9 Register the new machine after replacement on the related products e VMware 1 Connect ESX to vCenter Server e XenServer 1 Connect XenServer to XenCenter 2 Add XenServer to the XenCenter s pool e Hyper V Cluster 1 Add the
282. ement server can obtain the IP addresses of them by name resolution Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 135 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 2 4 136 Adding DPM Server as a Subsystem To add DPM Server as a subsystem perform the following procedure Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New A Add Subsystem Subsystem Type DPMSewer y Host Name OS Part CO URL SY Password CT Description Select DPM Server in the Subsystem Type list In the Host Name box enter a host name or IP address of the server on which DPM Server is installed To specify a protocol enter the URL of the DPM Server in the URL box Note Ensure that either of the Host Name box or the URL box is entered In the Port box enter the port number with which SystemProvisioning accesses to DPM Server If this text box is not entered the default protocol number used by DPM Server is registered Note The default value of the protocol is 80 for http and 443 for https In the Password box enter the password of deployment_user that is registered to DPM Server The default password is dommgr Click OK The added DPM Server appears under Subsystem List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Adding a Subsystem 4 2 5 Adding MasterScope Network Manager as a Subsystem To add MasterScope Network Manager as a subsystem perform the following procedure 1 Di
283. en menu Enabling or disabling the screenshot feature You can enable or disable the console by specifying a value in the following file After changing the setting execute recycling or stopping and restarting the application pool ProvisioningPool on the Internet Information Service IIS SystemProvisioning installation folder Provisioning App_Data Config CustomizationConfig xml Note The default installation path is ProgramFiles NEC PVM lt Configuration gt lt Common gt lt Console gt lt EnableScreenshot gt true lt EnableScreenshot gt lt Console gt lt Common gt lt Configuration gt true Enables the screenshot feature of a virtual machine console default value false Disable the screenshot feature of a virtual machine console SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 416 Connecting to a Console Caution notes When a screenshot of a virtual machine console appears if power off appears on the Web Console collect the virtual machine information e A screenshot of a console might not appear In that case retry it Part III Maintenance 417 9 Maintenance 9 5 Managing a Machine Using a Smart Group SigmaSystemCenter creates the following standard smart groups during the installation Smart Group Name Functionality Edit Delete New Machine Extracts the automatically registered new No machine Having Problems Extracts the machines hav
284. enable the service If a firewall is installed exempt telnet communications from firewall blocking To connect the machine with SSH enable SSH Ifthe machine to be monitored is VMware ESX ESXi e You need to prepare a user account for System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to access to the machine e Configure a role that has Read Only permissions or greater by using Virtual Infrastructure Client or vSphere Client e Ifa firewall is installed exempt SSL communications from firewall blocking Ifthe machine to be monitored is XenServer e You need to prepare a user account for System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to access to the machine e Ifa firewall is installed exempt SSL communications from firewall blocking Setting up to Use the Management Controller Management on NEC ESMPRO Manager If you want to use the Management Controller management in NEC ESMPRO Manager you need to set up the BMC s IP address and the authentication key for the managed machine Because the Management Controller management of NEC ESMPRO Manager is not added through SigmaSystemCenter you need to add the Management Controller management to NEC ESMPRO Manager before beginning operation if you want to use the Management Controller management on NEC ESMPRO Manager SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Setting up a Managed Machine For how to add the Management Controller management to NEC ESMPRO Manager see NE
285. ence to Subsection 6 2 2 Creating a HW Profile Clone Template Registering the template and restore scenario to an operation group Register the template and restore scenario to an operation group as distribution software For the procedure see Subsection 5 8 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab In the case of creating virtual machines on Hyper V one HW Profile Clone template can be used among multiple Hyper Vs In the case of creating virtual machines on ESXi one HW Profile Clone template can be used only on the ESXi to which the master VM belongs However if a datastore is shared by multiple ESXi one template can be used among multiple ESXis SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine 14 Configuring details of a model Configure details of a model by reference to Section 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 15 Creating a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group Execute Create and Assign Machine to create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group For the procedure see Subsection 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group 6 1 4 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Differential Clone Method To create a virtual machine with the Differential Clone method use a Differential Clone template A virtual machine can be created on vCenter Server XenServer Standalone ESXi Hyper V and KVM from SystemProvision
286. ended Disk Add OK Cancel 5 The current settings are displayed on this window Edit the value of each item as needed 6 Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 365 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 8 4 Moving a Virtual Machine 366 SigmaSystemCenter offers the following three methods for moving a virtual machine Migration Quick Migration Storage Migration Move Failover Reference For details of each method see Section 2 9 Virtual Machine Mobility in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Note The Moving VM feature is not supported for Hyper V single server For a virtual machine on Hyper V Cluster Migration and Quick Migration can be executed only when the virtual machine is highly available and located on CSV Neither Storage Migration Move nor Failover is supported Storage Migration Move cannot be executed to a virtual machine created with Differential Clone or a virtual machine of Differential Clone replica A virtual machine created with Differential Clone or a virtual machine of Differential Clone replica cannot be moved because virtual machine server over a datacenter In the standalone ESXi environment only a virtual machine on a shared storage other than NFS can be moved In the standalone ESXi environment a virtual machine cannot be moved with powered ON except for Quick Migration and Move In th
287. ender s email address and the recipient s address When you click on Send test mail a test mail will be sent Mail Reporting SMTP Server l Port Number Boo M SMTP authentication Authentication Account S Authentication Password Ss J Update Password M Use the protected connection TLS E mail Address From Sender E mail Address To Recipient D m Write Notification to Windows Event Log SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 38 Configuring the Environment 2 4 4 Select or clear the Write Notification to Windows Event Log check box Note If the Write Notification to Windows Event Log check box is selected the following notifications will be recorded in the event log The check box is selected by default Information of a received notification A notification of action launched by a policy and its result notification Click Apply By installing NEC ESMPRO Agent into the SystemProvisioning management server the information recorded in the event log can be received by NEC ESMPRO Manager and displayed on the AlertViewer of NEC ESMPRO Manager Configuring the Log Output Operation logs can be referred from the Operation Logs window in the Monitor view The operation logs displayed in the Operation Logs window are stored in the database If the number of output logs exceeds the maximum of it the earliest log will be deleted To change the setting for outputting Operation log and Debug log
288. enter provides three named profiles by default Large Medium and Small When you add a new named machine profile perform the following procedure 1 Click Resource on the title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click Profile in the System Resource tree and then click Machine Profile in the Summary Information list 3 Base Information of the machine profile appears on the main window Systern Resource gt Profile gt Machine Profile Base Information Operation 9 Description Profile that holds VM s spec Named machine profile can be defined Machine Profile List Display Count 20 Add Delete Public 4 5 Scope Applied Group Edit Large 4 CPU 4096MB Memory Public Qa I Medium 2 CPU 2048MB Memory Public Small 1 vCPU 1024MB Memory Public a r Name Summary Information Add Delete Click Add on the Action menu on Machine Profile List 5 The Add Machine Profile window appears Set up each item on this window and then click OK Reference For details of machine profile see Subsection 2 2 3 Customization of Devices Assigned to VM Machine Profile Edit Virtual Machine through Subsection 2 2 6 About Named Machine Profile in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide How to Create a Host Profile A host profiles is the configuration of the machine specific information assigned to the host You can define the host profile at any layer of Group Host on the Operations view By p
289. er and configuring them 3 Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent into XenServer and configuring them Installing and configuring XenCenter Starting XenCenter and logging in Configuring Pool Registering XenServer Oona gt Changing datastore names to a unique name in the system if any local datastore exists 3 6 3 Setting Up the ESXi Environment To set up an environment to manage ESXi directly set up with the following flow Reference For details of the settings see product manuals of VMware Inc Note Free edition of VMware vSphere Hypervisor cannot be managed in SigmaSystemCenter VMware products with paid licenses are required Installing VMware ESXi Configuring the host name and IP address Configuring OOB Management Peo N N Changing datastore names to a unique name from the system if any local datastore exists Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 69 3 Settings of Related Products 3 6 4 Setting Up the Hyper V Environment To set up the Hyper V environment set up with the following flow Reference For details of the settings see product manuals of Microsoft Corporation Installing and configuring Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2 Installing and configuring the role of Hyper V Installing and configuring the failover clustering feature for Hyper V cluster Installing DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent and configuring them Configuring OOB Management oOo
290. er list Note This setting is necessary for executing Create and Assign Machine or Allocate Machine to virtual machines of XenServer Standalone ESXi Hyper V and KVM This setting also can be configured on a Group or a Model 9 To enable the Optimized Startup Function select the Enable in the Optimized Startup list 10 Click OK 11 The category is added to the Operations tree and the category appears under Category and Group List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 196 Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 5 2 Configuring the Access Authority and 5 2 1 Operation Authority You can configure the access authority and operation authority to a target resource by configuring a role and allocating the role to a user account Resources to which the access authority and operation authority can be configured by setting roles are as follows Category Group in the Operations view Group Rack Smart Group in the Resource view Datacenter Virtual Machine Server in the Virtual view To enable a role setting to a machine configure a role to the above resources and add the machine to the resources The access authority and operation authority also can be configured to the system other than the above resources Note Software and storage are not the target resources of configuring the access authority or the operation authority For the kinds of operations on which limits
291. er notifies to SystemProvisioning SystemProvisioning executes a coping process with the high CPU load error according to a policy set in a group In addition SigmaSystemCenter provides functionalities of notifying a sent alert by e mail and registering an alert to the Event Log The Policy Property Settings provide a functionality that suppresses error events This functionality is for the case that an error event and the error recovery event occur in a short period of time After detecting a specific error event this functionality waits the occurrence of the error recovery event in a certain period of time and executes the pre configured action only if the error recovery event does not occur in the waiting time For example the machine access error that is generated during the normal system reboot process can be suppressed Reference For the events that can be suppressed see Subsection 1 4 2 Suppression of Action Execution Suppression of Error Event in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide Controlling Access with a Role Permission for seeing pieces of information and executing operations of SigmaSystemCenter can be granted for a user according to which role is assigned to the user Create a role to which an authority is configured and assign it to a user The following roles are prepared by default Users with authority of Administrator Operator or Observer can be created by assigning the roles to users Adminis
292. er to which the virtual machines belongs Select the use of the pool machine under Machine Pool Setting 9 To use Scale Out or Scale In select the Use as Scale out Group check box 1 Toset the max number of the machines running at the operation group enter the max number in the Max Running Machine Count box 2 To set the minimum number of the machines running at the operation group enter the minimum number in the Min Running Machine Count box 3 To set the number of the machines to be assigned at one time in one Scale Out operation enter the number in the Operation Machine Count At Scale out box 4 To set the number of the machines to be released at one time in one Scale In operation enter the number in the Operation Machine Count At Scale in box 5 To shut down the machine without releasing during Scale In operation select the When Scale in shut down running machines instead of release with taking apart it check box 10 Click Apply 5 4 2 Configuring Settings on the Model Tab On the Model tab configure the information that depends on the machine types Multiple models can be added to an operation group To manage machines with different machine specs in one operation group prepare a model for each machine spec To configure settings on the Model tab of the Group Property Setting perform the following procedure 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and select the Model tab 2 To adda model to Model List
293. er with which SystemProvisioning accesses to XenServer Pool Master If you omit entering the port number the default port number is registered Note The default port number is 443 In the User box enter the user name of XenServer Pool Master In the Password box enter the password for XenServer Pool Master Click OK The added XenServer Pool Master appears under Subsystem List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Adding a Subsystem 4 2 3 Adding Hyper V Cluster as a Subsystem To add hyper V Cluster as a subsystem perform the following procedure If you add Hyper V Cluster as a subsystem all Microsoft Hyper V nodes registered in Hyper V Cluster are automatically added as subsystems 1 Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New A Add Subsystem Subsystem Type Hyper V Cluster ta Host Name Domain User Password Description Select Hyper V Cluster in the Subsystem Type list In the Host Name box enter a host name or IP address of the server on which Hyper V Cluster is installed 4 In the Domain User box enter a domain name and account name of the account to connect to Hyper V Cluster separating each of them with a back slash 5 Inthe Password box enter the password of the account entered in the procedure 4 Click OK 7 The added Hyper V cluster appears under Subsystem List Note Configure the host name of each node of Hyper V cluster so that the manag
294. erence Guide 3 Registering the master VM in DPM If you specified the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be activated this procedure registering the master VM in DPM and the procedure 4 creating a disk duplication data file for the master VM are unnecessary In this case check the following notes and skip to the procedure 5 Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 303 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Note If the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM is specified on the Host Profile tab of the group property setting or the host setting for the group where the virtual machine is to be activated check the following notes The disk duplication data file of the master VM is created automatically Windows parameter file Express is created for the Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 Windows parameter file is created for the other Windows OSs Therefore follow the procedure corresponding to the machine in the procedure 5 for preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep If the disk duplication data file of the master VM is created manually the information of the disk duplication data file is used for the unconfigured items on the Host Profile tab as the default values To prevent the system influenced by the unnecessary disk duplication
295. erformance status under a group can be displayed as a graph Multiple models performance status can be compared visually by the graph display In order to display a graph configure the monitoring setting in advance to obtain performance data with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Reference For configuring the monitoring setting to a group see Subsection 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab _ Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group on the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window PYN Click the Show Performance of the Configuration menu Operations gt VM_Category gt DiskClone General Configuration Edit Group Move Group Base Information Delete Group Property me Setting List Priority 1 Show Performance OS Type Windows Server Show Maintenance Policy Name Command The way to use group pool GroupOnly Set Privilege Scale Out Host List Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 z Machine Individual Operations 7 Pool Assign New Delete YM Register Master Start Shutdown Name DiskClone All Machine Action Status Power IP Address Resource Model Start Ganormal Running 192 168 130 122 Windows Ser VMModel1 RA Restart Define Only 192 168 130 123 a Shutdown z Suspend Enormal Gunning 192 168 130 124 Windows Ser VMModel2 A _ TT Machine Individual
296. eries server refer to the section 5 Using Remote Management in EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 2 User s Guide or EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 User s Guide and configure user account Configuring Alert Destination of PET and Alert Level Configure to send PET from the BMC to a management server According to the version of EXPRESSSCOPE Engine configure the settings with the following procedure Note The PET setting is unnecessary for a managed machine in which NEC ESMPRO Agent is installed PET is not sent even though you configure only notifications from NEC ESMPRO Agent will be issued If the PET setting is configured for a managed machine in which NEC ESMPRO Agent is installed both NEC ESMPRO Agent s report and PET might be sent depending on the timing when hardware failure occur Even in that case the OOB Management event triggered by PET does not occur on the machine managed by NEC ESMPRO Agent Reference For Express5800 series server refer to EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 2 User s Guide or EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 User s Guide For EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 2 Launch the EXPRESSBUILDER DVD ROM From the System Management perform the following procedure This procedure is described by exemplifying the case of setting LAN1 for the PET sending setting Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 93 3 Settings of Related Products 94 8 9 Insert the EXPRESSBUILDER DVD ROM into the DVD drive and restart the machine Start th
297. erruptible Pow Manages a Manual LocalSystem Bs Utility Manager Starts and Manual LocalSystem SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine 3 Right click SNMP Service and then click Properties The SNMP Service Properties dialog box appears Click the Trap tab 5 Select the SNMP community name specified in the Environment Setting in the Community name list the default name is public and then add the host name or IP address of SystemProvisioning SNMP Service Properties Local Computer ix General Log On Recovery Agent Tiape Security Dependencies The SNMP Seros provides network management over TCPAP ard F lt SPX piotocok If tape aa required ore or more communly names must be specilied Tiap desbnaliors may be hce names IP addresses or IP addiesses Cormmunby name eiid Add ta fet Remove hom ist Trap dezinebons A 6 Click the Security tab Configure Read Create or Read Write for the Community Rights SNMP Service Properties Local Computer KIES General Log On Recovery Agent Traps Security Dependencies IV Send authentication trap M Accepted community names Add Edit f Accept SNMP packets from any host C Accept SNMP packets from these hosts _ Add Edit Remove 7 Click OK Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystem
298. ert to SystemProvisioning when the high load or low load condition of CPU occurs The alert triggers the VM Optimized Placement feature s workings To make System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services monitor the CPU load condition of a virtual machine server enable the performance data collection on the group or the model at which the virtual machine server is running and then specify Standard Monitoring Profile or Physical Machine Monitoring Profile as the monitoring profile For how to set the monitoring profile on the Group Property Setting see Subsection 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab For how to set the monitoring profile on the Model Property Setting of a virtual machine server see Subsection 5 5 5 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab For details of the monitoring profile see Appendix A Monitoring Profile Enabling the Power Saving To use the power saving of the VM Optimized Placement configure the Standard Policy VM Server power save for the target group of virtual machine servers If you want SigmaSystemCenter to manage virtual machine servers in a certain mode such as operating the virtual machine servers saving their power at night that the used number of virtual machines decreases switch the policies configured to the group for day and night using the commands that SigmaSystemCenter provides Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 323 7 Operations for M
299. es activated in the group and a policy which defines how to deal with a system failure on the Group Property Setting 4 Activating the machines in the operation group SigmaSystemCenter configures the storage and network setting to managed machines and sets up the managed machines For a virtual environment SigmaSystemCenter creates a new virtual machine After that SigmaSystemCenter starts managing of them SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management 1 1 2 Transition of Machine Status This subsection explains the transition of the managed status of a managed machine 2 Registering as a Managed Machine 1 Importing Data Z Managed 9 Releasi ee Discovered froma 3 Registering as Unmanaged Management a Pool Machine 5 Registering as a 7 Deleting froma A Maser Machine group 10 Activating from a 8 Deleting from a Shared Group Pool Managed 6 Making Stand Managed Assigned Aue EIN Pooled 4 Activating ina Group 1 Importing machines managed in a subsystem To manage machines in SystemProvisioning import machines managed by DPM and virtualaization infrastructure products such as vCenter Server 2 Registering a machine as a management target of SystemProvisioning To take the machine in a management target of SystemProvisioning register the machine as a managed machine from the Resource view on the Web Console The registered machine is managed as a managed machine 3
300. es folder All files in the Linux folder e All files in the Log folder Note The default directory is ProgramFiles NEC DeploymentManager Save the DPM installation folder path because you will need the path when restoring DPM SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 478 Backing up and Restoring DPM All data in the Folder for Image Note The default folder where image files are stored in is C Deploy The folder size can be too big because registered package data and OS image files for installation are stored in the Folder for Image so back up the folder only when adding changing or deleting the data All data in the Folder for Backup Image Note Back up the data only if there is a change from when you backed up the files the last time 4 Backing up database Run the following command at the command prompt to collect the backup file DPM bak osql exe E S localhost DPMDBI BACKUP DATABASE DPM TO DISK DPM bak WITH INIT GO Note The database uses the following fixed parameters The instance name DPMDBI The database name DPM The backup files are created in the following folder Microsoft SQL Server installation folderBackup The default installation path is as follows ProgramFiles Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL10_50 DPMDBI MSSQL 5 Backing up data recorded in registry Run the following command at the command prompt to collect the backup fi
301. es to leave powered on even if they have no running VMs in order to respond quickly to load changes Power Saving 1 Apply Back 7 Inthe High Load Bound box enter an integral value of the high load bound of the virtual machine server Load Balancing 8 Inthe Target Region boxes enter integral values of target region of the virtual machine server load Load Balancing Power Saving and Startup Optimizing for VM 9 Inthe Low Load Bound box enter an integral value of the low load bound of the virtual machine server Power Saving 10 To use Load Balancing or Power Saving select the Enable Load Monitoring Load Balancing and Power Saving check box By enabling load monitoring events of detecting high load or low load can be reported 11 To use Power Saving select the number of spare machines on the Specify the number of machine to leave powered on even if they have no running VMs in order to respond quickly to load changes Power Saving list as necessary By setting the number of spare machines to 1 a virtual machine can be moved quickly if load up or failure occur on the machine 1 or bigger is recommended 12 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 322 Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement Feature 6 3 3 6 3 4 Monitoring the Performance Data System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services monitors the performance status of virtual machine servers and send al
302. esseeeeaeeeseeseaeeesieeeeneeesieeeeeeees 306 6 2 Creating a Template ziii iae aiaee aaea adana aa aaa iea aas eaa aaeeio 308 6 2 1 Creating a Full Clone Template siess priesais eene inenen aeeaiei sanae asadi ee be aE a eaa iiaia aut 308 6 2 2 Creating a HW Profile Clone Template ceecceseceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeneeseeeeeneeesiaeeeneeens 310 6 2 3 Creating a Differential Clone Template cceeccececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeaeeseeeeseeeeeeeseeesneeeeneeeeeeess 311 6 2 4 Creating a Disk Clone Template cccceeccesecceeseeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeesaeeeseeessaeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaaeseaeeseaeeseaeestaeeeaeeee 315 vi 6 2 5 Creating a Oa S NOT a a ed atace escapees shatiee a a a A stages 317 6 2 6 Revefting a SnapShots sie zn ao n tee eva a a a So Pesca ones des I E a Aa E A aE Eai Na Saet 318 6 2 7 Deleting a Smapsnots sie a a a POST A ed a a a a eg oe 319 6 2 8 How to Use the Template Created in the Virtual Environment in SigmaSystemCente ceeeeee 320 6 3 Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement Feature ccccsseceesesseceesssteeeessneeeeeeaes 321 6 3 1 Managing a Virtual Machine Server in a Group ceeceeceeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeceaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeteaeeenaeenes 321 6 3 2 Configuring the VM Server MOdel cccccescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaaeeeaeeeseeeeeeeeieeeeeeees 321 6 3 3 Monitoring the Perform
303. ettings of the group property model property and host to an activated machine To reflect the configuration changes to a machine activated in a group just changing the settings is not enough for the following settings the network setting and LB setting configured from the group property setting the virtual network setting configured from the property of a VM server model and the storage setting configured from each property of the group model host After changing the above settings perform the following procedure to reflect the changes to an activated machine Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group on which configuration is to be changed in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the machine on which configuration is to be changed under Host List 5 Click the Change Configuration of the Action menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 355 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 6 Change Configuration appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Configuration 9 Edit Group 7 Move Group Base Information Delete Group Name Group A Property Priority 1 Setting List Show Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Policy Name Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Scale Out 5 Scale In Host List Add Machine
304. ext to the host name s ending number is added sequentially If the same host name with the same sequential number already exists during the operation for adding sequential numbers the unused number next to the host name s ending number is added sequentially For example if Host1 Host3 and Host6 already exist and if you enter 5 in the Host Count box Host2 Host4 Host5 Host7 and Host8 are created 5 Enter the host name in the Host Name box Required Note To control a load balancer configure the IP address so that the load balancer will belong to the network address of the real server in the load balancer group If neither setting is configured SystemProvisioning does not control a load balancer In addition the IP address of the host is configured to Obtain an IP address automatically a load balancer is not controlled 6 Enter a tag key word in the Tag box If the Create Multiple Hosts check box is selected enter the number of units in the Host Count box Required Note If the Network Settings check box is not selected the upper limit of the number of hosts is 1000 If the Network Settings check box is selected the upper limit that can be specified in the Host Count box is the number of assignable IP addresses over the IP address specified in the Start IP box within IP addresses assignable to hosts calculated from IP address specified in the Subnet Mask box For example if you specify 192
305. f a Physical Machine cceccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeens 404 vii 9 4 2 Connecting to a Console of a Virtual Machine On VMware eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeetneeeeetens 407 9 4 3 Connecting to a Console of a Virtual Machine on XenServer KVM or Hyper V ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 410 9 4 4 Displaying a Screenshot of a Virtual Machine Console cccccccceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeneeetieeeeneeen 416 9 5 Managing a Machine Using a Smart Group cccccceeceeeseeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeseeeesaeeesaeeseneeesaees 418 9 571 Addinga Smart Groulpssst scat aie ei len ates eG ie ee 420 9 6 Machine Management with Tag Cloud cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeecaaeeeeneeseaeeesaaeeesaaeeeeeeeesaees 422 9 6 1 Narrowing Down with Tag Cloud cceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecseeeeaeeecaeeseeeesaeeseaeeesaeeseeeeseeseieeesieeeeneeees 422 9 6 2 Colors and Size of Characters Of TaQS ceccesecesseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeeseeesseeseeeeseeeeeeeseeseaeeesieeeeneeees 423 o Se Tab 2 cche E E hei Sinead Hohn festiae pts cee amp aus Hate ates oats Aare A E ea teen ale 424 9 7 Checking Performance Status cccccccecceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeneeeeaeeesaaeseeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeenaees 425 9 7 1 Comparing Managed Machines cccceecceesseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaaeeeseeeesaeeeaeeesaaeseaeeseaaeseaeessaeeseaeeseaaeseaeeee
306. f a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes 2 To specify the host or IP address of the destination host type the NIC number in the The exported NIC number of the destination host box on the Network Information box Specify the NIC number with the IP address configured in Subsection 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab If a single NIC has multiple IP addresses subsequent IP addresses can be specified by separating those IP addresses with a single byte slash like 1 2 If you want to expose the disk volume by a host name set this box to blank Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 249 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 5 3 250 Note To control storage the Network tab of the host and the Machine Property Setting must be configured together If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage When the host name is set up the setting of name resolution such as DNS settings for the disk array is required so that IP address can be obtained with the host name For details about the Network tab of the host see Subsection 5 8 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab For the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab Click OK The disk volume is added to Storage List Click Apply Configuring Settings on the Software Tab To configure settings on the Software tab of the Model Property Setting perfo
307. f registering only target licenses however restart of SystemProvisioning is unnecessary SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 34 Adding a SystemProvisioning User 2 3 Adding a SystemProvisioning User A user who uses SystemProvisioning needs to add an account of the user To add an account perform the following procedure Note When registering the initial user select the System Administrator in the Initial Role list because the initial user must have the administrator authority To use SystemProvisioning at least one user with administrative authority must be registered 1 Click Management on the Title Bar to switch to the Management view 2 Click the User in the Management tree 3 Details of the user appear on the Main Window 4 Under User List click Add of the Action menu Add User appears on the Main Window Management gt User gt New Add User User Name Password Confirm Password Description Role Initial Role Administrator Setting Object All Resource System 5 Enter a user name in the User Name box Required Enter a password in the Password and Confirm Password box Required 7 Select a role to assign the user in the Initial Role list Reference For prepared roles see 1 1 7 Controlling Access with a Role 8 Click OK Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 35 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter
308. f software has completed and which can be operated instantly is called a master machine n addition to activate a master machine in a group without distributing software or configuring the network settings is called Register Master Machine Preparation and the registration procedure are as follows Preparation Configure the host name and the network information of the master machine to the host beforehand Registration Procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which you want to register a master machine in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the host to which you want to register a master machine under Host List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 327 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 5 Select Register Master Machine of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Name Group A Property Setting List Show Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Policy Name Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Operation 9 Description Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Pool Assign New Delete VM Machine Individual Operations All Machine Action Start Start Vv Host Name Status Power IP Address Restar
309. figuration Guide 356 Change Configuration Note If the disk volume is deleted in the storage setting of the group model host the modifying storage of change configuration does not disconnect the disk volume and the specified machine e Modify VLAN After changing the network setting from the property of the group if you select the Modify VLAN check box and click OK the specified machine is connected or disconnected to VLAN according to the changed network setting e Modify Virtual Network After changing the virtual network setting from the property of the VM server model if you select the Modify Virtual Network check box and click OK the virtual network is added to or removed from the specified virtual machine server according to the changed virtual network setting Note In Change Configuration the unused VLANs port groups will be removed e Unregister from LoadBalancer before Modify If you select the Unregister from LoadBalancer before Modify check box and click OK a machine is deleted before change configuration processing runs in a situation where the machine is registered to a LB in order to prevent change configuration processing from influencing the operation After changing configuration the specified machine is registered to the LB according to the changed LB setting of the group property Note Do not edit the previous LB setting before being changed on the Resource view If the previou
310. following screen appears Click Install to configure Credential Security Service Provider CredSSP policy BH Hyper V Console Setup Hyper V Console Setup To connect to Hyper V virtual machine console you need to configure Credential Security Service Provider CredSSP policy on this computer Click Install and start to installation Part Ill Maintenance 413 9 Maintenance After installation or for second launch of Hyper V or later the following screen appears i vm n05 11 Windows 7 En x64 Hyper V Console SigmaSystemCenter 3 0 16203 i E Connect Reconnect Disconnect Full Screen GB Send Ctri Alt Del B BPM 2 20 2011 be OD Pe Connected 192 168 1 100 2179 Enabling or disabling the console 414 You can enable and disable the console by specifying a value in the following file After changing the setting execute recycling or stopping and restarting the application pool ProvisioningPool on the Internet Information Service IIS SystemProvisioning installation folder Provisioning App_Data Config CustomizationConfig xml Note The default installation path is ProgramFiles NEC PVM true Enables the machine console false Disables the machine console lt Configuration gt lt Common gt lt Console gt lt EnableConsole gt true lt EnableConsole gt lt Console gt lt Common gt lt Configuration gt SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Conf
311. from the Internet can be useful some files can potentially save this file What s the tisk Firefox Opening sysmon20120527 1812_1day csv You have chosen to open E sysmon20120527 1812_1day csY which is a Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values File 1 2 from http 172 28 154 108 What should Firefox do with this file Open with Microsoft Office Excel default O Save File CO Do this automatically For files like this from now on 9 Click Save or OK Part III Maintenance 431 9 Maintenance 9 8 Checking Failed Status 9 8 1 432 This section explains how to check failed status of a managed machine information of Job execution or an event to trigger a policy execution Dashboard The dashboard shows you current status such as status of a managed resource and Job execution status Monitor gt Dashboard Summary Information Failure List There are 3 machine s whose status is error or warning Fault Manager List There are 7 manager s whose status is fault Job List There are O job s that is in operating There are 1 job s that is in failure Update Time 2009 07 26 15 04 41 Failure Resource Machine Name Status Power MAC Address Group Name Host Name IP Address Bgesx35 vmxp01 Abor Running 00 50 56 a7 4d d8 LRTLESX35_XP esx35 vmxp01 SMesxi vrnxp01 Abor GBRunning 00 0c 29 a0 07 7b LRT_ESXi_XP esxi vmxp01 Sgesxi vrnxp02 Abor Uon 00 0c 29 5c eb 9e LRT_ESXi_XP esxi vmxp02
312. fting the Operation of ESXi You can operate ESXi in the standalone environment or vCenter Server environment This section explains how to shift the environment from standalone to vCenter Server and the other way as well Shift the environment with the following flow Note You cannot operate one ESXi in both standalone environment and vCenter Server environment 8 5 1 Shifting the Environment From Standalone to vCenter Server To shift the environment of ESXi from standalone to vCenter Server perform the following procedure 9 If the ESXi to shift is managed by SystemProvisioning set the target ESXi in the Maintenance mode from the Web Console For how to set in the Maintenance mode see Subsection 9 1 3 Setting in the Maintenance Mode and Releasing the Maintenance Mode Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Delete all the templates that exist on the ESXi except for the HW Profile Clone templates Note After shifting to vCenter Server all the templates used in the Standalone environment are unavailable except for the HW Profile Clone templates Select the datacenter of the target vCenter Server in the Virtual tree and add the ESXi to shift For how to add ESXi see Subsection 4 3 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server Check that the addition of the ESXi is completed on the Job window in the Monitor view After adding the ESXi click Update on the Operation menu Check that the E
313. fy the update interval of the graph 9 Specify display period of the graph under Display period If the history graph is selected under Display graph type the start time for graph display can be specified 10 Specify the plot interval under Plotting Interval 11 Click OK to display the specified graph SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 430 Checking Performance Status 9 7 4 Exporting the Performance Data to a File You can export the performance graph data being displayed to the CSV file To do so perform the following procedure Click Operations on the title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the main window aO Ni Select the check box of the machine of which you want to output the CSV file of the performance graph data You can select multiple machines 5 Click Show Performance or Show All Performance on the Action menu or click Show Performance on the Configuration menu 6 Graph Setting appears on the Main Window 7 Click F in right corner of the graph area 8 The File Download dialog box appears e Internet Explorer File Download Do you want to open or save this file x Name sysmon20120527 1812_iday csv h Type Microsoft Office Excel Comma Separated Values Fil From 172 268 154 108 Open Jf sage Cote harm your computer If you do not trust the source do not open or While files
314. g Reference An account of OOB Management can be registered also by using the ssc command For how to register the account with ssc command see SSC Command Reference Display the Machine Property Setting window and click the Account tab 2 To add an account to Account List click the Add of the Action menu System Resource gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 gt server n01t Ea Machine Property Setting General Network Storage Software Software Distribution History Account Add Verify All Connection Delete Connection Status Destination User Name Edit Verification Back 3 Add Account window appears Select the account type in the Type list Only OOB is selectable System Resource gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 gt server n01 t A Add Account Type User Name Password Destination I Register the account regardless of connection status Protocol List Add Delete Protocol Name Connection Status Update Time 4 Inthe User Name box enter the user name 5 Inthe Password box enter the password Note Enter the same user name and the password as those of the account registered to BMC in Subsection 3 10 2 Creating Administrator Account in BMC 6 Inthe Destination box enter the host name or IP address to connect Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 175 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSys
315. g System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Configuration information of DPM We recommend that you back up the configuration information of DPM periodically For backing up and restoring the configuration information see Section 10 4 Backing up and Restoring DPM Configuration information of NEC ESMPRO Manager We recommend that you back up the configuration information of NEC ESMPRO Manager periodically For backing up and restoring the configuration information see Section 10 5 Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager 10 1 2 Managed Machine To keep distribution of SigmaSystemCenter the latest you need to back up the managed machine using DPM to make the distribution image restoration image the latest If you back up the machine using DPM shutdown the machine and back up the machine The time taken for backing up differs according to the disk capacity or network state If update runs on the machine frequently back up the machine with the following method Back up when the operation load is low Back up manually on line SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 470 Backing up and Restoring SystemProvisioning 10 2 10 2 1 Backing up and Restoring SystemProvisioning Back up the configuration database configuration files and registries as the occasion demands You can restore the configuration database even if a management server breaks down due to such reasons as hardware failure Y
316. g relation to the jobs Select the check boxes of the target jobs and select The selected jobs from the Filter list To display more detailed operation log select Detail or Trace in the Level list under Operations Log 9 8 6 Checking Events A list of events which are received from related products and to be the targets of policy can be confirmed on the Event List window The status of the job that has been executed triggered by an event can also be confirmed on the Event List window The mark is displayed before the Number column of such jobs An event will be displayed in pink if its job is aborted or in yellow if its job has resulted in state of attention SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 438 Checking Failed Status Click a link on the Number column to display an event s detailed information which includes the jobs that have been executed triggered by the event and the operations log that has been recorded in the event and job Monitor gt Event You can view latest events Auto Refresh the log automatically Manual Click Update to refresh the log Latest Manual Auto Accept Time amo fia oa 0s Update Option Previous 100 Events Next 100 Events Read Unread Disable Selected Event Number Accept Time Status Report Source Source Message Warning Temperature REOO152 2011 10 17 10 04 02 Completed OobManagementUUID 8fff1eaa c Upper Non critical going high
317. g vCenter Server to the ESX Check that the vCenter Server is connected to the ESX Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a virtual machine which is on a target ESX and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web Console Updating the information Collecting Click the System Resource in the Resource tree and click Collect on the Operation menu on the Web Console to update the registered information SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware 9 10 7 Replacing a Device Other Than a Hard Disk on XenServer To replace a device other than a hard disk on XenServer follow the procedure below Note The mother board replacement is equal to the machine replacement because the machine whose mother board is replaced is recognized as another machine from that before replacing its mother board For replacing the mother board see Subsection 9 10 1 Replacing a Machine or a Motherboard Reference For details of operation with XenCenter see a product manual of Citrix Systems Inc 1 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a virtual machine which is on a target XenServer in the System Resource tree on the Web Console and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu 2 Shutting down the XenServer Shut down the XenServer from XenCenter 3 Replacing the device on the XenServer Replace the device on the XenServer after shutting done the XenServer For the restoration of XenServer see a product
318. gs on the Software Tab To configure settings on the Software tab of the Group Property Setting perform the following procedure Display the Group Property Setting window and select the Software tab The registered software is listed on the Software List Reference For distribution methods and types of software see Subsection 1 1 4 Software To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down Note You cannot change the distribution order across the different distribution timing To add software to distribute to Software List click Add of the Action menu under Software List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 221 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 The Add Software dialog box is displayed Add Software x Software Type ALL fe Timing of Distribution Active gt Name Image Name Type System_AgentUpgrade_Multicast lt VWVi System_AgentUpgrar Application and Upda System_AgentUpgrade_Unicast lt VWinl System_AgentUpgrarApplication and Upda System_Backup lt WinLinux gt System_Backup Backup Task System_DiskProbe lt WinLinux gt System_DiskProbe Application and Upda System_LinuxAgentUpgrade_Multicasi System_LinuxAgentl Application and Upda System_Restore_Unicast lt WinLinux gt System_Restore_UniOSlmage System_WinCEAgentUpgrade_Multica System_WinCEAgenApplication and Upda temp1 temp1 Full Clone template_diff host2 1 1 lmage Diffe
319. h machine server M Root Password Update Root Password esses Root Password Confirmation ossos M MAC Address Pool Feature Hint By enabling this feature SSC changes the setting of MAC address as Static for created virtual machine and assigned virtual machine on Hyper V By doing this the MAC address of a virtual machine would not change by virtual machine migration The MAC address for new virtual machine on Hyper V is also specified automatically Apply 2 Enter the capacity value and cost value of a virtual machine server or a virtual machine in the Capacity Value and Cost Value boxes respectively Reference For more detail of how to specify the capacity value and cost value see Subsection 2 11 1 Capacity Control of the Virtual Machine Server in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 3 Click Apply Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 41 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 2 4 6 Configuring the Root Password of a Virtual Machine Server The following is the procedure of configuring a root password of ESX which is used in the processes listed below A specified password is used as a default password for all ESXs If a root password or an account password for each ESX is not configured the processes listed below will fail Restoring failure of ESX Failover Reconfiguring a virtual machine Reconstruct Revert Acquiring a screen shot
320. h the management server of which the IP address has been changed Note Inter Manager Communication is the feature only for Windows GUI 1 Launch the Operation Window 2 On the Operation window menu click Options select Customize and select Remote Manager 3 Onthe Remote Manager screen change the destination IP address to the new IP address on the Neighbor Manager tab From Start menu click Control Panel click Administrative Tool and click Services and then restart the following services 465 9 Maintenance lt Stopping order of services gt As ESMPRO SM Event Manager 2 ESMPRO SM CommonComponent 3 ESMPRO SM Web Container lt Starting order of services gt 1 ESMPRO SM Web Container 2 ESMPRO SM CommonComponent 3 ESMPRO SM Event Manager Changing settings on NEC ESMPRO Agent If an IP address or a host name of a management server is specified on the setting of Manager Report TCP IP In Band see Manager Report TCP IP In Band in Subsection 3 9 1 Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Windows to re configure it Note Even if a host name is specified perform this procedure to correlate the new IP address to the host name If an IP address of a management server is specified on the settings of SNMP Trap listed below see SNMP Trap in Subsection 3 9 1 Configuring the Setting on a Machine Running Windows to re configure it e An IP address of a management serve
321. he OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a product key of the OS in the Product Key box If the OS Type is Windows Server select the license mode as License Mode If you select Number of Connected Server enter the number of servers to connect at the same time in the text box Click OK Confirm that the created template is added under Template List 6 2 2 Creating a HW Profile Clone Template After creating a master VM of the VMware environment a standalone ESXi is recommended or Hyper V environment create a HW Profile Clone template with the following procedure Note A HW Profile Clone indicates a virtual machine to be a source clone for creating a virtual machine A HW Profile Clone template is a concept specific for SystemProvisioning the template is created not on a virtual machine sever but on a SigmaSystemCenter management server HW Profile Clone template has no image 1 2 310 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the master VM to be a source of the template in the Virtual tree SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Template 6 2 3 3 Click Create Template on the Configuration menu Create Template appears on the Main Window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 gt VirtualMachine Create Template A Create Template Template Name Cost Description Type Full Clone g HW Profile Clone Hint Th
322. he Select a machine from shared pool was selected select a model to use in the Model list 10 Click Next 11 A confirmation message appears Operations gt ESK_Category ESXi50 gt Replace Machine A Replace machine for the selected host The machine will run with the following settings Host SRY VM19 Machine SRV VM16 Model esxi50 Finish Cancel 12 Click Finish 13 When replacing the machine finishes the replaced machine appears under Host List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 347 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 7 9 Reconfiguring a Virtual Machine To execute Reconfigure such as Revert only for Differential Clone virtual machines Reconstruct only for Differential Clone virtual machines or Disk Clone machines and Apply Machine Profile to a Differential Clone virtual machine perform the following procedure Note The drive letter of the extended disk might be changed by reconfiguring Change the drive letter of the virtual machine s DVD device to be behind of the extended disk before starting reconfiguration Reconfiguration will fail if the power status of the virtual machine is Suspend Reconfiguration does not change the size or the type of the system disk of the virtual machine that is created with Differential Clone In the Xen environment the size or the type of the disk of a virtual machine cannot be changed with reconfiguration
323. he Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the target virtual machine in the Virtual tree 3 The main window displays the details of the virtual machine on itself SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 364 Editing a Virtual Machine 4 Click Edit Virtual Machine on the Configuration menu to display Edit Virtual Machine on the main window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt sr vm18 gt 2008 vm_1 A Edit Virtual Machine YM Server Name YM Name Cost Value CPU Information Number of CPUs CPU Share C Highest 4000 C High 2000 Normal 1000 C Low 500 C Lowest 250 sm ym18 2008 vm_1 10 E Actual Value in Each Platform VMware Valve CPU Count Xen Value 256 1000 Hyper V Valve 10 KvM Valve 1024 1000 Memory Information Memory Size Memory Share C High 2000 Norrmal 1000 C Low 500 Set Manually 2048 MB Actual Value in Each Platform Value Memory Size 100 Xen Can not be set HyperV Value 5 KVM Can not be set VMware C Set Manually m oO Mrz ig MHz Memory Reservation o MB Memory Limit Q unlimited go MB CPU Reservation CPU Limit 0 unlimited Network Information Virtual NIC 1 Network adapter 1 00 50 56 99 00 20 VM Network z Disconnect Remove Add vNIC Disk Information System Disk Type sl Mode I Independent Persistent Size ase MB Datastore SAN3 Disk File SAN3 Replica 2008 vm 1 2 lmage Replica 2008 ym 1 2 Image vmdk Ext
324. he check box of the target model located under Model Type of Monitor Target on the Alive Monitor tab of the Management view is cleared the setting information concerning the alive monitoring feature does not appear In addition the target model is VM this tab itself does not appear 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Alive Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt ESXGroup A Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Datastore Setting Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Select the checkbox to register a machine running in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager The machine registered by NEC ESMPRO Manager is monitored by NEC ESMPRO Manager V Register a machine in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager Set the values to change settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager These values have no effect for VM and ESXi If you do not set the values the settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager keeps default but when replacing machine the setting value of the machine to replace is inherited I Set the values Server Down Detection Retry g time s Count Server Status Polling Interval q minute s To enable the Alive Monitor please check the checkbox F Enable Alive Monitoring Select the checkbox for function you want to enable The machine is diagnosed as normal when all functions you select report success TF Ping Monitoring F Port Monitoring Monitoring a Por
325. he profile information to the template select the Profile check box and configure the profile information SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement Feature 6 3 Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement Feature This section provides the explanation of how to configure the VM Optimized Placement feature For more details of the feature and functionality see Subsection 2 11 2 VM Optimized Placement in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 6 3 1 Managing a Virtual Machine Server in a Group Migration the functionality of SystemProvisioning can be performed between active virtual machine servers in the same VM Server model To use a functionality which Migration of a virtual machine such as the load balancing and power saving for a virtual machine server and restoring the failure by Failover when a failure occurred on a virtual machine server register the target virtual machine servers in one VM Server model The following figure is an example of load balancing of a virtual machine Load on CPU ofa Virtual Machine Server Virtual Machine Model2 Servers SystemProvisioning can keep loads in a group moderate by monitoring the load condition of virtual machine servers and performing Migration from a virtual machine server which has heavy loads to a virtual machine server which does not have many loads automatically Register virtual machine servers that you want to
326. he vCenter Server you can execute create a virtual machine using a Full Clone template See Section 6 2 Creating a Template to create a full clone template 8 5 2 Shifting the Environment From vCenter Server to Standalone To shift the environment of ESXi from vCenter Server to standalone perform the following procedure 1 Click the Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Delete all the templates that exist on the ESXi except for the HW Profile Clone templates Note After shifting to vCenter Server all the templates used in the Standalone environment are unavailable except for the HW Profile Clone templates 3 Select the datacenter of the target standalone environment in the Virtual tree and add all the ESXis that are managed by vCenter Server For how to add ESXi see Subsection 4 3 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server 4 Verify that the addition of the ESXis is complete on the Job window in the Monitor view Click the Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem on the Management tree Delete the vCenter Server that shifting is done o N o o Prepare a template by reference to Subsection 6 2 Creating a Template SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 372 Shifting the Operation of ESXi 8 5 3 Register an operation group to execute the Create and Assign Machine Note When the ESXi to be shifted is operated in the group of the
327. he way to use group pool Host Name Group A 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Machine Individual Operations 20 X Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the Release Resource of the Action menu Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target group to release a resource in the Operations tree Select the check box of the target host to be released under Host List E Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool Assign New Delete VM IP Address 255 255 255 0 Status Power Oor Assign New Delete VM Group Pool Display Count r C Em Resource Name 20 Delete Power Oor Status Type VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Delete Refresh Machine MAC Ad Machine Individual Operations Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Backup Restore Change Configuration All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Move Virtual Machine Release the resource assignment of selected hos Reconfigure Delete VM Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off Part Il Start Operation in Sigm
328. hen click Monitoring Profile in the Summary Information list Base Information of the monitoring profile appears on the main window System Resource gt Profile gt Monitoring P Base Information Name Monitoring Profile Profile that holds performance monitoring info Named monitoring profile Description can be defined Monitoring Profile List Display Count 20 gt Copy Add Delete Name Description Edit Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 1min Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 30min Physical Machine Monitoring Profile 5min Standard Monitoring Profile 1 min Standard Monitoring Profile 30min Standard Monitoring Profile 5min VM Monitoring Profile 30min VM Monitoring Profile 5min VM Standard Monitoring Profile 30min VM Standard Monitoring Profile rnin nooooooooo CBEEBEBEEEE Copy Add Delete Select the monitoring profile to be copied on Monitoring Profile List and then click Copy on the Action menu The copied monitoring profile is added to Monitoring Profile List Click the Edit icon of the added monitoring profile The Edit Monitoring Profile window appears On the Action menu on Performance Indicator List click Add SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Profile 9 The Performance Indicator Setting window appears System Resource gt Profile gt Monitoring P gt Edit A Edit Monitoring Profile Profile Name Standard Monitoring Pr
329. here is the top category group on which the resource management ID is configured If the type is Shared the sub pool cannot be assigned Create Sub pool x Name rp cre hr tokyo gold 1 Type Shared Dedicated Description sub pool for Tokyo Gold Resources O Allow Overcommit Resources Type Value Available Number vCPU 20 14 Memory 2048 MB 1791 MB Storage 200 GB 143 60 GB VM Number 10 290 LUN List To assign to a group v 16 Click OK Configuring a Datastore in a Resource Pool A resource pool includes a datastore to which the virtual machine server can refer There are two kinds of datastore settings one is the setting for each datastore such as the upper limit of the usage and the number of VMs and the other is the setting for each virtual machine server such as whether to include the resource pool in the destination for creating virtual machines or not To configure the setting for each datastore perform the following procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the target operation group with the resource pool where a datastore to configure exists in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window 4 Click the Resource Pool tab Click the Edit of the datastore that is to be configured under Datastore List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring a Resource Pool 6 Edit Datastor
330. hine At the same timing SystemProvisioning executes shut down to the machine The machine becomes the same status of after the procedure 3 Registering a machine as a pool machine 7 Deleting an active machine from the group Delete an active machine from the group A machine can be deleted with the configuration changes such as Replace Machine and Release Resource The machine after this operation is managed as a shared pool machine When executing Release Resource it can be selected whether to keep or release all the settings those were applied to the machine when Allocate Machine was executed If the machine is not registered to any other group pool the machine will be in the status of SystemProvisioning management target but not being registered to any group At this timing SystemProvisioning executes shut down to the machine The deleted machine becomes the same status of after the procedure 2 Registering a machine as a management target of SystemProvisioning 8 Deleting a pool machine from the group Change the status of a pool machine to not belonging to any group If the machine is not registered to other group pool the machine will be in the status of SystemProvisioning management target but not being registered to any group The deleted machine becomes the same status of after the procedure 2 Registering a machine as a management target of SystemProvisioning 9 Deleting a machine from the management target of SystemP
331. hine and make it standby if the target machine is running in the group Activate the Web console Click the icon of the target operation group on the Operations tree to display the operation group s detailed information on the Main Window Select the check box of the host using the target disk volume in the Host List and click the Release Resource of the Action menu Part III Maintenance 387 9 Maintenance 2 Deleting the connected disk volume Click the icon of the target operation group on the Operations tree to display the detailed information of the operation group on the Main Window Display the property of the group model host on which the target disk volume was configured and then select the Storage tab Select the target disk volume on the Storage List click Delete of the Action menu and click Apply 3 Changing the disk volume configuration For the detailed procedure on how to change the disk volume configuration see manuals of NEC Storage Manager for NEC Storage Manager For CLARiiON see manuals of Navisphere As for Symmetrix the information on how to change the disk volume configuration is not disclosed Please contact Symmetrix support when changing the disk configuration For NetApp refer to the NetApp manuals 4 Collecting the storage information From the Web Console display detailed information of the storage on the Main Window by clicking the Storage on the System Resource tree Click the Collect Stor
332. how Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Policy Name Standard Policy Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Scale Out s Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Pool Assign New Delete VM peg Individual Operations All Machine Action tart a Host Name Status Power IP Address Restart stat C BHost A Faulted Running DHCP a Sd uspen aay E Suspend Refresh Machine Redistribute Assign New Delete VM Software Allocate Machine Group Pool Create and Assign Machine J Refresh Register Master Machine Display Count 20 Delete Backup Restore E aly Status Power Type MAC Ad Release Resource 7 EN 56 97 C Emh Oor VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Change Configuration Delete Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete VM istribute Software Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 382 Operations for Maintenance 9 1 5 6 A confirmation message appears Click OK The hardware status changes to Normal and the summary status displayed on Status under Host List or Group Pool is updated If a host name or a resource name is clicked details of the machine appear and each status can be checked Reference For status of a machine see Subsection 1 1 9 Machine Status Resetting Job Result SystemProvisioni
333. ibed in this section it might cause an execution error Enter the commands directly Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles Backing up Data of DPM When Configuring the Initial Setup or Changing the Configuration Save the following data when changing the configuration from the menu on the DPM Web Console Note Unless the configuration is changed the following data do not have to be saved Files associated with user management DPM Installation FolderWebServer App_Data Data e Encypted dat e DpmProfile xml Note The default installation folder is ProgramFiles NEC DeploymentManager Paths of the folder for storing images and the folder for storing backup images The value configured in the Folder for Backup Image and the value configured in the Folder for Image on the General tab located on the Detail Setting window of DPM Server Display the General tab on the Detail Setting window with the following procedure Start the DPM Web Console Click the Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the DPM Server in the Management tree Details of DPM Server appear on the Main Window Click the Detail Setting on the Configuration menu The Detail Setting window appears
334. ick Command Prompt Run the ssc recover machine command with the following command line to recover the information of virtual machines managed in the virtual machine server ssc recover machine SourceName Click Clear Failure Status in the Operation menu Click Maintenance Off in the Operation menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 373 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 8 Click Collect on the Operation menu to collect information of resources such as machines Note If an ESXi that is in the same datacenter as an ESXi to recover cannot be connected due to a specific reason such as network failure and its connection status is Disconnected the ESXi cannot be the target destination This kind of virtual machine server is recorded on the Operations Log as a warning message If an ESXi to recover cannot be connected due to a specific reason such as network failure or its connection status is other than Disconnected the process might fail In addition when you execute power operations to a virtual machine that was moved from an original ESXi when recovering the recovery process might fail If the recovery processing fails execute the recovery processing again or delete a virtual machine that is registered delicately from vSphere Client SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 374 Part Ill Maintenance This part explains the operations for maintenance of SigmaSystemCen
335. ick Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Group Property Setting appears on the Main Window Click the Host tab Click the Property of the host to configure under Host List SD Oe ONS Host Setting appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections 5 8 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab of the Host Setting perform the following procedure 1 Display the Host Setting window and click the General tab Operations gt Tenant gt VM g gt VM1 A Host Setting General Network Storage Software Host Profile Alive Monitor Host Name vm Tag I Set administrator password Administrator Password I Update Password Product Key for Full Packaged Product Hint Required if you are using Full Packaged Product Apply Back 2 To change the host name enter the host name in the Host Name box Required 3 Type the tag key word in the Tag box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 269 5 Creating an Operation Group 4 Select the Set administrator password check box to set the administrator password If the model type is Physical the Administrator Password box appears If the model type is VM Server the Root Password box appears Type a new password in
336. ied account as the access account for collecting the performance data of the host activated at the group Note If VM Standard Monitoring Profile is selected as a monitoring profile the account and password are optional 6 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 244 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine 5 5 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine This section provides how to configure detail of a model added with the procedure in Subsection 5 4 2 Configuring Settings on the Model Tab On the Model Property Setting you configure the information that depends on the machine type In this section the settings if the Model Type is Physical are explained Follow the procedure in this section 5 5 1 oa Fon Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Group Property Setting appears on the Main Window Click the Model tab Click the Property of the model to configure Detail Setting under Model List Model Property Setting appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab of the Model Property Setting perform the following procedure Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the
337. ied groups or models Add Machine Change Machine Usage Starting a machine Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 19 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter In addition when a target group or model is automatically selected in the following operations the group or model with lower priority with a bigger priority value is selected in specified groups or models Deleting a machine Change Machine Usage Stopping a machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 20 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console 1 2 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console This section provides basic knowledge of the SystemProvisioning Web Console 1 2 1 Operations by the Web Console Using the Web Console you can perform various operations such as operating managed machines and managing groups The Web Console is composed of the following five elements 30 Success Success Success Success Eaha JDDDDDA L 1 Title bar jfE gt Category gt Group2 Base Information Priority OS Type Policy Nama The way to use group pool Description Display Count Host Name Status Bost in process Prost GXormat Pno Cromail Jhost4 Define Only Frost Define Only Group2 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Assign New Daata UM PRES IP Address Resource DHCP host _2 DHCP host2 DHCP host3 DHCP DHCP Message Starting up the machi
338. igmaSystemCenter 353 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 5 Redistribute Software appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Redistribute A Redistribute Software Redistribute software to the machines in the group Select how you want to distribute and install the software Difference Information Machine Name Software Name Timing of distribution Update Date Select how you want to distribute to the group Distribute to the machines in the group simultaneously C Distribute to the machines in the group sequentially Select how you want to distribute to the software Install all software C Install only the difference 6 Specify the method to distribute to the group 7 Specify the method to distribute the software Reference For details of the distribution methods see Subsection 1 2 6 Redistribute Software in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 8 Click OK 9 When redistributing software starts In Process appears on the Status of the host under Host List 10 When redistributing software finishes a pop up message appears and Normal appears on the Status 11 The result of the redistributing software processing can be checked from the Job window on the Monitor view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 354 Change Configuration 7 12 Change Configuration Change Configuration is the functionality to reflect changes in the s
339. ign the resource pool in the pull down list The group to which the resource pool can be assigned here is the top category group on which the resource management ID is configured If the type is Shared the resource pool cannot be assigned Name rp tokyo gold 1 Type Shared C Dedicated vCPU Unit Frequency 300 MHz C yCPUs Core Description To assign to a group z OK Cancel 10 Click OK 11 Resource Pool tab appears on details of the operation group If the Resource Pool tab is selected details of the created resource pool appear After creating a resource pool proceed to the next operations such as creating a sub pool activating the virtual machine server or creating a virtual machine Dividing a Resource Pool into a Sub Pool A sub pool is created by dividing a resource pool logically To divide a resource pool into a sub pool perform the following procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring a Resource Pool D OTR 0 10 11 12 13 14 Click the icon of the target operation group to divide into a sub pool in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the Resource Pool tab Click Resource Pool Create Sub pool on the Configuration menu Create Sub pool appears on the Main Window Enter the sub pool name in the Name box Required It is convenient
340. iguration Guide Connecting to a Console The default value is true Caution notes Part III Maintenance If a virtual machine is shut down from a virtual machine console the power status is not reflected to SystemProvisioning In this case collect the information of the virtual machine from the Web Console If you execute Move VM Shutdown or Restart towards a virtual machine the console connection is disconnected After the process completes connect to the virtual machine again The launched application must be able to connect directly to the virtual machine server The default port numbers for the connection are as follows Virtual machine Port number infrastructure XenServer 443 KVM Ports are scanned from 5900 and available ports are assigned automatically A port number must be prepared for each running virtual machine Hyper V 2179 For Xen Server Multiple consoles can be connected simultaneously but the result of operating a console is reflected to all consoles If a machine on which the Web console runs cannot connect to the internet it may take several tens of seconds to connect to a console If the guest OS is running Linux only the text console can be operated For KVM Multiple consoles can be connected simultaneously but the result of operating a console is reflected to all consoles A virtual display must be added in the virtual machine setting For Hyper V Only
341. ilover can be executed Note In the case of Hyper V the Migration check box is selected by default because Move or Failover is not supported Migration Live Migration and Quick Migration are equivalent to Move of Failover Cluster Manager 8 If only the Storage Migration check box is selected under Please select the way to move VM select the destination datastore in the Destination Datastore list 9 To move a turned off virtual machine and then turn on the virtual machine automatically select the Auto On check box 10 Click OK 11 When moving the virtual machine starts In Process appears on the Executing Status under Operating Information 12 When moving the virtual machine finishes a pop up message appears and the tree display is updated If the Executing Status is not updated automatically execute the Refresh on the Configuration menu Second specify a virtual machine server with the following procedure 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of a virtual machine server which manages the virtual machine in the Virtual tree Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 369 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 3 Details of the virtual machine server appear on the main window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 Base Information Machine Name srv vm19 Resource Path resource MServer srv vim19 UUID Cap
342. ils of the group appear on the Main Window 12 Click the Add Scenario on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 114 Creating a Scenario in DPM 13 Add Scenario appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations gt fey Resource gt Scenarios gt ScenarioGroup01 gt Add Scenario 3 Resource Ea Add Scenario s Machines 0 4A Scenarios 2 Group Name EB Built in Scenarios 6 6 3 ScenarioGroup01 Scenario Name 5 Images ee HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option V Execute Backup Restoration Backup Disk Configuration Check Image File Ic DeployBackup Browse I Machine Name m MAC Address UUID Comment Backup Restore Target M Full Sector Option Disk Number 1 1000 1 Partition Setting Entire Disk Specify Partition Number 1 1000 WV Hidden Partition Is Disregarded Distribution Condition Setting Transmit Data By Unicast Transmit Data By Multicast Maximum Targets 1 1000 Maximum Waiting Time 1 1440 Min Multicast IP Address Restore Multicast TTL gt gt Time to live TTL is the number of the routers which multicasting traffic passes on a network jm Maximum Transmission Rate MB Minute Backup Setting Data Compression Compress C Not Compress The Number Of Backup Image File Generations To Be Managed 0 99 0 I Cr
343. in the Operations View 330 Note Allocate Machine can be executed to the virtual machine created with Full Clone in the vCenter Server environment Differential Clone in the vCenter Server environment Disk Clone in the vCenter Server environment or HW Profile Clone If Allocate Machine and then Script Installation of ESX are executed the ESX is registered with a name composed of Host Name Domain Suffix in vCenter Server So to use this functionality the ESX name must be resolved Preparation Configure the host name and the network information of the master machine to the host beforehand Registration Procedure 1 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group to which the machine is to be registered in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the host to allocate a resource under Host List Select Allocate Machine of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Base Information Name Priority OS Type Policy Name Description The way to use group pool Group A 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Operation o9 Scale Out Display Count 20 Vv Host Name GdHost A Status Define Only Assign New Delete VM IP Ad
344. in the group appears on the Main Window Select a model in the Model list Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Register Mas A Register a master machine to run in the group Host Host A Please select a machine to add to the group Display Count 20 7 Model Model Resource Pool F Select Name Type Status MAC Address O testvm001 VMware Virtual Mac 00 50 56 97 52 17 C Em VMware Virtual Mac 00 50 56 97 28 98 C 2ym2h2 VMware Virtual Mac 00 50 56 97 68 C3 Cancel 9 Select the master machine to add to the group 10 Click Next 11 The confirmation of the machine to register appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Register Mas Eaj Register a master machine to run in the group The machine will run with the following settings Host Host A Machine ym2h1 Model Model Resource Pool Finish Cancel 12 Click Finish 13 When registering the master machine finishes the registered machine appears under Host List 7 2 2 Allocating a Resource to a Host Allocate Machine is the operation that activates a machine in a group with distributing software or configuring the network settings For a virtual machine Allocate Machine customizes an already created virtual machine and then adds it to a group Preparation and the procedure of Allocate Machine are as follows Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 329 7 Operations for Managing a Machine
345. indow Operations gt VM gt DiffClane gt XPSP3 Reconfigure Ea Reconfigure Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Operation 9 Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Machine List VirtualMachine Reconstruct C Revert C Apply Machine Profile IT Apply machine profile with shutdown Hint If the power state is on the configuration is changed after shutdown Max Number of Concurrent Processing 1 Interval os Hint Set the interval to reduce the server load 0 is the minimum Execution Options V Power Off I Disk Usage over MB Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 349 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 350 10 11 12 13 14 Select any of Reconstruct Revert or Apply Machine Profile Enter the number of the virtual machines that are to be reconfigured simultaneously in the Max Number of Concurrent Processing box Enter the waiting time for executing a series of reconfiguration in the Interval box Select the condition to narrow virtual machines that are to be reconfigured in the Execution Options Click OK When reconfiguring starts In Process appears on the Status of the reconfigured virtual machine under Host List When reconfiguring finishes a pop up me
346. ine s power status is On the power status is displayed as Off when the status of the managed machine cannot acquired from compatible software If you operate a virtual machine in a Suspend status with operations such as adding or moving the machine make sure to resume Suspend status with a starting operation from the Web Console in advance If the power status of the virtual machine is in Suspend the machine may not operate normally due to the failure of the power operation Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter Running Status You can view the running status of the machine When the machine is allocated to the host in the operation group with operations such as Allocate Machine and starts running the running status is turned to On Status Description On The machine is running in a group Off The machine is not running in a group Operating System Status You can view the running status of the OS which is installed on the machine Status Description On The OS is operating properly Off The OS is stopped due to shutdown The OS status of the managed machine is unknown Hardware Status You can view whether the machine failure occurs or not If the failure event for SystemProvisioning is alerted by NEC ESMPRO Manager or virtual infrastructures the policy executes the action to set the status and
347. ine server activated at the host select the VM Server Monitoring check box The VM Server Monitoring check box appears only if the model type is the VM Server 6 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 282 Configuring a Resource Pool 5 9 Configuring a Resource Pool 5 9 1 A machine consists of lots of resources such as CPU memory and disk etc Resource Pool is offered for simplifying and optimizing the management of such resources in the private cloud environment A resource pool abstracts all the resources that are accessible from a machine such as machine resources and shared disks activated at the operation group which has the VM Server Model Each resource has concepts of capacity the total number consumption and reservation A resource pool can be divided into sub pools A specified resource is added to the parent resource pool s reservation Because overcommitting is allowed sub pools can be created over the capacity of the parent resource A resource pool has attributes Shared or Dedicated To create a sub pool and assign it to a group select Shared To assign a resource pool directly to a group select Dedicated Adding a Resource Pool A resource pool can be added only when the model type is the VM Server A resource pool also can be created before adding the virtual machine server to an operation group The size of a resource pool is calculated according to the status of the registe
348. ine to which resources are already allocated Details of the virtual machine are provided by clicking on the name of the virtual machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 400 Working with Service Portal Machine Operation History General Resource Performance Machine Operation History Operation Create VM Machine List Refresh Display Count 20 Name Revision Start Date Stop Date Start Time Win2003R2 0 2012 05 31 14 51 35 1 hour s 30 Win2003R2 1 2012 05 31 16 16 56 5 minute s WinXPSP3 0 2012 05 31 14 52 13 1 hour s 30 Machine List On Machine List you can view the operation history of the machine to which resources are already allocated The list of operation history of the virtual machine is provided by clicking on the name of the virtual machine 9 3 1 How to Create a Virtual Machine on the Portal View Create a virtual machine following the procedures below Click Portal on the title bar to switch to the Portal view 2 Select the host on which you want to create a virtual machine and click Create VM on the Action menu or the Operation menu 3 The Create VM screen appears on the main window A Create YM Tenant Name Business I Create Multiple Hosts Computer Name Wows o Tag LDLo E Password eeccccccccce M Update Password m Service Profile Information Start Datetime 9912 05 23 amp End Datetime ies Owner E Principal ETT Part III Maintenance 401
349. ing profiles 493 Appendix B Revision History First Edition September 2012 New 495 Appendix License Information This product includes certain open source software Details of individual licenses are provided on the SigmaSystemCenter DVD lt SigmaSystemCenter Installation DVD gt doc OSS directory Please contact us in order to obtain the source code of software that is distributed under the LGPL PXE Software Copyright C 1997 2000 Intel Corporation This product contains JRE Java Runtime Environment which is distributed by Oracle Corporation without charge Use this product after accepting the license agreement For details of copyright and ownership rights refer to the following license files lt folder where JRE is installed gt LICENSE Some icons used in this program are based on Silk Icons released by Mark James under a Creative Commons Attribution 2 5 License Visit http www famfamfam com lab icons silk for more details This product includes software developed by Routrek Networks Inc Copyright 2005 2010 NetApp Inc All rights reserved 497 499
350. ing Storage 4 Register Delete Disk Array appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt Register Del E Register Delete Disk Array Unmanaged Disk Array List Display Count 20 Add And Register Delete Number amp 3HS27P NecStorage amp H58 20R NecStorage N5260 NecStorage amp NY7 400G NecStorage 6301 10 NecStorage 6303 10 NecStorage 6308 10 NecStorage 6354900 NecStorage 8 000000 n 0d Add And Register Delete OK Cancel 5 Select the check box of a disk array to manage in SystemProvisioning under Unmanaged Disk Array List 6 Click OK 7 An icon of registered disk array is added under Storage in the Resource tree 4 6 2 Registering a Disk Array For CLARiiON To register a disk array managed in the storage management software of CLARiiON which is registered as a subsystem as a management target of SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure Note You need to configure all values of IP Address User Name and Password If you do not configure either value of User Name or Password Navicli is invoked However be sure not to use this option usually because it is to be used only for compatibility 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the Storage in the Resource tree 3 Click Register Delete Disk Array on the Configuration menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 159 4 Registering Resour
351. ing page issued by Microsoft Corporation http technet microsoft com en us library cc739012 28WS 10 29 aspx Configuring the setting for Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 For Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 use bcdedit exe command to configure the setting The procedure is as follows 1 Log into the managed machine as a user with Administrator privileges and open a command prompt 2 Run the following command on the command prompt gt bcdedit emssettings EMSPORT 2 EMSBAUDRATE 19200 gt bededit ems on 3 Restart the managed machine Reference For details of bcdedit exe command see the following page issued by Microsoft Corporation http msdn microsoft com en us library ff542282 aspx Configuring the setting for VMware ESX For VMware ESX configure the VMkernel setting and the Service Console Linux kernel setting The procedure is explained below by exemplifying the case of VMware ESX 4 1 1 Configure the setting for the service console 1 Log into the service console of the managed machine 2 Copy the setting of grub conffor backup If a problem occurs with working restore the backup gt cp boot grub conf boot grub grub conf backup 3 Configure boot grub grub conf as follows Add the following kernel option to the kernel line console ttyS1 19200 console tty0 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Preparing for the Use of Out of Band
352. ing problems Yes In Maintenance Extracts the machines in maintenance Yes Powered off Extracts the machines in power off Yes status Sensor Alert Extracts the machines having sensor No alert Free physical Extracts the unused physical machines Yes machines Smart groups with customized search conditions can be used in addition to the above automatically registered smart groups Reference See Subsection 9 5 1 Adding a Smart Group for how to add a smart group Furthermore a smart group can belong to a Machine or a Resource Group in the Resource tree The search scopes changes according to a place to which a smart group belongs as follows Machine All machines without limitation Resource group Limited to a resource group to which a smart group belongs to Note Because a smart group is a logical group a machine cannot be located The following image is an example that extracts powered OFF machines from the resource group Group1 using a smart group and executes Power ON SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 418 Managing a Machine Using a Smart Group Displays only the machine of the power off if you selected the resource group Group1 in the Resource tree Select a machine powered OFF to execute Power ON in the list of all the machines belonging to the Group1 System Resource gt Machine gt Group Machine Tag IE Resource B System Resource Machine Jag
353. ing with the Differential Clone template SystemProvisioning creates an image replica VM for a Differential Clone template based on a master VM and then creates a difference disk based on the image to create a new virtual machine Register a Differential Clone template to an operation group as distribution software 1 Setting up a master VM Set up a master VM to be an original virtual machine of a template by reference to Subsection 3 12 1 Creating a Master VM in vCenter Server 3 12 2 Creating a Master VM in XenCenter 3 12 3 Creating a Master VM on ESXi 3 12 4 Creating a Master VM on Hyper V or 3 12 5 Creating a Master VM on KVM 2 Preparing for deployment of the virtual machine with DPM If the virtual machine server is managed in vCenter Server vCenter Server deploys the virtual machines Therefore this procedure is unnecessary Skip to the procedure 7 Reference For details of the processing to create a Differential Clone see Subsection 1 3 1 Overview of Image Deployment 1 3 11 How to use Sysprep Full Clone Differential Clone Disk Clone Sysprep vCenter Server Subsection 1 3 12 How to use Sysprep Differential Clone Disk Clone Sysprep DPM and Subsection 1 3 13 How to use Sysprep Differential Clone Disk Clone LinuxRepSetUp DPM in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 299 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment
354. ingle server or KVM can be automatically managed in SystemProvisioning when ESXi Hyper V single server or KVM is registered in the Virtual view the virtual machines do not have to be registered in the Resource view For how to register the ESXi Hyper V single server or KVM see Section 4 3 Managing ESXi Hyper V and KVM 4 7 2 Adding a Resource Group You can add a resource group to which managed machines before registration belong to To add a resource group perform the following procedure 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the Machine or the icon of the group to which you want to add a resource group in the Resource tree 3 Click Add Resource Group on the Configuration menu 4 Add Resource Group appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Machine gt New Eal Add Resource Group Name Description OK Cancel SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 164 Registering a Machine 5 Enter a resource group name in the Name box Required 6 Click OK You can also manage managed machines in a rack unit with the same procedure 4 7 3 Registering a Machine To register a machine as a managed target of SystemProvisioning and specify a resource group or rack when registering a machine perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 In the Resource tree click the Machine the icon of the resource g
355. ings see Subsection 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 184 Creating a Policy 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event This subsection explains the event handler settings of a monitoring event You can configure recovery processes which are called actions for monitoring events Perform the following procedure 1 Click the Monitoring Events tab on the Policy Property Settings For the procedure see the preceding Subsection 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings 2 Click Add of the Action menu or the Edit of an event to edit under Event Handler List Management gt Policy gt Standard Pol A Policy Property Settings General Monitoring Events Event Handler List Report Source Event High CPU Load High CPU Load Recovery Machine Down Machine Off Machine Up Shortage of Memory Target Down Target Up Hyper Provider Machine Down Notification Hyperv Provider Machine Up Notification Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter Shortage of Memory recovery Add Remove Enable Disable Corresponding Handler Set Faulted Status Set Ready Status Set Faulted Status Set Faulted Status Set Ready Status Set Degraded Status Ready Status Faultec Set Ready Status Set Faulted Status Set Ready Status Add Remove Enable Disable Event State Enable Enable Enable
356. involving words that relate to the company and the name of the parent resource pool in a sub pool name Select either of Shared or Dedicated for the sub pool type Required Dedicated is selected for a sub pool by default To allow assigning resources over the configured maximum values select the Allow Overcommit Resources check box Enter the vCPU number for assigning to the sub pool On the resource setting if you omit this item or enter 0 for this item the value is not used for checking the upper limit of creating a virtual machine Enter the memory capacity for assigning to the sub pool by MB Enter the storage capacity for assigning to the sub pool by GB Enter the number of VMs for assigning to the sub pool To allocate LUN for RDM to a sub pool select the LUN List check box LUN List will appear and select the LUN size which you want to allocate in the pull down list and enter the number of LUNs to be allocated To assign LUN LUN for RDM should be prepared in advance For more details about RDM or how to use RDM refer to Subsection 2 2 14 Raw Device Mapping RDM and Subsection 2 2 15 How to Use RDM When Creating LUN in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 285 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 9 3 286 15 To assign the sub pool to a group select the target group to assign the group in the pull down list The group to which the sub pool can be assigned
357. ion explains the flow of creating a restore scenario taking a typical example Operation with backup restore Create a restore scenario that restores the backup image which is made by backup operation The restore scenario is used in the restoration operation that restores the image of a managed machine backed up in advance to a spare machine when a failure occurs Operation with OS installation by disk duplication Create a restore scenario that restores the backup image which is made by backup operation after deleting the machine s specific information If one master machine is set up and an image of the master machine is cloned or duplicated to other machines multiple machines with the same configuration can be set up which is used in the following operations Allocate Machine Scale Out Replace Machine and Change Machine Usage When creating a virtual machine with HW Profile Clone method SystemProvisioning creates an empty VM a virtual machine without OS based on a HW Profile Clone template and then installs OS applications and the specific information using the DPM OS installation by disk duplication Operation with Backup Restore The flow of creating a restore scenario is as follows Setting up a master machine Set up a managed machine to be the source of a backup This machine is called the master machine Creating a disk duplication data file Create a disk duplication data file of the master machine
358. ion for SigmaSystemCenter 121 3 Settings of Related Products 122 3 Install the OS from the specified ISO image Note You should install the acpid package Set up the console For how to do this see Subsection 9 4 3 Connecting to a Console of a Virtual Machine on XenServer KVM or Hyper V Install DPM Client For the procedure see 2 10 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Linux in SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide If a firewall is installed verify that the ports that DPM Client uses are open Install applications to be included in the master image Add or delete other network adapters or configure network setting according to your operation plan SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter This section explains the operations to register related products to SigmaSystemCenter and to operate machines in SigmaSystemCenter Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter Creating an Operation Group Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View ON OOF 123 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter This chapter explains the procedure to add compatible products to SystemProvisioning This chapter contains the following sections 4 1 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 126
359. ironment other than Standalone ESXi Xen environment 1 HW Profile Clone VMware environment Standalone ESXi is recommended Hyper V environment Differential Clone VMware environment Xen environment Hyper V environment KVM environment Disk Clone VMware environment Standalone ESXi is recommended Xen environment Hyper V environment KVM environment 4 The templates can be created only from the Virtual view Note To use Differential Clone templates the Differential Clone option is required in addition to the target license Reference For the functionalities and features of each method see Section 2 3 Full Clone Section 2 4 HW Profile Clone Section 2 5 Differential Clone and Section 2 6 Disk Clone in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide About How to Create a Virtual Machine To create a virtual machine in SystemProvisioning there are two methods creating in the Virtual view and creating in the Operations view This subsection provides the difference between these methods and how to SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine Creating in the Virtual view If you create a virtual machine in the Virtual view the created virtual machine will be a complete clone of a master VM and you cannot configure information such as a host name or IP address to the virtual machine individually Note
360. is is to create a template for machine Differential Clone Disk Clone configuration only This template should be used with an image made by DeploymentManager Source VM VM Name VirtualMachine VM Server Name srevint 9 Location Storage 2 OK Cancel 4 Enter a template name for the HW Profile Clone template in the Template Name box Required 5 Enter a cost value for when creating a virtual machine from a HW Profile Clone template in the Cost box Required 6 Select HW Profile Clone as Type 7 Click OK Click the icon of a virtual machine server to which the master VM belongs in the Virtual tree 9 Details of the virtual machine server appear on the Main Window 10 Confirm that the created template is added under Template List Creating a Differential Clone Template After creating a master VM of the VMware environment Xen environment Hyper V environment or KVM environment create a Differential Clone template SigmaSystemCenter displays different windows according to whether a Differential Clone template is created from a virtual machine on VMware vCenter Server or not To create a Differential Clone template perform the following procedure Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 311 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Note A Differential Clone template indicates a virtual machine to which SystemProvisioning refers when creating virtual machines A Differential
361. is selected this setting also can be specified by using a storage attribute or a tag The tag information needs to be configured when editing the datastore in advance Select the controller of the expanded disk in the Controller list You can select the Select automatically setting If Select automatically is enabled SigmaSystemCenter selects where to add the expanded disk during the virtual machine creation and adds the expanded disk Other options except Select automatically vary by virtual infrastructure products Select the expanded disk number in the Disk Number list This cannot be specified if the Select automatically is selected in the Controller list If Select automatically is enabled SigmaSystemCenter selects where to add the expanded disk during the virtual machine creation and adds the expanded disk If the Select automatically is not selected you can specify where the expanded disk is added to and the location varies by controllers SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties Selectable controllers and disk numbers for each virtual infrastructure product are shown as follows Virtual Controller Disk Number Infrastructure VMware IDEO IDE1 0 1 SCSIO SCSI3 0 15 except 7 Xen SCSIO 0 7 Hyper V IDEO IDE1 0 1 SCSI1 SCSI3 0 63 KVM IDEO IDE1 0 1 PCIO 0 31 If other devices such as a system disk or a CD drive are connected to controllers an
362. is selected for the Model Type If any resource pool is not specified here SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server from the virtual machine servers that are configured on the templates specified on the Software tab To register a virtual machine to be activated to DPM select the DPM Server in the DPM Server list Note This item appears only when the VM is selected for the Model Type This setting is necessary for executing Create and Assign Machine or Allocate Machine to virtual machines of XenServer Standalone ESXi Hyper V and KVM This setting also can be configured on a Category or a Model To enable the Optimized Startup Function select the Enable in the Optimized Startup list If you select this check box here SystemProvisioning selects a virtual machine server as a new host in situations where virtual machines on the virtual machine server now used as the host cannot be started If you specify a resource pool in the Resource Pool list SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server to start a virtual machine from the virtual machine servers under the specified resource pool SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties Note This item appears only when the VM is selected for the Model Type If any resource pool is not specified SystemProvisioning selects a target virtual machine server from the virtual machine servers under the datacent
363. isplayed by this command see SSC Command Reference ssc show diskarraypath DiskArrayName 2 Registering the HBA address WWPN WWNN and the path of a disk array to which the HBA connects Register the HBA address WWPN WWNN and the path of the disk array to which the HBA connects to SigmaSystemCenter by using set hba command the ssc command For the detail of the HBA address WWPN WWNN and the path of the disk array to which the HBA connects see SSC Command Reference ssc set hba DiskArrayName DiskArrayPath WWPN Note If CLARiiON is used WWNN must be specified If there are multiple pairings of a HBA and its disk array path be sure to register all the pairings Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 163 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 7 Registering a Machine This section provides the procedure of registering a machine to be managed in SystemProvisioning 4 7 1 About Registering a Machine From physical machines or virtual machines registered in DPM VMware vCenter Server XenServer Pool Master or Hyper V Cluster select a machine to be managed in SystemProvisioning and register it to SystemProvisioning Then the following operations can be executed Various operations including Start and Shutdown can be executed to the registered machine in the Resource view The registered machine can be used as a machine resource in the Operations view Because virtual machines on ESXi Hyper V s
364. ist System Resource gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 gt server n01 t A Add Account Type User Name Mm Password Destination I Register the account regardless of connection status Protocol List Add Delete Protocol Name Connection Status Update Time Unknown 12 Click OK and trying to the protocol connection starts If it is success the screen transits to the Account tab and the account is added to Account List When connection with the IPMI protocol is confirmed collecting the machine information is also executed System Resource gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 gt server n01t Ea Machine Property Setting General Network Storage Software Software Distribution History Account Add Verify All Connection Delete Connection Status Destination User Name Edit Connected 192 168 1 10 administrator 2 Verification Back Note Even if collecting the machine information fails the account and the protocol are registered After checking results of job executions and operation logs execute sensor collection separately 13 To confirm that the account has been registered properly check that Connected is displayed on the Connection Status under Account List Note If the Connected is not displayed OOB Management is unavailable Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 177 4 Registering Reso
365. istrator authority Show Maintenance Command is not displayed on the Configuration menu The Power OFF Reset and Power Cycle terminate a machine forcibly Dump also terminates a machine forcibly according to settings of the OS Use these functionalities with recognition for possibility to harm your system damaging data for example if a machine is terminated forcibly The Power ON executes the power operation to a machine and checks that the machine is powered ON however it does not ensure the startup of software such as OS on the machine The Reset dump LED on and LED off execute commands to operate each of them to a machine however it does not check if the operations are completed If you execute LED on the LED of the target machine continues to light however LED is off for a certain period of time about 4 minutes 30 seconds on some models 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the icon of a target machine to execute maintenance operations in the Resource tree 3 Details of the machine appear on the Main Window If the target machine belongs to an operation group click Maintenance On of the Action menu to set the machine in the Maintenance Mode SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Operations for Maintenance 5 Click Show Maintenance Command on the Configuration menu Maintenance operations such as Power ON and Power OFF are displayed on the Operation menu
366. itored host This account is used when it is necessary to access the monitored host directly for collecting performance data Account Password I Update Password Apply Back 2 To monitor the performance data of the host activated at the model with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services select the Performance Data Collection Settings check box 3 Select a monitoring profile in the Profile Name list A monitoring profile is a set of performance indicators of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services data collection and threshold monitor settings The performance indicators and collection intervals for data collection of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and threshold monitor settings can be changed according to which monitoring profile is selected Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 261 5 Creating an Operation Group 262 Reference For details of monitoring files see Appendix A Monitoring Profile Enter the information of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services management server in the IP Address box and the Port Number box In the IP Address box specify the IP address of the management server on which the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is running In the Port Number box specify the port number for connecting to the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services The default port number is 26200 Note Ensure that
367. itoring profiles performance indicators Select the statistic calculation method from the Statistics list specifying one of the followings Max Ave Min or Sum Select displaying the real time graph or the history graph under Display graph type When selecting the real time graph specify the update interval of the graph Specify display period of the graph under Display period If the history graph is selected under Display graph type the start time for graph display can be specified Specify the plot interval under Plotting Interval Click OK to display the specified graph SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Checking Performance Status 9 7 2 Comparing Performance Indicators A specified machine s performance status can be displayed as a graph Performance indicators about the specified machine can be shown by the graph display In order to display a graph configure the monitoring setting in advance to obtain performance data with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Reference For configuring the monitoring setting to a group see Subsection 5 4 14 Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group on the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window ee ea Select the check box of the machine to display the performance data in Host List Only one host can be selected
368. k Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the destination virtual machine on the Virtual tree Click the Snapshot Management on the Configuration menu Pon Details of the snapshot appear on the Main Window Virtual gt vCenterServer gt DataCenter gt 192 168 1 2 gt MasterVM gt Snapshot Man Base Information Configuration 7 VM Name MasterVM Resource Path Host Name Running Group Power Status resource MasterVM MasterVM Delete All Operation o Refresh Running Status Snapshot List Display Count 20 z l Current Revert Delete Snapshot Name Create Date Edit Revert Delete 5 Click the Take under the Snapshot located on the Configurations menu Take Snapshot appears on the Main Window Virtual gt vCenterServer gt DataCenter gt 192 168 1 2 gt MasterVM gt Take Snapshot E4 Take Snapshot Source VM Snapshot Name Description 6 Enter a snapshot name in the Snapshot Name box Required Click OK 8 Confirm that the created snapshot is added to the Snapshot List 6 2 6 Reverting a Snapshot A virtual machine can be reverted to a stored snapshot from the Web Console 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the virtual machine to revert to a stored snapshot on the Virtual tree SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 318 Creating a Template 3 Click Snapshot Man
369. k duplication data file saved in DPM Server and the information of the host setting and host profile specified in SystemProvisioning For the procedure see Section 5 4 Creating a Setup Parameter File in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 103 3 Settings of Related Products 104 Note Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file are prepared as a disk duplication data file for Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 For the conditions for using each of them see Subsection 3 3 1 Creating a Master Image in DeploymentManager Operation Guide If both Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file exist for the same master machine Windows parameter file is not used in operations because Windows parameter file Express has the priority over Windows parameter file To use Windows parameter file delete Windows parameter file Express if it exists For the procedure see Section 5 6 Delete Package in DeploymentManager Reference Guide If an unintended parameter file is used the message appears on the command prompt window during the processing to prompt you to restart the managed machine For details see Subsection 3 3 4 Precautions Other in DeploymentManager Operation Guide Creating a backup scenario If the OS installation by disk duplication fails in the procedure 5 or after the master machine cannot be recovered
370. ked from here Account Tab If the machine account is set here management with each protocol will be available The currently settable account type is OOB Management and the protocol is only IPMI To configure the Machine Property Setting perform the following procedure Peon Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the machine to configure in the Resource tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Machine Property Setting appears on the Main Window To configure the setting on each tab perform the procedures in the following subsections Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 169 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 9 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab perform the following procedure 1 Display the Machine Property Setting window and click the General tab System Resource gt Machine gt VMSGroup gt 192 168 220 142 E Machine Property Setting General Network Storage Software Software Distribution History Account Machine Name Model Name UUID Type Slot Number Location Unit Name Tag Description V Auto update model name Apply Back 2 The value set in the Model Name box will be used as the hardware recognition information while using a shared pool The value collected from a subsystem such as NEC ESMPRO Manager will be set automatically if the machine is activated in
371. l machine server ESX However NEC ESMPRO Agent cannot be installed to the virtual machine server ESXi In this case monitoring virtual machine servers by working with vCenter Server should be enabled 1 Install DPM Client and NEC ESMPRO Agent to the virtual machine server ESX Configure the OOB settings for the virtual machine server Add the virtual machine server to the virtual management environment software which is registered as the subsystem of SystemProvisioning Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 4 Click the icon of the DataCenter where the virtual machine server will be added to in the Virtual tree 5 Click Add VM Server on the Configuration menu to add the virtual machine server Register the virtual machine server to DPM Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem in the Management tree oon Details of the subsystem appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target DPM and then click Collect of the Action menu 10 Check the collected machine Click Resource on the Title bar to switch the Resource view and then click the Machine 11 The virtual machine server is added as a management target of SystemProvisioning Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Machine 12 Confirm that the registered virtual machine server name is not registered doubly and its MAC address and UUID are registered c
372. l machine to be cloned in the Virtual tree 3 Details of the virtual machine appear on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View 4 Click the VM Clone on the Configuration menu to display the VM Clone window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vin19 gt VirtualMachine gt YM Clone Ba Clone a new virtual machine from the specified virtual machine Hint Customizing OS will not be excuted VM Information VM Name VirtualMachine VM Server Name sm ym19 Location Storage1 2 Clone Information VM Name VM Server evem o Datastore SANI Finish Cancel 5 Enter the name of the virtual machine to be created in the VM Name box Select the datastore where the virtual machine is to be created in the Destination Datastore list 7 Click Finish 8 When creating a clone of the virtual machine finishes details of the virtual machine appear and the virtual machine appears on the Virtual tree Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 363 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 8 3 Editing a Virtual Machine Edit a virtual machine following procedures below Note You can configure Mode in the Disk Information section only on the VMware environment In the Xen environment neither changing the disk type and disk size nor connecting the virtual NIC is allowed 1 Click Virtual on the title bar to switch to t
373. l storage both this tab and the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting must be configured If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage For the settings of the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Note the maximum number of disk volume settings For NEC Storage disk volume settings can be configured up to LD s maximum number that can be assigned to a LD set Because the LD s maximum number is different according to the models see the manual of your NEC Storage For Symmetrix disk volume settings can be configured up to the maximum spec of the OS lt For NetApp gt Operations gt WindowsServer gt PhysicalModel Ej Model Property Setting General Storage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Storage List Add Delete a Order Cone et Disk Array Disk Volume Share Status HBAlIndex NICNumber Edit Up E 1 4 NetApp voll Shared Es Down Group Setting List Order Connect After Distribution Disk Array 2 vo M100 lu Share Status HBA Index NIC Number 200000255C3A054A40004 Shared Apply Back Disk Volume Setting Storage Information Disk Array Neta Sd F Connect after distribution Display Count B Number Share Status Usage Status C So 0 Shared Unused Network Information The exported NIC number of the destination host Select the check box o
374. lation Guide DeploymentManager Ver6 1 Operation Guide DeploymentManager Operation Guide DeploymentManager Ver6 1 Reference Guide DeploymentManager Reference Guide System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services 5 1 System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services 5 1 User s Guide System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide SigmaSystemCenter ssc Command Reference ssc Command Reference Reference All the latest SigmaSystemCenter manuals are available in the following URL http www nec com sigmasystemcenter en support index htm xii The information regarding product summary installation configuration operation and maintenance of SigmaSystemCenter are included in the following four manuals The purposes of the manuals are as follows SigmaSystemCeniter First Step Guide This manual is intended for users who use SigmaSystemCenter for the first time and explains the product summary system design methods and operating environment SigmaSystemCeniter Installation Guide This manual is intended for system administrators who install upgrade or uninstall SigmaSystemCenter and explains how to SigmaSystemCenter Configuration Guide This manual is intended for system administrators who configure the whole system after installation and who operate and maintain the system after the configuration Actual operational flow is used to explain the process from the config
375. le RegExportDPM reg e With x86 OS regedit e RegExportDPM reg HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC DeploymentManager Part III Maintenance 479 10 Backup and Restoration 10 4 3 480 e With regedit e Regl HKI x64 OS ExportDPM reg EY_LOCAL_MACHIN DeploymentManager E SOF TWARI E Wow6432Node N EC Note The backup files are created in the current directory where you ran the command 6 Starting the DPM Services Click Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Start all the services starting with DeploymentManager Right click the service name and click Start Restoring DPM To restore the backed up data after re installing DPM perform the following procedure Note Restoring can be executed only on a machine that is the same OS x86 x64 with the machine on which the backup was acquired Log in to the system with a user with the administrator authority and execute this operation 1 Install DPM Note Specify the path saved in the procedure 3 in Subsection 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM for the DPM installation folder path 2 Configur ing DPM Server For Files associated with user management overwrite the backed up folder Start the DPM Web Console and config
376. le and the registry Save the data of the database file and access authority of the registry If you specify the default user group Administrator as an NEC ESMPRO User Group the settings are as follows Part III Maintenance 485 10 Backup and Restoration 10 5 2 486 Administrators Full Control Everyone Read SYSTEM Full Control 6 Restarting the machine or starting related services Restart the machine or start the stopped related services Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager To restore NEC ESMPRO Manager perform the following procedure Note Log into NEC ESMPRO Manager with a user that has the Administrator authority Because login accounts user names and passwords also will be restored login with the account that backed up NEC ESMPRO Manager After restoring ensure that the system works without any problem Then start the system operation 1 Ending applications End all operating applications regarding NEC ESMPRO Manager if there are some 2 Stopping the services of NEC ESMPRO Manager Stop the services of NEC ESMPRO Manager with the procedure 2 in Subsection 10 5 1 Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager 3 Restoring the database files Restore the database files backed up in the procedure 3 in Subsection 10 5 1 Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager 4 Restoring the registries Restore the registries backed up in the procedure 4 in Subsection 10 5 1 Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager 5 Configuri
377. lete l Current Snapshot Name Create Date Edit Revert Delete 4 Select a check box of a snapshot to delete on the Snapshot List Required Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 319 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 6 2 8 320 5 Click Delete of the Action menu Note You can delete all of the snapshots at once by clicking Delete All on the Snapshot of the Configuration menu on the Snapshot Management window How to Use the Template Created in the Virtual Environment in SigmaSystemCenter This subsection explains how to use the templates created in the VMware vCenter Server and Citrix Xen PoolMaster in SigmaSystemCenter Click the Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem on the Management tree Select the check box of the virtual environment where the template exists and click Collect Click Monitor on the Title Bar to switch to the Monitor view Click the Job on the Monitor tree and confirm that the collection finished properly Note For the Xen environment the following procedures are unnecessary Click the Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the template collected from the Software on the Resource tree Click Edit on the Configuration menu Enter a cost value for the creating virtual machine in the Cost box Select the OS type of the template in the OS Type list To give t
378. lick Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view 2 Click the icon of the distributed switch to add the VLAN port group in the Resource tree 3 Details of the distributed switch appear on the Main Window Click Add VLAN on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Switch 4 4 5 5 Add VLAN dialog box appears Add VLAN x VLAN Name Type Virtual Machine Switch Name dvSwitch VLAN Type None VLAN ID D_i OK Cancel Enter the VLAN port group name in the VLAN Name box Required Select a VLAN type in the VLAN Type list If the VLAN is selected in the VLAN Type list enter the VLAN ID in the VLAN ID box If the private VLAN is selected in the VLAN Type list select the private VLAN ID in the pull down list Click OK Adding a Private VLAN To add a private VLAN perform the following procedure Note VLAN ID that is already used in VLAN cannot be used as Primary ID or Secondary ID Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the distributed switch to add the private VLAN in the Resource tree Details of the distributed switch appear on the Main Window Click Add Private VLAN on the Configuration menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 145 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 4 6 146 pe aon The Add Private VLAN dialog box appears Add Private VLAN x
379. live monitoring feature is enabled on the Group Property Setting In addition if this tab is not configured the values configured on the Group Property Setting are enabled If the check box of the target model located under Model Type of Monitor Target on the Alive Monitor tab of the Management view is cleared the setting information concerning the alive monitoring feature does not appear 1 Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Alive Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt ESXGroup gt ESXModel A Model Property Setting General Storage Software VM Optimized Placement Datastore Setting Virtual Network Alive Monitor Performance Monitor F Alive Monitoring Settings Select the checkbox for function you want to enable The machine is diagnosed as normal when all functions you select report success J Ping Monitoring IF Port Monitoring Monitoring Port Hint To specify multiple ports please enter value separated by commas If you specify multiple ports determines that the state can successfully connect to all ports J VM Server Monitoring Hint This setting enables disables VM Server Monitoring for Hyper V XenServer KVM 2 To change the values configured on the Group Property Setting for each model select the Alive Monitoring Settings check box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 267 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 7 8 268 3 To monitor the m
380. llowing switches Physical switch Virtual switch Distributed switch 4 4 1 Registering a Physical Switch A physical switch managed in MasterScope Network Manager can be used in SigmaSystemCenter To register the physical switch as a managed target of SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure Note If the setting for the switch is changed in MasterScope Network Manager be sure to run the Collect Switch Information on the Operation menu of SystemProvisioning Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Switch in the Resource tree Click Register Switch on the Configuration menu Po N Register Switch appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Network gt Switch gt Register Switch A Register Switch Network Device List Display Count 20 B IP Address I Catalyst3560 E 192 168 1 176 m Qx S 2008 192 168 1 175 5 The list of switches managed in MasterScope Network Manager which is registered as a subsystem appears under Network Device List Select the check box of the switch to manage in SystemProvisioning Click OK 7 The switch specified as a managed target in SystemProvisioning appears under Switch List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 143 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 4 2 4 4 3 4 4 4 144 Registering a Virtual Switch A virtual switch can be registered to SystemProvisioning by collecting the infor
381. logs If a problem occurs in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services save the application log system log and System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services log on the Event Viewer in a text format 1 Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Event Viewer to start Event Viewer 2 The Event Viewer screen appears Click System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and extract event logs application logs and system logs 3 Extract files of detail logs recorded on the directory A folder where System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is installed log Note The default path is ProgramFiles NEC SystemMonitorPerformance log Extracting DPM Log To extract a DPM log perform the following procedure You can collect the log from a management server and a managed machine If you are using a machine running Windows x86 or x64 1 End all processes related to DPM Note Check that all the following conditions are met Any scenario is not being executed If there is any scenario being executed wait until the scenario is completed The DPM Web Console including other tools of DPM is not started 2 Log onto the management server and the machine where an error occurred with an Administrator authority 3 This procedure does not need to be performed in logging the management server so
382. ls gt fev Windows Explorer RS eae a a Notepad Mad Unln and ces W Windows Catalog wY Paint Windows Update Accessories System Monitor a j i Console an Administrative Tools Start gt SQL Server Cor a Ba Manager Internet Explorer Outlook Express s Remote Assistance I Microsoft SQL Server 2005 gt DeploymentManager A NECESMPRO Manager stemCenter gt amp Tool itor M Consol Log off iS System Monitor Management le yy SystemProvisioning Web Console All Programs SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Starting the Web Console and Logging In to SigmaSystemCenter Note When trying to start the Web Console without starting the PVM Service an error message may appear In this case see Subsection 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning to start the PVM Service manually If you start the Web Console from the Start menu the Web Console can be opened on an open browser In that case open another browser and open the page you need 2 1 2 Logging in to SigmaSystemCenter To log in to SigmaSystemCenter perform the following procedure SigmaSystemCenter manages users individually besides OS authentication to control users who can use SigmaSystemCenter If you log in to SigmaSystemCenter for the first time log in as an initial user explained in Subsection 2 1 3 If You Log in to SigmaSystemCenter for the First Time 1 If yo
383. lt count are 15 times and interval the default interval is 10000 milliseconds of registering a machine to NEC ESMPRO Manager perform the following procedure Note If you want to reset a changed setting clear the fields of the items and click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Environment 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Other tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Enter an SNMP community name used when NEC ESMPRO Manager communicates with NEC ESMPRO Agent on a managed machine SNMP Community Name pubic ssts S Set the retry count and interval for NEC ESMPRO Manager server registration Retry Count 15 Retry Interval 10000 MS 2 To change the retry count enter the number of times in the Retry Count box 3 To change the retry interval enter the time in the Retry Interval box 4 Click Apply Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 49 3 Settings of Related Products This chapter explains the configuration of related products used by SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 3 1 Settings of Related ProdUCtS earet aaaeaii aaea a aan ae asaidie e 3 2 Configuring Settings for a Switch 0 ceeeeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeeeesaeeesaaeeeeneeeaas e 3 3 Configuring Settings for a Load Balancet
384. lure Status Maintenance Off All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh Click the icon of the group to which the machine to set in or release the Select the check box of the machine to set in or release the Maintenance Mode 381 9 Maintenance 5 To set in Maintenance Mode click Maintenance On of the Action menu To release the Maintenance Mode click Maintenance Off of the Action menu 6 Aconfirmation message appears Click OK 7 Status changes to Normal under Host List or Group Pool 9 1 4 Clearing the Hardware Status of a Machine From Faulted to Ready When a failure on hardware of a machine is detected SystemProvisioning display Error Faulted or Error Degraded in the Status column After you clear the cause of the failure and restore the machine perform the following procedure to clear the hardware status of a machine Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the group of the machine to reset the failed status in the Operations tree 3 Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the machine under Host List or Group Pool Click Clear Failure Status of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A B General Configuration Edit Group Move Group Name Group A Property Priority 1 Setting List m S
385. m on this dialog Part III Maintenance 393 9 Maintenance Run PVMConfig exe which locates on SystemProvisioning install directory bin fF Environment Setting SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 394 Adding a Managed Machine After Starting Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 9 2 Adding a Managed Machine After Starting Operation in SigmaSystemCenter This section provides the procedure to add managed machine after starting operation in SigmaSystemCenter You need to pay attention for one machine not to be registered as two different machines to SigmaSystemCenter 9 2 1 Adding a Physical Machine To add a physical machine as a managed machine perform the following procedure If you want to use a physical machine as a virtual machine server see Subsection 9 2 2 Adding a Virtual Machine Server 1 Register the managed machine to DPM that is registered as a subsystem of SystemProvisioning 2 Collect the information of the machines in DPM to which you have registered the machine from SystemProvisioning Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem in the Management tree Details of the subsystem appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target DPM and then click Collect of the Action menu 5 Check the collected machine Click Resource on the Title bar to switch the Resource view and then click the Machine 6 Click Register Machin
386. m vCenter Server during performed Release Resource So you must remove it manually If the machine is managed by BMC in NEC ESMPRO Manager remove the target machine through the NEC ESMPRO Manager Web console 4 Replacing the machine or motherboard 1 2 Part III Maintenance Replace the failed hardware Configure the hardware after replacement In the environment without boot config vIO configure machine BMC HBA and NIC as needed Refer to your hardware manual to do this Configure boot order and other settings through the BIOS window of the machine 445 9 Maintenance For BMC refer to Subsection 3 8 4 Configuring the Setting for OOB Management to configure IP addresses users and the destination of the PET notification For HBA configure the boot disk which you want to use in case of the SAN boot configuration In the environment with boot config vlO configure BMC Refer to Subsection 3 8 4 Configuring the Setting for OOB Management to configure IP addresses users and the destination of the PET notification If the machine is managed by the Management Controller management of NEC ESMPRO Manager set up BMC authentication key For details see NEC ESMPRO Manager Ver 5 Setup Guide http www 58support nec co jp global download index html Also see Subsection 3 8 6 Setting up to Use the Management Controller Management on NEC ESMPRO Manager 5 OS recovery on the replaced machine
387. mMonitorPerformance bin rm_client xml bin rm_service_init xml bin rm_database xml SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Backing up and Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services 4 Backing up database Run the following command at the command prompt This is the example of creating a backup file sysmonbk dat in temp of the C drive gt sqlcmd E S local SSCCMDB Q backup database RM_PerformanceDataBase2 to disk c temp sysmonbk dat with init Note If you changed the default instance SSCCMDB enter local instance name 5 Starting the Performance Monitor Service Start the Performance Monitor Service Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Right click System Monitor Performance Monitoring Service and click Start 10 3 2 Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services To restore System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services perform the following procedure 1 Stopping the System Monitor Management Console Select Exit from the File menu of the management console main window of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services to close the console 2 Stopping the Performance Monitor Service Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administr
388. maSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring DPM 2 Registering the machine to an arbitrary group of DPM The procedure is the same as the registration of physical machines into a group See the procedure 10 through 16 in Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM For the Hyper V environment 1 Installing DPM Client No preconfiguration is necessary because the configuration is executed automatically while the installation operation If DPM Client is already installed on your system restart the DPM Client service 2 Registering the machine to an arbitrary group of DPM The procedure is the same as the registration of physical machines into a group See the procedure 10 through 16 in Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM lt Registration using the PXE feature gt Note A DHCP server is required for registration using the PXE feature 1 Setting network booting of the virtual machine server On BIOS boot order settings set the order of the NIC which will be network PXE booted prior to that of the hard disk and save the settings 2 Restarting the virtual machine server By the initial network booting after restarting the virtual machine server is registered to DPM and powered off automatically After a while New Machine appears on the tree view of the DPM Web Console 3 Registering the virtual machine server to an arbitrary group of DPM The procedure is the same as the
389. master VM and then copies a virtual disk based on the image to create a new virtual machine Register a Disk Clone template to an operation group as distribution software Note Disk Clone templates that were created in the vCenter Server environment in SigmaSystemCenter 2 1 update 3 or before are unavailable for SigmaSystemCenter 3 0 or later because the method of customizing a virtual machine has been changed Release the Sysprep setting for DPM and create Disk Clone templates again 1 Setting up a master VM Set up a master VM to be an original virtual machine of a template by reference to Subsection 3 12 2 Creating a Master VM in XenCenter 3 12 3 Creating a Master VM on ESXi 3 12 4 Creating a Master VM on Hyper V or 3 12 5 Creating a Master VM on KVM 2 Preparing for deployment of the virtual machine with DPM If the virtual machine server is managed in vCenter Server vCenter Server deploys the virtual machines Therefore this procedure is unnecessary Skip to the procedure 7 Reference For details of the processing to create a Disk Clone see Subsection 1 3 1 Overview of Image Deployment 1 3 11 How to use Sysprep Full Clone Differential Clone Disk Clone Sysprep vCenter Server Subsection 1 3 12 How to use Sysprep Differential Clone Disk Clone Sysprep DPM and Subsection 1 3 13 How to use Sysprep Differential Clone Disk Clone LinuxRepSetUp DPM in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Ref
390. mation of virtual infrastructure products To register the virtual switch perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Switch in the Resource tree Click the Collect Switch Information on the Operation menu Click the Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the target virtual machine server in the Virtual tree oo fe N 2 The virtual switch appears under Virtual Switch List on details of the virtual machine server Registering a Distributed Switch Create a distributed switch on VMware vCenter Server in advance The distributed switch can be registered to SystemProvisioning by collecting the information of VMware vCenter Server To register the distributed switch perform the following procedure Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Switch in the Resource tree Click the Collect Switch Information on the Operation menu Poe ove The distributed switch is added under the Switch of the Resource tree Adding a VLAN Port Group To add a VLAN port group perform the following procedure Note If the VLAN is set to the VLAN Type the VLAN ID that is already used in the private VLAN cannot be used To configure the private VLAN the setting for the private VLAN must be added in advance For the procedure for adding the private VLAN see Subsection 4 4 5 Adding a Private VLAN 1 C
391. mplate list A template is displayed in the following format an existing virtual machine server name template name 8 Click OK 9 When creating the virtual machine finishes the created virtual machine appears on the details of the virtual machine server Note f a virtual machine is created in the Virtual view the virtual machine cannot be customized To activate a created machine use Register Master Machine Creating a Clone of a Virtual Machine To create a clone of a virtual machine in other words create the same virtual machine as the specified virtual machine perform the following procedure Note A replica VM cannot be used for VM Clone In the vCenter Server and standalone ESXi environment if the name of the network configured on the virtual machine server to create a virtual machine and the name of the network used in the source virtual machine for cloning are different a created virtual machine s network will be disconnected After creating a virtual machine edit the virtual machine to configure the correct network setting See Section 8 3 Editing a Virtual Machine for how to edit the virtual machine If a virtual machine is cloned in the standalone ESXi environment the disk type of the created virtual machine is Thick regardless of the disk type of the source virtual machine 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the source virtua
392. mplates that you can use from SystemProvisioning are 6 2 1 308 gt Full Clone template HW Profile Clone template Differential Clone template Disk Clone template Creating a Full Clone Template After creating a master VM of the VMware environment or Xen environment create a Full Clone template SigmaSystemCenter displays different windows according to whether a Full Clone template is created from a virtual machine on VMware vCenter Server or not To create a Full Clone template perform the following procedure 1 2 3 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the icon of the master VM to be a source of the template in the Virtual tree Note You need to power off the machine to be a source of a template beforehand Click Create Template on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Template 4 Create Template appears on the Main Window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 VirtualMachine gt Create Template Eaj Create Template Template Name Cost Description Full Clone C H Profile Clone Hint This is per product template such as Differential Clone Disk Clone VMware and Citrix Xen Source VM YM Name VirtualMachine VM Server Name sn vm19 Location Storage 2 Image Image Name VM Server nwm i SYS Location Sant OS Setting OS Type Windows Sever S OS Name 2 I Profile
393. munity Name box 3 Check All Alert Receiver radio button at Alert Progress 4 Check Alert Receiver IP Address check box of Alert Receiver1 and enter the management server s IP address SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management 5 Select Error Warning and Information from Alert Level drop down list 5 Click Apply at the bottom of main pane 3 10 4 Enabling Dump Dump can be executed through the managed machine s BMC from a management server by using SigmaSystemCenter To enable Dump operation configure the setting for the OS running on a managed machine This subsection provides the procedure for configuring the Dump setting by exemplifying the case of Windows Server 2008 Note For some versions of OSs such as Windows which has many versions the following procedure might require changes in some part In this case refer to the product manuals to perform the procedure for the Windows OS and for other OSs Dump is not supported on either VMware ESX ESXi or XenServer Click the Control Panel from the Start menu 2 Click the System on the System and Maintenance With the classic display double click on the System 3 Click Settings under the Startup and Recovery on the Advanced system settings tab 4 Change the setting of the items under the System failure and click OK N kd Ou J f 4 Control Panel System
394. n Guide Registering Storage 4 6 4 5 6 10 11 12 Click Register Delete Disk Array on the Configuration menu Register Delete Disk Array appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt Register Del E Register Delete Disk Array Unmanaged Disk Array List Display Count Add And Register Delete Number Edit Add And Register Delete OK Cancel Click Add and Register of the Action menu Add And Register Disk Array appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Storage gt Add And Regi A Add And Register Disk Array Disk Array Type NetApp Data ONTAP IP Address User Name Password Password Confirmation OK Cancel Enter IP address in IP Address box Required Enter a user name in the User Name box Required Enter a password in the Password box Required Enter the same password again in the Password Confirmation box for the confirmation Required Click OK An icon of registered disk array is added under Storage in the Resource tree Registering a Disk Volume To register a disk volume as a management target of SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure Note Disk volume is represented as a LD in NEC Storage a LUN in CLARiiON and a logical device in Symmetrix Volume in NetApp 1 2 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of disk array to register in the Resource tree Part Il
395. n a group pool in the Maintenance Mode the machine is not selected as a replacement target due to a recovery process according to a policy Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Maintenance Mode belongs in the Operations tree under Host List or Group Pool Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Base Information Name Priority OS Type Policy Name The way to use group pool Description Group A 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Details of the group appear on the Main Window Display Count 20 Vv Vv Host Name EHost A Group Pool Display Count 20 Resource z Name D Em2 Status Status Normal Power Oor Assign New Delete VM IP Address 255 255 255 0 Power Oor Assign New Delete VM Delete Type VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Delete Part III Maintenance Restore MAC i Machine Individual Operations z Configuration 9 Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool Machine Individual Operations Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Refresh Machine Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Backup Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete VM Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Fai
396. n be given to the template To give the profile information select the Profile check box and follow the procedure below If it is unnecessary skip to the procedure 17 12 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a name of the OS license owner in the Owner Name box 13 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter an organization name of the OS license in the Organization Name box 14 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client select the time zone in the Time Zone list 15 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a product key of the OS in the Product Key box 16 If the OS Type is Windows Server select the license mode as License Mode If you select Number of Connected Server enter the number of servers to connect at the same time in the text box 17 Click OK 18 Confirm that the created template is added under Template List 6 2 5 Creating a Snapshot A snapshot that saves the state of a virtual machine can be created from the Web Console To create a Differential Clone template and an image a snapshot that is created when the master VM is powered off is required To create a snapshot perform the following procedure Reference For the detail of snapshot management see Section 2 8 Snapshot Management in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 317 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment Clic
397. n the Authority list Required 9 Enter the password into both the Password box and the Confirm Password box Required 10 Click OK Reference For details of the setting items see Subsection 2 3 1 Add User in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM To register a managed machine to DPM perform the following procedure For the caution notes on registering virtual machine servers or virtual machines see Subsection 3 7 5 Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM and 3 7 6 Registering a Virtual Machine Server to DPM Reference For more details see Subsection 3 3 1 Add Machine Group and 3 9 2 Add New Machine in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 1 Start the DPM Web Console For how to start the DPM Web Console see Subsection 3 7 1 Starting DPM Web Console Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Create a machine group If the machine group to which a managed machine is to be registered already exists skip to the procedure 10 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 73 3 Settings of Related Products Click Machines from the Resource tree Group List appears on the Main Window Click Add Group from the Configuration menu NO oF Add Group window appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout Poo eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations Oo Resource gt Machines
398. n the tree Click Console on the Configuration menu At the first launch the following security alert appears Confirm that the Publisher is NEC Corporation and click Run For XenServer and KVM the following dialog appears Application Run Security Warning Do you want to run this application g EA Name SystemProvisioning VNC Console From localhost Publisher NEC Corporation en Comten While applications from the Internet can be useful they can potentially harm your computer If you do not trustthe source do not run this software More Information For Hyper V the following dialog appears Application Run Security Warning xi Do you want to run this application g TA Name SystemProvisioning Hyper V Console From localhost Publisher NEC Corporation en Comten While applications from the Internet can be useful they can potentially harm your computer If you do not trustthe source do not run this software More Information SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 412 Connecting to a Console 4 The application starts and connects to a serial console of the managed machine For XenServer and KVM the following screen appears i vm n04 05 Win 2003 SP1 en XenServer Console SigmaSystemCenter 3 0 16203 a a EJ Connect J Reconnect Disconnect Refresh 5Full Screen Send Cri at Del EI At the first launch of Hyper V the
399. name form Backing up SystemProvisioning To back up SystemProvisioning perform the following procedure 1 Stopping the Web Console Close the Web Console if it is open 2 Stopping SystemProvisioning To stop SystemProvisioning see Subsection 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning Part III Maintenance 471 10 Backup and Restoration 10 2 2 472 3 Backing up files Back up the files in the SystemProvisioning installation directory Back up the files without changing their saved permission Note The default installation directory is ProgramFiles NEC PVM 4 Backing up registries Back up the registries in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE NEC PVM You can back up them exporting the data from Registry Editor 5 Running the backup command Run the following command at the command prompt This is the example of creating a backup file backup dat in temp of the C drive gt sqlcmd E S local SSCCMDB 1 gt backup database pvminf to disk c temp backup dat with init 2 gt go Note If you have changed the instance name from the default instance name SSCCMDB specify local the instance name 6 Starting SystemProvisioning Start SystemProvisioning after the backup has completed For the procedure see Subsection 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning Restoring SystemProvisioning Restore the contents in the backup files after
400. nce For how to register the package see Section 5 5 Package Registration Modification in DeploymentManager Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine Launch Image Builder and click Package registration modification 2 From File click Create Windows package The Create Windows package screen will appear 3 Select the Basic tab and fill in the Package ID Select Application from the pull down under Type Leave the setting under Urgency as the way it is set Normal 4 Select the Execution Settings tab and enter the path to execsysprep bat for Execution file 5 Select the Applicable OS and language tab Under OS name add All OS and under Language name add All Language 6 Click OK and create the Windows package 2 Creating a Scenario Create a scenario in the DPM Web Console For how to create a scenario see the procedure 4 through 22 in Section 9 1 10 Distributing an Additional Application and Applying a Patch to a Machine Note Do NOT select the following check boxes in the Option tab Forced Execution Of A Reboot Is Performed Before Execution Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution Reference For details of how to create a scenario see Subsection 3 13 3 Package Tab in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 307 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 6 2 Creating a Template Te
401. nd port number of the destination Setting for receiving alerts of CLUSTERPRO events If you want the managed machine to send events of CLUSTERPRO you need to monitor events that CLUSTERPRO registers to Syslog Configure the monitored events of CLUSTERPRO in the Control Panel Log in as a root user Start the service under the following path opt nec esmpro_sa bin ESMamsadm Select Syslog Events Setting and press Enter Select ON on the Operation on Source When selected it is marked with an asterisk Select Add and press Enter Configure the following event sources on the displayed Add Syslog Item Note Monitoring events is executed with the strings entered in the Keyword Therefore enter the exact strings including upper or lower case and spaces Note that the configuration will not work if you enter long strings With CLUSTERPRO 3 x or earlier Item Setting Source CLUSTERPRO Event ID c00008a4 Keyword lt type nm gt lt event 2 gt Server Trap Name Server down 90 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for Sending Failure Events From the Managed Machine Item Setting Source CLUSTERPRO Event ID c0005217 Keyword lt type rm gt lt event 9 gt Monitor rr rr failed Trap Name Public LAN error A sharp sign in the keyword setting represents a single byte space e With CLUSTERPRO X 1 0 or greater
402. ne and Change Machine Usage or creating HW Profile Clone register this restore scenario as distribution software of SystemProvisioning 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine This subsection explains the method to delete the specific information on the master machine using Sysprep on the Windows machine For the method on the Linux machine see Subsection 3 4 1 3 Deleting the Specific Information in DeploymentManager Operation Guide Reference For the description in DPM manuals corresponding to this procedure see Subsection 3 3 1 3 Preparing Sysprep and 3 3 1 4 Executing Sysprep bat in DeploymentManager Operation Guide 1 Log on to the OS by the Administrator account Perform the following procedure according to the OS of the master machine e For Windows 2000 Windows server 2003 and Windows XP Do not configure the password for the Administrator account e For Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 Enable the Administrator account After OS installation by disk duplication the logon screen of the Administrator account will appear Join the work group Create a Sysprep folder 1 Run the following file located in the SigmaSystemCenter DVD R by using Explorer Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 105 3 Settings of Related Products For the Windows parameter file Express SigmaSystemCenter DVD R DPM TOOLS ExpressSysprep Windows Copy ExpressSysprep vbs For a di
403. ne hosti _2 Clean up machine status and host request status Collect aill data find Dlls Got Modules from Dils Create Listener registry call Model Load starting un the machins fhaxtl 2 Source admin Scheduler Scheduler SerriceModule SericeModule SemceModule ServiceModule adun Start Time 2012045 1135 17 20120425 11 29 12 201204725 11 28 38 2012 04 25 11 20 14 2012 04 25 11 20 14 D120425 11 28 15 2012 04 25 11 28 15 ANUS 11 7 At On the Web Console the Title bar is displayed all the time Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Sethng List erlormance w Maintenance Command Set Privilege Operation 9 ut chine to All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistnbute Software Finish Time 2012M4 25 11 29 14 42511 2 2 4 25 11 201 204 25 11 2 201204 25 11 2012 04 25 11 28 28 MINAN 11 27 2A The Title bar is composed of the Search function Main menu and Account management functionality e Search You can search machines from here See Subsection 1 2 6 Search for details e Main menu By clicking these menus you can change the view Account management functionality You can change the password and log out Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 21 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 22 2 Tree view 3 4 5 By clicking the main menu you can change the Tree view By clicking ic
404. ne Individual Operations Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model 5 Select the check box of a host to change a group under Host List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 386 Operations for Maintenance 6 Click Change Group of the Action menu Change Group is displayed on the Main Window Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Change Group Ea Change Group Move From Group A Move To T Operations EM Category A 3 Group A VmModel Group A2 VmModel_2 Category B 2 Group B Model_B Category C 22 Group C Model_C Select a destination model and click OK 8 The group of the host changes and the details of the destination group appear 9 1 8 Changing Disk Volume Configuration To change the configuration of the disk volume that is connecting to SigmaSystemCenter perform the following procedure Note When changing the configuration of shared disk volume perform the procedure below on all machines that are correlated to the shared disk For NEC Storage the procedure 1 and 7 can be omitted if the machine enters the maintenance mode in the procedure 2 through 6 If they are omitted the operation to assign a LD and LD set on NEC Storage Manager is necessary after performing the procedure 3 For how to assign a LD and LD set see manuals of NEC Storage Manager 1 Releasing an allocation of the target machine Release the allocation of the mac
405. ne Property Setting the software that runs Sysprep towards a replica VM while creating a template or an image can be set For the master VM of the template which to be customized by DPM register the software running Sysprep to the Distribution Timing When replica creation Checking the Software Distribution History Tab On the Software Distribution History tab of the Machine Property Setting the list of already distributed software is displayed Reference To delete histories that are before distributing the latest OS image delete them by using the command to delete software distribution histories ssc delete history the ssc command For the detail of the command see SSC Command Reference Configuring Settings on the Account Tab To execute OOB Management through SigmaSystemCenter on the machine that is prepared in Section 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management an account of OOB Management must be registered To configure settings on the Account tab of the Machine Property Setting perform the following procedure Note If an account of OOB Management registered in SigmaSystemCenter is changed on the target machine to be monitored connecting to the machine fails which cause unavailability of the control functionality by OOB Management In that case update the account of OOB Management registered in SigmaSystemCenter SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Machine Property Settin
406. nes the range of the authority of the operations in the Operations view and the operations to hosts physical machines virtual machines and virtual machine servers 8 Select the check box of the privilege to configure in the Privilege tree Note If an authority name in the Privilege tree is clicked the summary of the selected authority appears under Privilege Description 9 Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 198 Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 5 2 2 Configuring the Authority to a Category To specify a target category of the access and operation authority with a role setting perform the following procedure Click Operations on the Title Bar to switch to the Operations view 2 Click the icon of the target category to configure the access and operation authority with a role in the Operations tree 3 Details of the category appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu 5 Privilege List appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A B Privilege List Operation o9 Display Count 20 z Edit Privilege Add Release r User Role Defined In Children Succeed l admin Administrator All Resource System A pwn Operator All Resource System a Edit Privilege Add Release 6 Click Add of the Action menu 7 Add Privilege appears under Privilege List Operations gt Category A Privilege List 9 Operation 7 Display
407. ng NEC ESMPRO Manager Services If any ESMPRO related product is installed stop its service Click the Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in From Services right click the following services and click Stop e NVBase System Service and related services e Alert Manager Main Service e DianaScope ModemAgent ESMPRO SM Common Component e ESMPRO SM Web Container e SNMP Trap Service Note SNMP Trap Service may not be started depending on the setting Backing up database files Back up the following database files e Files in the ESMWORK folder NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folde ESMWORK Note The following folders are unnecessary to back up ESMWORK AMWORK folder This folder may not exist depending on the NEC ESMPRO Manager version ESMWORK DATA Alert folder The default installation folder is ProgramFiles NEC SMM e AMVSCKR LOG NEC ESMPRO Manager installation foldeANVWORK AMWORK sck AMVSCKR LOG Note Depending on the environment the file path changes as follows NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folden AlertMan Work sck AMVSCKR LOG NEC ESMPRO Agent installation folderAlertMan W ork sck AMVSCKR LOG SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager Files in the ESMWEB folder NEC ESMP
408. ng sets the status of the resource Error Abort if SystemProvisioning failed the execution of Actions for some reason for instance starting or stopping a machine from the operation on the Web Console To reset the management status of the target machine after collecting logs about the machine and clearing the cause of the failure perform the following procedure PoN gt Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to reset the Job in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the machine to reset the Job result under Host List or Group Pool Click Reset Job Result of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Configuration Ly Edit Group 7 Move Group Delete Group ans Group A Property 1 Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Scale Out Scale In Priority OS Type Policy Name Windows Server Standard Policy GroupOnly The way to use group pool Description Host List Display Count 20 E Vv Host Name M Host A Status Faulted Assign New Delete VM Machine Individual Operations Power GRunning DHCP Assign New Delete VM IP Address d Machine Individual Operations z Add Machine to Pool Start Restart Shutdown Suspend 20 g Resource Name C Emh Display Count Status Power Oor Allocate Machine Gro
409. ng the access authority Configure the access authority that you saved in the procedure 5 in Subsection 10 5 1 Backing up NEC ESMPRO Manager 6 Checking if WMI repository is restored WMI repository may not be restored depending on backup software and its options Check if WMI repository is restored with the following check procedure SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager Check procedure 1 Click Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Computer Management 2 The Computer Management dialog appears Click Services and Applications click WMI Control and click Properties on the right click menu 3 The WMI Control Properties dialog appears Click the Security tab Check that PVM and WSX exist under Root NEC ESMPRO SM If PVM or WSX does not exist register WMI repository with the following registration procedure If both PVM and WSX exist skip to the procedure 7 Registration procedure 1 Click Start menu click All Programs click Accessories and click Command Prompt 2 Change the current directory cd d NEC ESMPRO Manager installation folder ESMPRO ESMMNG bin Note The default installation folder path is ProgramFiles NEC SMM 3 Run the following command If PVM does not exist mofcomp class forceupdate esmpvm mof If WSX does no
410. nly Display Count 20 7 O Host Name O OAirtualMachine Status Power IP Address anormal GrRunninc DHCP Assign New Delete VM F Group Pool Display Count 20 7 Resource Name Delete Status Power Type Delete Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter Windows Client Machine Individual Operations Assign New Delete VM F Machine Individual Operations St Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target group to delete in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target machine to delete under Host List Click the Delete Virtual Machine of the Action menu Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Property Setting List Show Maintenance Command Set Privilege Operation Cr Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool All Machine Action Restart e Shutdown Restart Soen Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine Register Master Machine Backup Restore Refresh Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure 337 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 6 Delete Virtual Machine dialog box appears Select whether to delete the disk information or not Are you sure you want to delete vm Cancel 7 Click OK When deleting the virtual ma
411. not registered the power control from SystemProvisioning might fail The PXE boot of the managed machine is not enabled and the OS cannot start for any reason such as OS is not installed yet 15 Enter each item Note If you set an Identification Name DPM Web console shows it as the machine name and it is not changed during the operation It is shown as the machine name in SystemProvisioning either When you perform operations that possibly change OS host name such as machine replacing you are recommended to use an Identification Name 16 Click OK Registering a Virtual Machine to DPM Virtual machines must be registered to DPM under the following cases When installing applications and patches etc into a virtual machine When using the following functionalities HW Profile Clone Differential Clone other than vCenter Server Management and Disk Clone other than vCenter Server Management When dealing with a fault for example shutting down a virtual machine through DPM if failure occurs on the virtual machine server Reference For HW Profile Clone Differential Clone other than vCenter Server Management and Disk Clone other than vCenter Server Management set the machine specific information by using DPM For details see Subsection 2 2 2 Templates in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide For the max number of the machine groups and the machines that can be managed by DPM
412. nter 3 1 Configuration Guide 180 Creating a Policy Creating a policy by copying an existing policy and changing settings 4 10 4 Copying an Existing Policy 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event 4 10 3 Adding a Policy To add a policy perform the following procedure With this procedure you can create a new policy or create a policy using Standard Policy 1 Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view 2 Click the Policy in the Management tree 3 Click Add Policy on the Configuration menu 4 Add Policy appears on the Main Window Management gt Policy gt Add Policy Add Policy Name Description Template Standard Policy Standard Policy N 1 Standard Policy Virtual Machine Standard Policy VM Server Hyper V Power save Standard Policy VM Server Hyper V Predictive Standard Policy VM Server Power save Standard Policy VM Server Predictive 5 Enter a policy name in the Name box Required Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 181 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 6 Select New or one of the Standard Policies in the Template list If you select a template name of a Standard Policy you can create a new policy with the Standard Policy information Note The System Policy Manager cannot be selected here If the System Policy Manager is deleted or its name
413. ntervals can be changed depending on which monitoring profile is selected VM Standard Monitoring Profile 5min 5 minutes VM Standard Monitoring Profile 30min 30 minutes 2 If the virtualization infrastructure is Xen the performance data are not obtained 3 If the virtualization infrastructure is ESX VMware Tools must be installed into virtual machines 4 If the virtualization infrastructure is KVM the performance data are not obtained 5 If the virtualization infrastructure is Hyper V it is necessary to enable Dynamic Memory feature for the virtual machines VM Monitoring Profile Exclusively for virtual machines Collects performance data of the following performance indicators Accesses to the guest OS with the specified account in order to obtain the performance data of CPU Usage Disk Space MB and Physical Memory Space MB Obtains other performance data from each virtual infrastructure software without accessing to the guest OS Performance Indicator Collection Intervals CPU Usage 5min 30 min 1 Host CPU Usage 2 5min 30 min 1 Host CPU Usage MHz 2 5min 30 min 1 Disk Space MB 5min 30 min 1 Guest Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec 2 3 5min 30 min 1 Guest Network Transfer Rate Bytes sec 2 3 5min 30 min 1 Physical Memory Space MB 5min 30 min 1 Host Memory Usage 3 5min 30 min 1
414. o an ESX host as root 2 Enter the following command to check if the Web Access service is executed service vmware webAccess status 3 Ifthe Web Access service is not executed enter the following command to start the Web Access service service vmware webAccess start Reference For the details see vSphere Web Access Administrator s Guide of VMware Inc http Awww vmware com pdf vsphere4 r40 vsp 40 web access pdf To install the plugin on a browser perform the following procedure 1 Connect to the Web console of ESX from a browser https your esx ip address or hostname ui Note When connecting with a hostname the machine that is to connect to the destination must be able to resolve the hostname 2 Login using a user name root and password of the ESX 3 A prompt to install the plugin appears Click it to install the plugin Connecting to a console Perform the following procedure to connect to the virtual machine console Note Turn on the virtual machine before connecting to the virtual machine console In order to connect to the virtual machine console you need to have Administrator privileges SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Connecting to a Console 1 Click Virtual or Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual or Resource view 2 Click the icon of the virtual machine to connect to in the tree 3 Click Console on the Configuration menu 4 Aconsole of the
415. o display the NIC information Select the check box of the NIC before replacement and click Delete of the Action menu Adding the information of NIC after replacement Select the icon of the machine whose NIC you replaced in the Resource tree and click Property on the Configuration menu Select the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting to display the NIC information Click Add of the Action menu For configuring NIC information see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine whose NIC you replaced and click Maintenance OFF of the Action menu on the Web Console Collect Storage when NAS is used When you use NAS select Storage from the Resource tree and then click Collect Storage on the Operation menu on the Web console Note If NAS is not used you do not need to perform the procedure 9 For the environment with boot config vIO 1 Part III Maintenance Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of the machine whose NIC is to be replaced click Maintenance ON on the Operation menu of the Web Console Shutting down the machine Shut down the machine through the Web Console Replacing the NIC Starting the machine Start the machine through the Web console 451 9 Maintenance On the DPM Web Console display the Machine Detail window of the target machine to confirm that the MAC address of the new NIC is displayed on the MAC Address S
416. ob Execution Status You can check Job execution status on the Dashboard window or Job window An aborted Job is displayed in pink and warned Job is displayed in yellow Search the jobs at most 100 items according to the specified start date and time Start Time 2010 02 01 E 15 x 35 x 11 Back to 1 gt Day s ago Update Option Previous Period Next Period JobNo Start Time Finish Time Status Event Source Message ooog2 0TO0A01 20100201 completed UC00621 admin Execution of job Delete MachineAccount 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 09 00 46 09 00 46 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 08 58 58 09 00 46 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 08 58 39 08 59 11 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 08 55 56 08 56 11 00077 010 02 01 2010 201 Completed UC00612 admin Execution of job Startup machine oooze 0100201 20100201 Completed UCO0611 admin Execution of job Revert Snapshot 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 08 54 56 08 55 06 2010 02 01 2010 02 01 08 50 57 08 54 34 00081 Completed SY00617 Scheduler Clean up machine status 00080 Warning SY00615 Scheduler automatic CollectAll 00079 Failed SY00614 SericeModule Start Service 00078 Completed UC00613 admin Execution of job Startup machine 00075 Completed UC00610 admin Execution of job Revert Snapshot 00074 Completed UC00609 admin Execution of job Reboot machine Previous Period Next Period Part III Maintenance 437 9 Maintenance When the event number of the job on the Event column is
417. ocation Always use Default Image OK Cancel 2 Select the option of the image to distribute under Change Image To use the template s default image without fixing select the Always use Default Image option 3 Click OK then the image of software under Software List will be changed 5 4 6 Configuring Settings on the Network Setting Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server To configure the common network setting for physical machines which are activated at an operation group perform the following procedure on the Network Setting tab If the model type is VM this tab does not appear Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 223 5 Creating an Operation Group 224 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Network Setting tab Operations gt Category A gt PhysicalGroup EA Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Please select network to group Add Delete NIC Number Network VLAN Switch Name To add a network setting to Network List click Add of the Action menu under Network List Add Network dialog box appears Add Network x NIC Number Tag O Logical Network gt Specify VLAN Switch ro VLAN mm VLAN ID Enter the NIC number for identifying the port for VLAN in the NIC Number box To enter multiple NIC numbers separate them
418. of Sysprep towards the master VM Click the icon of the target master VM on the Resource view and click Property on the Configuration menu Select the Software tab and click Add of the Action menu on the Software List box to display the Add Software dialog box Select When create replica in the Timing of distribution list select a Sysprep execution scenario and click OK Confirm that the scenario is added and click Apply For how to create the Sysprep execution scenario see Subsection 6 1 6 Creating a Sysprep Execution Scenario 7 Creating a template To create a template see Subsection 6 2 4 Creating a Disk Clone Template 8 Registering the template to an operation group Register the template to an operation group as distribution software by reference to Subsection 5 8 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab In the case of creating virtual machines on XenServer one Disk Clone template can be used among multiple XenServers Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 305 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 6 1 6 306 In the case of creating virtual machines on Hyper V single server one Disk Clone template can be used only on the Hyper V to which the master VM belongs In the case of creating virtual machines on Hyper V cluster create the template on CSV to use it among all the hosts in the cluster In the case of creating virtual machines on ESXi one Disk Clone template can be use
419. of a virtual machine console Displaying a virtual machine console Diagnose Note To configure an account password for each ESX configure it from the Edit Subsystem window of the ESXs 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Virtual Resource tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Set the initial values of Capacity value of YM server and Cost value of YM The number of virtual machines on a VM server is limited because the total cost value of virtual machines does not exceed the capacity value of the VM server Capacity Value 200 Cost Value 10 Set the default root password of VMware ESX used upon Failover Reconfigure and opening console This password is used when the password information is not set by the screen setting of the virtual each machine server I Root Password Update Root Password esses Root Password Confirmation eccce I MAC Address Pool Feature Hint By enabling this feature SSC changes the setting of MAC address as Static for created virtual machine and assigned virtual machine on Hyper V By doing this the MAC address of a virtual machine would not change by virtual machine migration The MAC address for new virtual machine on Hyper V is also specified automatically Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 42 Configuring the Environment Select the Root Pa
420. of the host activated at the group by using System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services perform the following procedure Note The setting configured on the Performance Monitor tab becomes effective when the SystemProvisioning s configuration information is reflected on System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services It might take time depending on the setting of the configuration application 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and select the Performance Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt VMG A Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor I Performance Data Collection Settings Select the performance monitoring profile Profile Name Do not Monitor Refer to the selected monitoring profile Set the performance monitoring server System Monitor Management Server IP Address Port Number Specify the account used to access the monitored host This account is used when it is necessary to access the monitored host directly for collecting performance data Account Password Im Update Password Apply Back 2 To monitor the performance data of the host activated at the group by using System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services select the Performance Data Collection Settings check box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 243 5 Creating an Operation Group 3 Select a monitoring profile in the Profile Name
421. ofile 1min Description Performance Indicator List Add Delete Performance Indicator Collect Interval CPU Usage 1 minute s Disk Space MB 1 minute s Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec 1 minute s Physical Memory Space MB 1 minute s Performance Indicator Setting Resource CPU X Performance Indicator CPU Usage Collect Interval 1 minute s z Threshold Monitoring Information List Add Delete Cin ore Statistics Threshold Monitor Egit Type Status I Lower Error Value Monitor Machine Average Value 10 Enable Es I Upper Error Value Monitor Machine Average Value 90 Enable 28 OK Cancel E Monitor Type 10 Select resource type from the Resource box performance indicator from the Performance Indicator box and collect interval from the Collect Interval box And then click OK To set up threshold monitoring The following demonstrates the procedure to add a threshold monitoring setting to the existing monitoring profile 5 Perform the procedure 1 through 3 in To add a performance indicator to be collected Click the Edit icon of the monitoring profile to which you want to add a threshold monitoring setting on Monitoring Profile List The Edit Monitoring Profile window appears Click the Edit icon of the monitoring profile to which you want to add a threshold monitoring setting on Performance Indicator List The Performance Indicator Setting window appears P
422. og into DPM and change the setting of the default user 1 3 Start the DPM Web Console to display the DeploymentManager Login window DeploymentManager Login Credentials User Name DeploymentManager Password I Remember User Name Enter the user name and password Required Note To log into DPM for the first time enter the following user name and password User name admin Password admin Reference Be sure to change the password after the first login For how to change the setting of the user currently logging in see Subsection 1 1 2 Account in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Click Login Adding DPM User To add a DPM user perform the following procedure maU NS Start the DPM Web Console Click Management located on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click User from the Management tree User List appears on the Main Window Click Add User on the Configuration menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring DPM 6 Add User appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout ror 6 DeploymentManager Operations Monitor Management amp Management 9 Management gt User gt Add User Ea Management E Add User Ea DPM Server User Name a Authority Administrator v Password Confirm Password Description A OK Cancel 7 Enter a user name into the User Name box Required Select the authority level i
423. ollect data for manager 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Normal UC02622 Started action Collect data for manager admin 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Normal UC02622 Started jobs admin 1 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Normal UCO2621 Completed jobs admin 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Normal UCO2621 Completed action Register manager admin 1 2 2 Views SigmaSystemCenter provides six types of views You can switch views by clicking menus on the Title bar Purposes of each view are as follows Portal view This view is for cloud users to operate a private cloud environment with SigmaSystemCenter This view appears when a virtual infrastructure such as vCenter Server is registered as a subsystem Operations view This view is a main view for operations in SigmaSystemCenter Resource view In this view you can register and manage resources such as machines storage network devices and software Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 23 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter Virtual view This view shows you configuration of your virtual environment that SigmaSystemCenter manages Also you can execute operations that are only for a virtual environment such as creating and moving a virtual machine Monitor view In this view you can monitor state of your managed resources or executions state of Jobs on Dashboard In addition you can refer to operation logs job histories and event histories This view shows
424. on Select the Forced Execution Of A Reboot is Performed Before Execution check box under Scenario Execution Option Setting Click OK The created scenario appears under Scenario List Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 113 3 Settings of Related Products 3 11 5 Creating a Restore Scenario File To create a restore scenario file perform the following procedure Note Before executing DPM s Backup Restore function be sure to check the Disk number by using the Disk Viewer For details of the Disk Viewer see Section 7 2 Disk Configuration Check Tool in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 1 Start the DPM Web Console 2 Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 9 Create a scenario group If the scenario group planned to be created already exists skip to the procedure 10 Click the Scenarios from the Resource tree Group List appears on the Main Window Click the Add Group on the Configuration menu NO oF Add Scenario Group appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management B Operations fey Resource gt Scenarios gt Add Group Resource Add Scenario Group et Machines Ut 53 Image Name L Enter the group name into the Name box Required 9 Click OK 10 Add the scenario Click the scenario group to which the scenario is to be added in the Resource tree 11 Deta
425. on by disk duplication reflects the machine specific information by obtaining the disk duplication data file from DPM Server In an environment where network connection or IP address assigning of DHCP takes time obtaining the disk duplication data file may fail and the processing may not continue To avoid this change the setting of retry count or retry interval of the disk duplication data file when creating the master machine OS Running Drive Sysprep deplan ini RetryTimes 20 retry count IntervalSec 5 retry interval The default values are as above One connection attempt takes about 26 seconds If 5 seconds is set for IntervalSec and 20 times is set for RetryTimes the total time for retry is calculated with the following expression 26 seconds 5 seconds 20 times 620 seconds Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 109 3 Settings of Related Products 7 Run Sysprep bat 1 Run the Sysprep bat under the Sysprep folder created in the procedure 3 After running the command follow the instructions displayed on the Command Prompt Note For Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP do not run Sysprep exe located in the same folder End all the started applications and explorers 2 The machine is automatically powered off after running Sysprep If the machine restarts and the POST screen appears press the POWER switch to turn the power OFF before obtaining the IP address assigne
426. on the ESXi to which the master VM belongs However if a datastore is shared by multiple ESXis one template can be used among multiple ESXis 10 Configuring details of the model Configure details of a model by reference to Section 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 11 Configuring the OS name for the Host Profile If a disk duplication data file of DPM is not created for the master VM configure the name of the OS that is installed in the master VM for the OS setting on the Host Profile Note For Windows specify a correct OS name because the processing is different according to the kinds of OSs 12 Creating a virtual machine and starting the machine in a group Execute Allocate Resource to create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group by reference to Subsection 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 302 Creating a Virtual Machine 6 1 5 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the Disk Clone Method To create a virtual machine with the Disk Clone method use a Disk Clone template A virtual machine can be created on a XenServer Standalone ESXi Hyper V and KVM from SystemProvisioning with the Disk Clone template If the virtual machine server is managed in vCenter Server it is highly recommended that you use Full Clone not Disk Clone SystemProvisioning creates an image of a Disk Clone template based on the
427. ond s Job result display period 60 minute s M Always enable Auto Update Apply 2 Enter the update interval in the Update Interval box and the Maximum Interval box The screen is updated automatically on the frequency of the value configured in the Update Interval box If there is no data to update the interval to the next update is expanded to the setting value of the Maximum Interval box gradually If there is any data update the interval to the next update returns to the setting value of the Update Interval box 3 Enter the period of displaying completed jobs on the Job List located on Dashboard in the Job result display period box 4 To enable automatic updating of the screen select the Always enable Auto Update check box 5 Click Apply SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 44 Configuring the Environment 2 4 9 Configuring the Setting of Alive Monitor SigmaSystemCenter checks the status of a managed machine and the communication path between a management server and a managed machine periodically Alive Monitor of SigmaSystemCenter uses NEC ESMPRO Manager vCenter Server or SystemProvisioning according to the kinds of managed machines This subsection explains the alive monitoring which SystemProvisioning executes directly Alive monitor of SystemProvisioning monitors the server down status by executing the following operations towards managed machines Examining the communication with Ping Ping m
428. onfigure MasterScope Network Manager Registering a Switch to MasterScope Network Manager After configuring a network for switches managed in MasterScope Network Manager register the switch to MasterScope Network Manager with the following procedure Reference For details of the setting see manuals of MasterScope Network Manager Select Start select All Programs click MasterScope Network Manager and click MasterScope Network Manager Console to start the console of MasterScope Network Manager From the Setting menu select Configuration Mode to operate in the configuration mode On the System tab click the NetworkView icon click the NetworkManagement icon and right click the map icon On the context menu click Configuration Management click Autodiscover and click TCP IP Hosts 9MasterScope Network Manager File View Operation Setting Window Help Gl ah S on 2 NetworkView NetworkManagement Audt Log Map View Property View Somm DRNECATIE 1 Alet Management Audt Log Onine View 8 Report Status A conim Swap Initialize time _ servienane er Configuration Mode m Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 57 3 Settings of Related Products 4 The AutoDiscover TCP IP Hosts dialog box appears Click Address 5 The Address dialog box appears Specify the range for IP address and click OK And then click Start on the Auto
429. onfiguring Settings on the Storage Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server cccssceeees 271 5 8 4 Configuring Settings on the Software Tab eecceceseseeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeneeess 276 5 8 5 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is Physical or VM Server 5 278 5 8 6 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM csceesceeseeeeereeeeeeeeneeees 279 5 8 7 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Server ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeens 280 5 8 8 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab LINUX eceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeieeesieeeeeeens 280 5 8 9 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Client cccsscceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesneeeeeseeeeeessneeeeees 280 5 8 10 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab if the Model Type is VM Server ceesceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeereees 280 5 8 11 Configuring Settings on the Alive Monitor Tab eeeeecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseeeeeaeete 280 5 9 Configuring a Resource Pool ceesceeeeeeeceeeeeeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeceeeeecaaesesaaeseeeeseaeeeseaeeseneeseaes 283 5 9 Addo A AeSOUrCe POO r aaa e e ccsuss si ensetsnacc heptdecasusdeseescudacersesosbeepan sade sive a aE A aa araa aoaiina 283 5 9 2 Dividing a Resource Pool into a SUD POOI e
430. onitoring Connecting to the specified TCP port Port monitoring For a virtual machine server whether a managed machine works as a virtual machine server or not can be monitored This virtual machine server monitoring is available for Xen Hyper V and KVM Note To execute alive monitoring of SystemProvisioning with Ping monitoring or Port monitoring an IP address for management must be configured If it is not configured the server down status of a managed machine is not monitored Reference For the alive monitoring of SigmaSystemCenter see Subsection 2 12 6 Alive Monitoring of Virtual Machine Servers in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide and 1 2 3 Events SystemProvisioning Can Detect in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 45 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 46 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Alive Monitor tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other To enable the each Monitoring feature s please check the checkbox s Unchecked features do not run for any settings of managed machine M Enable AliveMonitoring Monitoring Interval 6 60 5 minute s Model Type of Monitor Target Physical M VM Server M VM Enable VM Server Monitoring Enable Ping Monitoring Set ping timeout retry
431. onment From Standalone to vCenter Server ccccesccceeeeneeeeeseeeeeeneeeeseneeeeseseeeeenaes 371 8 5 2 Shifting the Environment From vCenter Server to Standalone ccccsccceceeseeeeeseeeeeseeeeeseneeeessseeeeseees 372 8 5 3 Operations After Failing Over in the Standalone ESXi Environment c ccccssceceeesseeeeseseeeeessteeeesenes 373 O MAINES NAIC Gases es ahs a lc ae a cc ta leas ee des as 377 9 1 Operations for Maintenance ccccccceeceeeeeeceeneeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseeeseeeeess 378 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping SystemProvisioning cccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeeeieeeeeeens 378 9 1 2 Starting Restarting Shutting Down or Suspending a Machine ccccceeseceeeseeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeesseeeesnnes 378 9 1 3 Setting in the Maintenance Mode and Releasing the Maintenance Mode ctcceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 381 9 1 4 Clearing the Hardware Status of a Machine From Faulted to Ready ccecsceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeees 382 9 1 5 Resetting Job RESUIt s2cccie isch cece See ei aes in tee in aie R E a 383 9 1 6 Executing Maintenance Operations of a Machine ccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeanere 384 9 1 7 Changing a Group of a Host for Virtual Groups Only eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeteeeseaeeee 385 9 1 8 Changing Disk Volume Configuration
432. ons in the Tree view detailed information the Configuration menu and Operation menu are displayed in the Main Window and you can precede operations from there Main window This is the main window of SystemProvisioning e Group box Group box refers to the box to display details in the list format on the Main Window Display Count 20 S Machine Individual Operations gt Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Host Name Status Power IP Address Resource Model Ghost in process on DHCP host1_2 Phost2 Normal Uor DHCP host2 Phost3 Normal Uor DHCP host3 FPhost4 Define Only DHCP hosts Define Only DHCP Machine Individual Operations gt Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Configuration menu and Operation menu These menus are for the configuration such as making groups and the execution of actions such as starting machines The menus displayed here change by selecting the items on the tree view The operations on Operation menu will be executed to all the resources in the view selected in the tree view Action menu The Action menu is the menu s that is located under a group box or contained ina drop down combo box This menu will be executed to all the selected resources in the group box Select the check box es of the target resource s in the group box list displayed on the Main Window beforehand and then execute the Action menu SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Config
433. ons view on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console and click Add Machine to Pool to add the new machine to the operation group Ifthe machine requires to be activated perform Allocate Machine Select the target host to be allocated resources on the Operations view on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console and perform Allocate Machine If the virtual machine server is replaced restore the evacuated virtual machines Or register and activate the lost virtual machines again If the virtual machine has moved to another virtual machine server select that virtual machine on the Operations view on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console perform Move Virtual Machine and restore the target virtual machine server If the virtual machin server is not allocated yet perform Register Master Machine on the Operations view to activate it If the virtual machine has lost from the Virtual view register the virtual machine to vCenter Server by using vSphere Client Then select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console and perform Collect After Collect has been performed perform Register Machine to register the machine to the Resource view 9 10 2 Replacing a Primary NIC To replace a primary NIC perform the following procedure 448 Disabling the periodical collection Disable the periodical configuration information collection if it is enabled Click the Environment in the Management tree Select the General tab of the Environment Setting window
434. operational plan SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for Storage Type of Status of connection of a OS distribution logical disk before Windows Windewecl Windows Hanus image creating a distribution i Server Server Server aaa 2000 2003 2008 Full backup Never connected to a The OS allocates a drive letter The The OS allocates a logical disk drive letter is allocated in order device file The usually from the C drive including device file is built in disk of the managed machine allocated in order from the built in disk Have The same The same drive letter as the one that The same device connected logical disk has allocated to the partition and to after volume on the logical disk distribution ALD thatis The OS allocates a drive letter The The OS allocates a not the drive letter is allocated in order device file The same usually from the C drive including device file is logical disk built in disk of the managed machine allocated in order after from the built in distribution disk Deployment Never connected to a The OS allocate a drive letter The The OS allocates a logical disk drive letter is allocated in order device file The usually from the C drive including device file is built in disk of the managed machine allocated in order from the built in disk Have The same The same The OS allocate a connected logical drive let
435. or a virtual machine server a machine in which virtual infrastructure software is installed and is already configured as a virtual machine server is not the target of SAN Boot replacing Note To specify the same model as a machine activated in the group the model name resource property of the machine activated and that of the pool machine must be the same If the Auto update model name check box is selected on the Machine Property Setting of the resource SystemProvisioning collects information from subsystems and updates the model name automatically 1 1 9 Machine Status The statuses of each managed machine are displayed in the general display and detailed information window of machines and hosts This information about the statuses helps you to understand running status failure occurrence power status or action executing for each machine SystemProvisioning displays following statuses Summary Status Summary Status is the summarized information about machine management hardware status and executing status You can view the general information of the machine such as how the machine is managed which action is executed or whether hardware failure occurs or not Status Description Normal The machine has no error Abort The machine is stopped because a severe error occurred on Faulted the machine SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 14 Machine Management Status Desc
436. orage CLARiiON Symmetrix gt Operations gt WindowsServer gt PhysicalModel A Model Property Setting General Storage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Add Delete Connect After n n Share HBA NIC M Order Distribution Disk Array Disk Volume Staue nass Numbor Edit Up fal 1 4 NetApp volt Shared Es Down Group Setting List Orde Connect Alar Disk Array Disk Volume Share Status HBA Index He Distribution 2 2 M100 200000255C3A0 Shared ALL Apply Back Disk Volume Setting Storage Information Disk Array m1100 gt M Connect after distribution Display Count 20 gt E Name Number Share Status Usage Status M S 00000255C3A054A0008 8 Shared Unused Sh00000255C3A054A0009 9 Shared Unused M 00000255 3A05440017 23 Shared Unused S 00000255C3A054A0019 25 Shared Unused Number HBA Information Connect to all HBAs Specify an HBA to connect HBA Index 1 Select the check box of a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes 2 To connect the disk volume to configure to all HBAs select Connect to all HBAs under HBA Information To specify the HBA to connect type the HBA index in the HBA Index box This HBA Index indicates the one that you have configured in Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 248 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine Note To contro
437. ormation is not displayed on the Configuration menu System Resource gt Machine gt testnet gt DPM gt server n03 gt IPMI Informa Machine IPMI Information SEL Sensor Show All SEL Download Delete All SEL SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 440 Viewing IPMI Information 9 9 1 SEL Tab The SEL tab displays System Event Logs SEL those are recorded in managed machines You can download and operate SELs from this tab Show All SEL All SELs recorded in managed machines are obtained and displayed on the SEL tab If you click the Show All SEL all SELs are displayed in a list as below System Resource gt Machine gt testnet gt DPM gt server n03 gt IPMI Informa GH Machine IPMI Information SEL Sensor SEL Display Count 20 Date and Time 2010 02 05 17 19 13 2010 02 05 17 19 13 2010 02 05 17 18 50 2010 02 05 17 17 32 2010 02 05 17 17 32 2010 02 05 17 14 46 2010 02 05 17 09 16 2010 02 05 17 09 16 2010 02 05 17 08 54 2010 02 05 17 07 35 2010 02 05 17 07 35 2010 02 05 17 07 20 2010 02 05 17 03 27 2010 02 05 17 03 27 2010 02 05 17 02 34 2010 02 05 17 01 15 2010 02 05 17 01 15 2010 02 05 16 59 46 2010 02 05 14 01 07 2010 02 05 14 01 07 Ad pomena osmem Se Number of Current SEL 2129 61 Normal Sensor Type Message Reserved OEM Record 37 01 00 00 0A 53 6C 4B 00 OS Boot C boot completed System Boot Restart Init Initiated by power up System ACPI Power St
438. orrectly 13 Register the OOB account Click Property on the Configuration menu 14 Click Add in the Account List on the Account tab to add the account SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Adding a Managed Machine After Starting Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 9 2 3 Registering a Created Virtual Machine If you register a virtual machine from SystemProvisioning the created virtual machine is added as a management target of SystemProvisioning automatically In addition if you select the check box on the Edit Datacenter window in the Virtual view a virtual machine which belongs to the target datacenter becomes a target To register a created virtual machine individually as a management target perform the following procedure 1 Collect the information of the virtual machine server on which virtual machines exist Click Management on the Title bar to switch to the Management view Click the Subsystem in the Management tree Details of the subsystem appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the target virtual environment management software and then click Collect of the Action menu 4 Check the collected machine Click Resource on the Title bar to switch the Resource view and then click the Machine 5 Click Register Machine on the Configuration menu click the Unmanaged Machine List and check that the information of the machine registered to the virtual environment management software is reflected properly
439. ort Serial Port B TerminalType PC ANSI Baud Rate 19200 Data Bits 8 Default Parity None Default Stop Bits 1 Default Flow Control Hardware RTS CTS Default Continue C R after POST Enabled Default 5 Click Apply at the bottom of the main pane 6 Click BMC Miscellaneous in the menu tree in the left pane Click Edit at the bottom of the main pane to set Management Software as follows 1 Click Enabled radio button at ESMPRO Management to display Redirection LAN setting Note Re select the appropriate radio button at ESMPRO Management for the management of ESMPRO after checking Redirection LAN to Enabled If you would re check Disable radio button at ESMPRO Management the radio button of Redirection LAN is never turned to Disable 2 Click Enabled radio bottom at Redirection LAN 8 Click Apply at the bottom of the main pane Configuring the setting for Windows Server 2003 Configure the setting for Windows Server 2003 by using Bootcfg exe command The procedure is as follows 1 Log into the managed machine as a user with Administrator privileges and open a command prompt 2 Run the following command on the command prompt gt Bootcfg EMS ON PORT COM2 BAUD 19200 ID 1 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 99 3 Settings of Related Products 100 3 Restart the managed machine Reference For details of Bootcfg exe command see the follow
440. ote This procedure is unnecessary for the Xen environment 4 Configuring details of a model Configure details of a model by reference to Section 5 6 Configuring Model Properties For a Virtual Machine 5 Creating a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group Inthe VMware environment Execute Create and Assign Machine to create a virtual machine and activate the machine in a group For the procedure see Subsection 7 2 3 Creating a Virtual Machine and Activating the Machine in a Group In the Xen environment 1 Create a virtual machine based on the template registered in SystemProvisioning Creating a virtual machine is available on XenCenter or in the Virtual view 2 Change the machine specific information including a host name IP address and Administrator password from XenCenter SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Virtual Machine 3 Create the Host Setting that is adjusted to the changed machine specific information With the Host Setting execute Register Master Machine to the created virtual machine and register the machine in a group 6 1 3 Creating a Virtual Machine Using the HW Profile Clone Method To create a virtual machine with the HW Profile Clone method use a HW Profile Clone template and scenario A virtual machine can be created on vCenter Server Standalone ESXi and Hyper V from SystemProvisioning with the HW Profile Clone template SystemProvisioning creates
441. ou can back up and restore the configuration database using the sqicmd command provided by SQL Server Reference For the details of the sqicmd command see the following URL of Microsoft Corporation http msdn2 microsoft com en us library ms170207 aspx Note If you copy and paste the commands described in this section it might cause an execution error Enter the commands directly Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles A registry path of Windows OS is different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The registry path in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Wow6432Node for HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE The initial sa password of SQL Server 2008 R2 that is installed with SystemProvisioning is Rc76duvg If you are a system administrator change the password using the sqilcmd command If you change the instance name from its default name SSCCMDB the name needs to be in the local the instance name form In addition if you have transferred the configuration database to SQL Server 2008 R2 on other server in the network after installing SigmaSystemCenter the instance name needs to be in the the server name the instance
442. ows Server Description OK Cancel 5 Enter an operation group name in the Name box Required Select the type of active OS of the machine to be registered to the group in the OS Type list Note Select the followings as an OS type if the managed machine is a virtual machine server Windows Server Hyper V Linux VMware ESX Server Xen KVM 7 Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 210 Configuring Group Properties 5 4 Configuring Group Properties This section explains how to configure properties of an operation group Follow the procedure in this section Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to configure in the Operations tree Click Property on the Configuration menu Po DM Group Property Setting appears on the Main Window Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections 5 4 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab of the Group Property Setting perform the following procedure 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the General tab Operations gt Category A gt VMG Eaj Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor Parent Group Name Category A Group Name YMG Priority 1 Policy Name Refer to the selected policy Resource Pool
443. ows Vista and Windows 7 To create a disk duplication data file for Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 from now on follow the procedure to use Windows parameter file Express If both Windows parameter file Express and Windows parameter file exist for the same master machine Windows parameter file is not used in operations because Windows parameter file Express has the priority over Windows parameter file To use Windows parameter file delete Windows parameter file Express if it exists For the procedure see Section 5 6 Delete Package in DeploymentManager Reference Guide If an unintended parameter file is used the message appears on the command prompt window during the processing to prompt you to restart the managed machine For details see Subsection 3 3 4 Precautions Other in DeploymentManager Operation Guide 5 Preparing for automatic execution of Sysprep Prepare for automatic execution of Sysprep for the master VM The procedures before running Sysprep are the same as the procedures for a physical machine or HW Profile Clone See Subsection 3 11 3 Preparing for Backing up the Master Machine and perform the procedure 1 through 6 6 Configuring automatic execution of Sysprep towards the master VM Click the icon of the target master VM on the Resource view and click Property on the Configuration menu Select the Software tab and click Add of the Action menu on the Software List box to display the A
444. pe to assets Memory size Disk usage OS name blue green Displays location information Location Tag and tag configured by users green Normal Status Power status Running status OS Status Hardware status purple Abnormal Status Power status Running status OS Status Hardware status Part III Maintenance 423 9 Maintenance 9 6 3 424 Tab A tag cloud can display all tags and tags narrowed down To select a tag display click the tab above the tag cloud Each tab is described in the following table Tab name Displayed tag Original information of tags to be narrowed down Status Tags of machine status Power status Running status OS Status Hardware status Tag Tags configured by users Tag Location Tags of location information Location Type Tags of machine types Type Model Tags of model Model CPU Tags of CPU types CPU type Memory Tags of memory size of Memory size machines Disk Tags of disk usage of System disk s used amount machines Difference disk s used amount Datastore s used amount Extended disk s used amount OS Tags of machine s OS OS name All Tags All not narrow down Power status Running status OS Status Hardware status Tag Location Type Model CPU type Memory size System disk s used amount Difference disk s used amount Datastore s used amount Extended disk s used amount OS name SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration
445. pend Machine Individual Operations Redistrbute Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown Software Group Pool 9 Refresh Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations D Rean rce Status Power Type MAC Address Shared Model O Emh gor VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 68 C3 Model Delete Machine Individual Operations 5 A confirmation message appears 6 Click OK 7 When scaling out finishes the machine added to the group appears under Host List The number which is configured in the Operation Machine Count At Scale out of machines are added at one time Note If the number of machines reaches the max number of active machines configured for the group Scale Out is not executed any more SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 340 Scale In 7 6 Scale In Scale In is the operation that makes an active machine wait in the pool to balance the load if the machine power is oversupplied How the system will work in the Scale In processing can be configured on the General tab on the Group Property setting If the When Scale in shut down running machines instead of release with taking apart it check box is selected SigmaSystemCenter shuts down a machine which is activated and the power is OFF The machine remains registered to the operation group If this check box is not selected SigmaSystemCenter makes it wait in the pool if the machin
446. perty Setting appears on the Main Window Click the Model tab Click the Property of the model to configure Detail Setting under Model List Model Property Setting appears on the Main Window DO BO Nis Configure settings on each tab with the procedure in the following subsections Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 263 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 7 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure settings on the General tab of the Model Property Setting perform the following procedure Note If the datacenter to be configured to the model is not configured properly you cannot add the virtual machine server to the group In addition if the datacenter is not configured in the environment for managing ESXi start of the virtual machine server may fail after executing Allocate Resource Replace Machine and Change Machine Usage 1 Display the Model Property Setting window and click the General tab Operations gt Category A gt ESXGroup gt ESXModel A Model Property Setting General Storage Software VM Optimized Placement Datastore Setting Virtual Network Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Group Name ESXGroup Model Type Model Name Esm si sSOSOSOOSSSC Cs Priority i Policy Name Ean Refer to the selected policy Datacenter 5 X Model Description H Apply Back 2 To change the model name enter the model name in the Model Name box Required 3 To ch
447. ployment and Subsection 1 3 3 Host Profile in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 236 Configuring Group Properties 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Host Profile tab Operations gt Category A gt WinClient Ea Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor OS Type Windows Client I Use public Named Profile Copy profile from existed K OS Setting Defined In OS Name Administrator Account Administrator Password I Update Password Sysprep Answer File Owner Name Organization Name Time Zone GMT 09 00 ABR HLI FR z Product Key Workgroup Setting Workgroup Domain Workgroup Domain Name workgroup Domain Account Domain Password I Update Password F DNSMINS Setting Defined In Add Delete NIC Preferred Primary Substituted Preferred Primary Substituted NS m Number Secondary DNS WINS Secondary WINS Edit Add Delete I Extend Setting Defined In Command List 2 To use the open host profile select the Use public Named Profile check box and select a host profile in the pull down list To use a copy of the open host profile click Copy profile from existed and select a host profile from the pull down list 3 To configure the OS setting select the OS Setting check box
448. position of specified vm replica check box 11 In the Source Snapshot select a snapshot that is to be the source of the image replica VM When creating a template on a virtual machine that is not on VMware vCenter Server environment skip to the procedure 19 12 For the vCenter Server environment select the OS type of the virtual machine in the OS Type list The OS Name list is optional For the other environments this procedure is unnecessary Skip to the next procedure 13 The profile information relevant to the OS can be given to the template To give the profile information select the Profile check box and follow the procedure below If it is unnecessary skip to the procedure 19 14 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a name of the OS license owner in the Owner Name box 15 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter an organization name of the OS license in the Organization Name box 16 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client select the time zone in the Time Zone list 17 If the OS Type is Windows Server Windows Client enter a product key of the OS in the Product Key box 18 If the OS Type is Windows Server select the license mode as License Mode If you select Number of Connected Server enter the number of servers to connect at the same time in the text box 19 Click OK 20 Confirm that the created template is added under Template List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Config
449. r is specified as a SNMP Trap destination e On the security setting of SNMP Service an IP address of a management server is configured on the Accept SNMP Packets from any host Changing settings on NEC ESMPRO Agent VMware If Manager SNMP is used change the Trap destination on the SNMP Trap screen that appears when Manager SNMP is selected from a list of reporting measures on the Base Setting screen If other than Manager SNMP are used change a destination to report on the Base Setting screen that appears when the Report is selected Note Change settings of reporting from the Control Panel ESMamsadm lt How to launch the Control Panel ESMamsadm gt 1 Login as a user with a root authority 2 Move to the directory where NEC ESMPRO Agent is installed SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 466 Changing IP Address of a Management Server cd opt nec esmpro sa 3 Move to the directory where ESMamsaadm is stored cd bin 4 Launch the Control Panel ESMamsadm ESMamsadm 5 If IP addresses that can access to snmpd are restricted with the following files change the setting of the IP address etc snmp snmpd conf etc hosts allow hosts deny If the IP address of a managed server on which NEC ESMPRO Agent is running has been changed follow the procedures below to configure NEC ESMPRO Manager Changing settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager Select either way to change the IP address acco
450. r later If the target OS is any of Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP this setting is ignored because the Sysprep answer file is not available in these operating systems Enter the product key of the OS in the Product Key box Select either of Workgroup or Domain as the Workgroup Setting If you selected Workgroup as the Workgroup Setting enter the work group name in the Work Group Domain Name box If you selected Domain enter the domain name If you selected Domain as the Workgroup Setting enter the domain account in the Domain Account box If you selected Domain as the Workgroup Setting and want to change the domain password select the Update Password check box and enter the domain password in the Domain Password box To configure the DNS WINS setting select the DNS WINS Setting check box Click Add in the Action menu on the NIC List display Add NIC window Select the NIC number to be added from the NIC Number box Note If customization of DPM is used and if the target OS is Windows 2000 Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP the upper limit of the NIC is 4 Enter the IP address of the primary DNS in the Preferred Primary DNS box SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Group Properties 19 20 21 22 23 24 Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS in the Substituted Secondary DNS box Enter the IP address of the primary WINS in the Preferred Primary W
451. r on the Main Window Click the name of the target machine under Machine List Dae cl bc The Machine Detail window appears 7 If you want to replace the NIC installed on any of the virtual machine server listed below update the NIC related settings on the virtual machine server e Hyper V Remove the virtual network assigned to the NIC on the virtual machine server and create it again e XenServer Remove the old NIC information on the virtual machine server and register the new NIC information after replacing a NIC 8 Displaying the NIC information Select the icon of the machine of which NIC has been exchanged in the Resource tree and click Properties on the Configuration menu Select the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting to display the NIC information 9 Deleting the information of the previous NIC The previous NIC before replacement is registered as NIC number 1 Click the Edit Change the NIC number from 1 to blank under NIC Setting and click OK Select the check box of the previous NIC before replacement and click Delete of the Action menu 10 Adding the information of the new NIC Specify manually Click Add of the Action menu Set 1 to the NIC Number under NIC Setting and set a MAC address switch and port For configuring NIC information see Subsection 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab Part III Maintenance 449 9 Maintenance 9 10 3 450 11 12 13 14 Maintenanc
452. rage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor M Alive Monitoring Settings Select the checkbox for function you want to enable The machine is diagnosed as normal when all functions you select report success I Ping Monitoring F Port Monitoring Monitoring Port Hint To specify multiple ports please enter value separated by commas If you specify multiple ports determines that the state can successfully connect to all ports Apply Back 2 To change the values configured on the Group Property Setting for each model select the Alive Monitoring Settings check box 3 To monitor the machine activated at the model with Ping select the Ping Monitoring check box Reference Some kinds of OSs running on a management server need the firewall exception setting before using Ping Monitoring of the alive monitoring For how to configure the firewall exception setting see Adding ICMP Echo Reply to the Exception List of Windows Server 2008 Firewall in Appendix A Network Ports and Protocols in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 4 To monitor whether the TCP Port of the machine activated at the group is connectable or not select the Port Monitoring check box and enter the port number to monitor in the Monitoring Port box 5 Click Apply Configuring Settings on the Performance Monitor Tab To configure the setting for collecting the performance data of the host activated at the model by using System Monitor Perfo
453. ral Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor OS Type Windows Server I Use public Named Profile HostProfile_ 001 Copy profile from existed OS Setting Defined In OS Name Administrator Account Aan thereto Administrator Password I Update Password Sysprep Answer File Owner Name Organization Name Time Zone GMT 09 00 ABR tLIR EF Product Key License Mode Number of Connected Server Connected Client Workgroup Setting Workgroup Domain Workgroup Domain Name Domain Account Domain Password I Update Password DNSAWINS Setting Defined In Add Delete Substituted Secondary WINS I NICNumber Preferred Primary DNS SUbstituted Secondary proferred Primary WINS Edit Add Delete Extend Setting Defined In Command Add List Delete Up Down Apply Back 2 To use the open host profile select the Use public Named Profile check box and select a host profile in the pull down list To use a copy of the open host profile click Copy profile from existed and select a host profile from the pull down list 3 To configure the OS setting select the OS setting check box 4 Select the kind of the OS in the OS Name list SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 232 Configuring Group Properties 10 11 12 13 14 Note Supported OSs are different depending on the compatible products For details
454. rde Connect After A Share Distribution LUN Disk Array Disk Volume Status 2 a NetApp voll Shared Model Setting List HBA Connection Index GELIES Status w2k8r2a Distribution LUN Disk Array Disk Volume Group Setting List Orde Connect After Share Status 1 4 M100 200000255C3AL Shared ALL HBA Connection Index etl Status Storage Information Disk Array ni00 LUN Number Connect after distribution Display Count 20 z M 00000255 3405440008 8 Shared M amp 200000255 3A05AA0009 9 Shared M 200000255C3A05AA0017 23 Shared M amp 200000255C3A05AA0019 25 Shared M amp 200000255C3A05AAD01D 29 Unshared M 200000255 340544001E 30 Unshared LJ Name Number Share Status Apply Back Disk Volume Setting Usage Status Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused HBA Information Connect to all HBAs C Specify an HBA to connect HBA Index Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 273 5 Creating an Operation Group Select the check box of a disk volume to register in the list of disk volumes 2 To connect the disk volume to configure to all HBAs select Connect to all HBAs under HBA Information To specify the HBA to connect enter the HBA index in the HBA Index box This HBA Index indicates the one that you have configured in Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Note To control storage both this tab and the Storage tab
455. rding to the GUI in use 1 Change the IP address of the managed server When Web GUI is in use 1 Launch NEC ESMPRO Manager 2 Select Setting tab and click Connection Setting to display the Connection Setting screen Click the Edit to display the Edit screen 4 To change the OS IP address enter the new IP address in the OS IP Address box of Common Setting To change the BMC IP address enter the new IP address in the IP Address box of Setting for Management controller management 5 Click Apply 6 Click Check Connection to verify connection to the server 9 When Windows GUI is in use 1 Launch the Operation Window 2 Right click on the managed server icon to display the Properties window01 3 Change the IP address 4 Right click on the managed server icon to display the Interface Properties window Part III Maintenance 467 9 Maintenance 468 5 Double click on the IP Address on the properties list to enter the new IP address 2 If you use Remote Wakeup functionality change the IP broadcast address as needed When Web GUI is in use 1 2 Launch NEC ESMPRO Manager Select Setting tab and click the Remote Wake Up Setting of the managed machine to display the Remote Wake Up Setting screen Click the Edit to display the Edit screen Change the IP Broad cast Address and click Apply When Windows GUI is in use 1 2 3 Launch the Operation Window Right click on the manag
456. re Type list to narrow down Select the timing of distributing software from the Timing of Distribution box Select the check box of the software to distribute under Add Software Click OK The software is added to the Software List 0 To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down 11 Click Apply sas ON To change the images follow the procedure below Note The images can be changed only when the software type is Differential Clone or Disk Clone Reference For the usage of the images see Section 2 7 Image Management Differential Clone Disk Clone in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 277 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 8 5 278 1 Click the Change Image Operations gt Category2 gt Group2 gt host1 EA Host Setting General Network Software Machine Profile Host Profile Hint Cant move the order of software among different timing of distribution Add Delete Name Image Name Type Timing of Distribution Change Image Active Y T template_diff Default image Differential Clone Active before group distribution ic Standby J Other Change Image Image Name Generation Snapshot Create Date Location Refer via Number 6 ZF host2 1 1 Image 1 snapshot1 2012 04 24 10 05 46 iStorageS500 002 0 Always use Default Image OK Cancel
457. red in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box es of the host s to which the virtual machine information is configured under Host List Multiple selections allowed SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 332 Activating a Machine in a Group 5 Select Create and Assign Machine of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Configuration Edit Group Move Group Delete Group Name Group A Property Setting List n Show Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Base Information Priority 1 Policy Name Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Description Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations z Pool Assign New Delete YM Machine Individual Operations All Machine Action Start Start Vv Host Name Status Power IP Address Restart a Restart M Host A Define Only 255 255 255 0 A ETAT PEA Suspend Refresh Machine Redistribute Assign New Delete YM _ Software Allocate Machine Group Pool Create and Assign Machine Refresh Display Count 20 z Besa Master Machin create and Assign Machine Restore r EERIE Status Power Type Name a Release Resource Ip T EN ER O7 O Emh or VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 Change Configurction O Emh or VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Delete Delete VM
458. red virtual machine server To add a resource pool perform the following procedure Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target operation group to add a resource pool in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click Resource Pool Create on the Configuration menu Create Resource Pool appears on the Main Window DOU Be 3 Enter the resource pool name in the Name box Required A resource pool name must be unique including names of sub pools It is convenient involving words that represent geographical features and differences of service levels in a resource pool name 7 Select either of Shared or Dedicated for the resource pool type Required To divide a resource pool into sub pools and assign it to a group select Shared To assign a resource pool directly to a group select Dedicated The type cannot be changed after creating the resource pool Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 283 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 9 2 284 8 Select either of Frequency or vCPUs Core for the vCPU unit and enter the value in the text box Required If you select Frequency specify the value by MHz For example enter 300 for Frequency or enter 10 for vCPU The capacity of the number of vCPU as a resource pool is calculated based on the value registered here 9 To assign the resource pool to a group select the target group to ass
459. registration modification screen appears From the File menu click Create OS package to register a package Package registrationmodificotion sjaj x pe Fie F Noy Windoms packags 0 Create Linux package IL Nodfy Linc package dU tr jum 4 Start DPM Web Console 5 Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view 6 Create a scenario group If a scenario group planned to be created already exists skip to the procedure 13 7 Click the Scenarios from the Resource tree Group List appears on the Main Window 9 Click the Add Group on the Configuration menu 10 Add Scenario Group appears on the Main Window admin Administrator Account Logout eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management B Operations fey Resource gt Scenarios gt Add Group 3 Resource EA Add Scenario Group s Machines We 63 Image Name LE o Part III Maintenance 391 9 Maintenance 11 Enter the group name into the Name box Required 12 Click OK 13 Add the scenario Click the scenario group to which the scenario is to be added from the Resource tree 14 Details of the group appear on the Main Window 15 Click the Add Scenario from the Configuration menu 16 Add Scenario appears on the Main Window 17 Select the Package tab admin Administrator Account Logout Ow eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Operations Resource gt Scenarios gt Scenario
460. registration of physical machines into a group See the procedure 10 through 16 in Subsection 3 7 4 Registering a Managed Machine to DPM 4 Starting the virtual machine server 5 Installing the DPM Client to the virtual machine server To install applications and patches to the virtual machine server by using DPM install the DPM Client When not planning to install applications and patches or when planning to use an ESXi environment the procedure 5 and 6 are unnecessary Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 79 3 Settings of Related Products Configure the firewall on the virtual machine server beforehand and then install the DPM Client This procedure is not needed if DPM Client is already installed 6 Verifying the installation of the DPM Client Verify that the DPM Client has been installed normally If the installation has normally completed the OS name is displayed on Machine Detail of the registered virtual machine server on the DPM Web Console lt Manual Registration gt 1 Verify the MAC address and UUID of the virtual machine server from SystemProvisioning When the target virtual machine server s icon on the Resource tree of the Web Console is clicked the detailed information of the virtual machine server is displayed on the Main Window Verify the MAC address and UUID displayed under Base Information 2 Registering the machine to an arbitrary group of DPM Start the DPM Web Console Select the
461. rence To create a virtual machine on ESXi by using vSphere Client see product manuals of VMware Inc Start the vSphere Client and log into ESXi 2 Create a virtual machine specifying the number of CPUs memory capacity disk capacity the number of disks and the number of NICs corresponding to the virtual machine to use Note When creating a Differential Clone template do not select the Independent mode for the master VM s virtual disk mode Do not select Independent Nonpersistent mode for the master VM s virtual disk mode When creating a virtual disk to install OS use either of IDE0 0 or SCSIO 0 When creating a HW Profile Clone or when executing the distribution to virtual machines by using DPM do not change the default settings of a virtual NIC anda SCSI controller Disable the sleep mode setting of OS 3 Install OS that is supported by the virtual machine to use Install VMwareTools Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 119 3 Settings of Related Products 3 12 4 120 5 If the OS installed on the master VM is Windows Server 2003 or earlier clear the Administrator password configured to the OS Note If the Administrator password is not cleared here the same password as the master VM s will be set for the virtual machine to create To create a template of HW Profile Clone Differential Clone or Disk Clone for Create and Assign Machine from the master
462. rential Clone xj OK Cancel 100000111000 Select the software type to display in the Software Type list Select the timing of distributing software from the Timing of Distribution box Select the check box of the software to distribute under Add Software Click OK The software is added to Software List 0 To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down 11 Click Apply ON 0 To change the images follow the procedure below Note The images can be changed only when the software types are Differential Clone and Disk Clone Reference For the usage of the images see Section 2 7 Image Management Differential Clone Disk Clone in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 222 Configuring Group Properties 1 Click the Change Image Operations gt Category2 gt Group2 EA Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor Hint Cant move the order of software among different timing of distribution Add Delete Name Image Name Type Timing of Distribution Change Image Active template_diff Default image Differential Clone Active Standby Other Change Image Refer VM Number c Z host2 1 1 Image 1 snapshot1 2012 04 24 10 05 46 iStorage5500 002 0 Image Name Generation Snapshot Create Date L
463. reparing a named host profile on the Resource view in advance you can use it when you define a host profile on the Operations view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Profile 4 11 3 When you add a new named host profile perform the following procedure Click Resource on the title bar to switch to the Resource view Click Profile in the System Resource tree and then click Host Profile in Summary Information list Base Information of the host profile appears on the main window System Resource gt Profile gt Host Profile B Base Information Operation 9 Name Host Profile Description Profile that holds OS s customization info Named host profile can be defined Host Profile List Display Count 20 E Add Delete D Name OS Type Public Scope Applied Group Edit Add Delete Click Add on the Action menu on Host Profile List The Add Host Profile window appears Set up each item on this window and then click OK Reference For details of host profile see Subsection 1 3 2 Applicable Machine Specific Information in Image Deployment and Subsection 1 3 3 Host Profile in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide How to Create a Monitoring Profile Monitoring Profile is a set of performance indicators of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services data collection and threshold monitor settings These can be specified at each layer of the Group Model on the Oper
464. rformance Monitoring Services data collection and threshold monitor settings The performance indicators collection intervals for data collection of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and threshold monitor settings for data collection can be changed according to which monitoring profile is selected Reference For details of monitoring files see Appendix A Monitoring Profile 4 Enter the information of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services management server in the IP Address box and the Port Number box In the IP Address box specify the IP address of the management server on which the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is running In the Port Number box specify the port number for connecting to the service of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services The default port number is 26200 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 254 Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine Note Ensure that IPv4 address is entered in the IP Address box To use System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services on the SigmaSystemCenter management server machine specify 127 0 0 1 in IP Address box 5 In the Account box and the Password box enter the OS account of the host activated at the model System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services uses the specified account as the access account for collecting the performance data of the host activated at the mo
465. ring the Login Management for a Switch in MasterScope Network Manager SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Settings for a Software Load Balancer 3 4 Configuring Settings for a Software Load Balancer If you want to use a software load balancer you need to configure the software load balancer in advance 3 4 1 Enabling SSH Connection of Software Load Balancer Enabling the SSH connection by setting the software load balancer Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 63 3 Settings of Related Products 3 5 Configuring Settings for Storage If you want to use storage you need to configure storage related products in advance You can use four types of storage with SigmaSystemCenter NEC Storage CLARiiON Symmetrix and NetApp Configure your storage with the following procedures 3 5 1 64 Preparing Storage The only setting that you can configure to storage devices from SigmaSystemCenter is access control for disk volumes You cannot configure setting for a storage device or for software that controls storage from SigmaSystemCenter You need to configure these settings using the software before you start using the storage Configure the following setting according to your storage type If you use NEC Storage To manage NEC Storage by SystemProvisioning you need to set up NEC Storage Manager in the NEC Storage environment The following is the flow of the setup For more details s
466. ription Degraded The machine is running although an error such as degeneration occurred on a partial function In process An operation such as a configuration change to the machine is being executed Maintenance The machine is set in Maintenance Mode The machine is standing by in the standby stage before activating in a group Discovered SystemProvisioning recognizes the machine but the machine is not set as a management target Note If multiple phenomenon of Abort Faulted or Degraded occurs the multiple statuses are displayed E g Abort Faulted Abort Degraded In addition to the above status if a resource is in maintenance the status of being maintained is displayed with an icon Define only is displayed on the host that a machine is not allocated in a list of an operation group s hosts Power Status You can view the power status of the machine Status Description On The managed machine is ON This status includes the status of machine s being started Off The managed machine is OFF Suspend The managed machine is suspended This status is displayed if the managed machine is a virtual machine Running OS of the managed machine is running properly This status is displayed in the Power column in a list window The OS status is On z The power status of the managed machine is unknown Note Even if the managed mach
467. rm the following procedure Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Software tab The registered software is listed on the Software List Reference For the types and the distribution methods of software see Subsection 1 1 4 Software Distribution To change the distribution order of the software select the check box of the software to move and click Up or Down Note You cannot change the distribution order across the different distribution timing To add software to Software List click Add of the Action menu under Software List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Model Properties For a Physical Machine 5 The Add Software box is displayed Add Software x Software Type ALL ka Timing of Distribution Active gt Name Image Name Type System_AgentUpgrade_Multicast lt VWVi System_AgentUpgra Application and Upda System_AgentUpgrade_ Unicast lt Winl System_AgentUpgrar Application and Upda System_Backup lt WinLinux gt System_Backup Backup Task System_DiskProbe lt WinLinux gt System_DiskProbe Application and Upda System_LinuxAgentUpgrade_Multicasi System_LinuxAgentl Application and Upda System_Restore_Unicast lt WinLinux gt System_Restore_UniOSlmage System_WinCEAgentUpgrade_Multica System_WinCEAgenApplication and Upda temp1 temp1 Full Clone template_diff host2 1 1 lmage Differential Clone OK Cancel 10001010100 0i Select the softw
468. rmance Monitoring Services perform the following procedure Note The setting configured on the Performance Monitor tab becomes effective when the SystemProvisioning s configuration information is reflected on System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services It might take time depending on the setting of the configuration application Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 253 5 Creating an Operation Group 1 Display the Model Property Setting on the Main Window and click the Performance Monitor tab Operations gt Category A gt PhysicalGroup gt Model A Model Property Setting General Storage Software Alive Monitor Performance Monitor M Performance Data Collection Settings Select the performance monitoring profile Profile Name er to the selecte itoring Set the performance monitoring server System Monitor Management Server IP Address 127 0 01 Port Number 2620 Specify the account used to access the monitored host This account is used when it is necessary to access the monitored host directly for collecting performance data Account Password F Update Password Apply Back 2 To monitor the performance data of the host activated at the model with System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services select the Performance Data Collection Settings check box 3 Select a monitoring profile in the Profile Name list A monitoring profile is a set of performance indicators of System Monitor Pe
469. rmation ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeeteeeeeaeere 36 2 4 2 Configuring the Mail Reporting ecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeesieeeeeeees 37 2 4 3 Configuring the Setting of Recording Notifications to Event Log ecceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeaeete 38 2 4 4 Configuring the Log Output nis tana eet a ie teria eee Pete he sipa net iene 39 2 4 5 Configuring the Information of a Virtual RESOUICE eeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeieeeeeeees 41 2 4 6 Configuring the Root Password of a Virtual Machine Servel ecccesceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeneeseaeeseaeeseaeeteeeeeaeere 42 2 4 7 Configuring the MAC Address Pool c cccecceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeeeaeeesaeeeeeeeseeseeeeeieeeeeeess 43 2 4 8 Changing the Setting of Auto Update of SCre Nns eeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeeeaeeesaeeseaeeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeess 44 2 4 9 Configuring the Setting of Alive Monitor eecceeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteaeeeeaeeceaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeenaeeseaeeenaeeted 45 2 4 10 Configuring the Information of Compatible NEC ESMPRO Manager ccescceeeeeeeereteneeeeereteneeeeeere 48 2 4 11 Changing the NEC ESMPRO Manager Retry Count and Interval eccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeeeen 48 3 Settings of Related Products ccs soso ooo sc ccassan ecco vce cca hese cased sncdesa scenes en teradzenasanceenes 51 3 1
470. rofile dialog box appears Service Profile x Host Name Jost ss lt sS Tag Po Update Password Administrator Password E Start Datetime pomas End Datetime omms Owner Principal OK Cancel The Service Profile dialog box shows the current settings Modify any setting you want Only if the host is just defined and any resource is not allocated to it you can edit Host Name Administrator Password and Start Datetime of the host Part III Maintenance 403 9 Maintenance 9 4 Connecting to a Console 9 4 1 404 Note Environment variables of Windows OS are different according to whether it is x86 OS or x64 OS The environment variable in this section is indicated in the x86 OS format If you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles Connecting to a Serial Console of a Physical Machine Start the application from the Web Console and then operate a managed machine on the serial input output redirected through BMC of the managed machine The name of the application is SOL Console The serial console uses IPMI Serial Over Lan SOL and opens a SOL session to BMC of a managed machine to communicate with Output from the serial of the managed machine appears on the screen and keyboard input on the screen is sent to the managed machine as the input for serial When the application is launched it connects to the managed machine If another SOL session is already open to
471. roup or the icon of the rack to register a machine 3 Click Register machines on the Configuration menu Resister machines appears on the Main Window System Resource gt Machine gt Register Mac Eaj Register machines Unmanaged Machine List 9 Display Count 20 Name Type Status Power MAC Address UUID C SFOLIVE12 Unitary discovered Running 00 00 40 71 CE 16 A88F B000 0131 1000 8010 000 Parent Resource E machine GROUP1 Gy GROUPI 1 g Raci GROUP2 OK Cancel 5 The list of machines registered to DPM VMware vCenter Server XenServer Pool Master or Hyper V Cluster which is added as a subsystem is displayed under Unmanaged Machine List Select the check box of the machine to register as a management target of SystemProvisioning in the Unmanaged Machine List 6 If you do not specify a resource group or rack in the procedure 2 the Parent Resource tree is displayed Select the resource group or rack in the tree 7 Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 165 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 8 Preparing Distribution Software This section provides the procedure of registering or checking distribution software that is used by SystemProvisioning Distribution software includes the following three kinds Scenario OS image or patch and application Template Local script Reference For details of distribution software see Section 1 2 Soft
472. rovisioning Delete a machine from the management target of SystemProvisioning This operation deletes the machine from the configuration management target The deleted machine becomes the same status of after the procedure 1 Importing machines managed in a subsystem SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management 10 Using a shared pool machine If specific conditions are met when changing a configuration of a machine with activating a machine or Replace Machine you can activate a managed machine that does not belong to any group in a group The activated machine is managed as a host 1 1 3 Group Model Host SystemProvisioning manages multiple machines to be used for the same use as a group By this group management troublesome operations that used to be needed for each machine can be done once you execute the operation to a group once so that the total management cost can be reduced A group consists of categories groups and models hierarchically A category can have multiple layers By using a layered group the management of a large scale system environment becomes relatively easier Multiple models can be registered in one group If it is necessary to execute various configuration changes according to difference of machine specifications register multiple models Group A Model 1 Model 2 Model SystemProvisioning executes the changing configuration process that is suitable to each model t
473. rt Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter This section describes preliminary knowledge for SigmaSystemCenter the initial setting after the installation of SigmaSystemCenter and settings of related products 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 3 Settings of Related Products 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter This chapter explains the outline of SigmaSystemCenter set up and the Web Console for a user who uses SigmaSystemCenter for the first time This chapter contains the following sections 1 1 Machine Manageme nt seserian e a E RERE 4 1 2 Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console c cccecceseeeeeeseeeeeeeees 21 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 1 1 Machine Management 1 1 1 Managing Machine Operation with SystemProvisioning The flow of operating a machine in SystemProvisioning is as follows 1 Registering a subsystem to SystemProvisioning Register a compatible product for managing the hardware which is the management target of SystemProvisioning as a subsystem 2 Registering resources to SystemProvisioning Collect resources from the subsystem Then in the Resource view register managed machines storage and network devices which are the management targets of SigmaSystemCenter 3 Creating an operation group Configure the machine information of machin
474. rt III Maintenance 389 9 Maintenance When executing restoration using the default scenario System_Restore_Unicast only the latest image can be restored Reference For how to edit scenarios see Section 3 13 Add Scenario in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 9 1 10 Distributing an Additional Application and Applying a Patch to a Machine To distribute additional applications and apply patches to a machine register the packages with DPM Image Builder and then create a scenario file with the procedures in this section After that register the created scenario file to SystemProvisioning and execute Distribute Software Reference For details of registering packages see Section 5 5 Package Registration Modification in DeploymentManager Reference Guide For details of creating a scenario see Subsection 3 13 3 Package Tab in DeploymentManager Reference Guide 390 Click Start click All Programs click DeploymentManager and click Image Builder to start Image Builder From Image Builder click Package registration modification R Image Builder 0 x S Creating Floppy Disk Image Registering an EFI application E Registering operating system 4 Setting setup parameter file i Package registration modification T Delete registered data E Register al Setting connection SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Operations for Maintenance 3 The Package
475. rt number is 443 5 Inthe User box enter the user name of VMware vCenter Server In the Password box enter the password for VMware vCenter Server Note In the environment where the same name user exists both in a domain and a local account if a domain password is entered in the Password box the domain account is used for connecting to vCenter Server Click OK 8 The added VMware vCenter Server appears under Subsystem List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 133 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 2 2 134 Adding XenServer Pool Master as a Subsystem To add XenServer Pool Master as a subsystem perform the following procedure If you add XenServer Pool Master as a subsystem XenServers that are registered to XenServer Pool Master are added as subsystems automatically 1 ON 2 gi Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New Ea Add Subsystem Subsystem Type Citrix XenServer Pool Master hd Host Name l User Password Description Select Citrix XenServer Pool Master in the Subsystem Type list In the Host Name box enter a host name or IP address of the server which is configured as XenServer Pool Master Or enter the URL of XenServer Pool Master in the URL box Note Ensure that either of the Host Name box or the URL box is entered Do not add a XenServer other than the XenServer Pool Master In the Port box enter the port numb
476. rtage of Memory M HyperProvider Machine Down Notification M HypervProvider Machine Up Notification Shortage of Memory recovery Add Remove Enable Disable Corresponding Handler Event State Edit Set Faulted Status Enable Set Ready Status Disable Set Faulted Status Enable Set Ready Status Disable Set Degraded Status Disable Set Ready Status Disable Set Faulted Status Enable Set Ready Status Disable Add Remove Enable Disable Back 2 Select policy monitoring events to enable or disable and click Enable Disable of the Action menu 4 10 8 Importing and Exporting a Policy You can export settings configured to a policy to a file in the xml format and import the settings to use when setting up an environment on other management server You can execute this operation with the ssc command See SSC Command Reference Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 189 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 11 Creating a Profile 4 11 1 4 11 2 190 How to Create a Machine Profile A machine profile is the configuration to specify the hardware specs of a virtual machine to be created newly and a virtual machine to be reconstructed You can define the machine profile at any layer of Group Model Host on the Operations view By preparing a named machine profile on the Resource view in advance you can use it when you define a machine profile on the Operations view SigmaSystemC
477. rver Note This operation is only for a virtual manager of ESXi and Hyper V single server 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the datacenter which you are adding a virtual machine server to in the Virtual tree to display details of the datacenter 3 Select the check box of the virtual machine server to move under VM Server List and then click Move of the Action menu 4 Move VM Server is displayed on the Main Window Click the icon of the new datacenter Virtual gt ESXi gt DefaultDataC gt Move VM Server Ea Move VM Server Move From DefaultDataCenter Move To ESXi DataCenterf1 y DataCenterl2 y DataCenter3 5 Click OK 6 When moving the virtual machine server finishes the virtual machine server appears on the details of the destination datacenter SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 360 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View 8 2 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View This section explains how to create a virtual machine in the Virtual view Because a virtual machine that is created in the Virtual view is a complete Clone of a master VM the information such as the host name and IP address cannot be configured individually 8 2 1 Creating a Virtual Machine with a Full Clone Template To create a virtual machine with a Full Clone template perform the following procedure Note A virtual machine
478. s The Machine Profile definition is used when executing the Create and Assign Machine and the Reconfigure In addition the Machine Profile setting of a specified model can be used as the default value for the Host Setting Configure the Machine Profile tab of the Host Setting For details of setting the Machine Profile tab see Subsection 5 4 8 Configuring Settings on the Machine Profile Tab if the Model Type is VM Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 279 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 8 7 5 8 8 5 8 9 5 8 10 5 8 11 280 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Server Configure the Host Profile tab of the Host Setting To configure the settings on the Host Profile Tab see Subsection 5 4 9 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Server Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Linux Configure the Host Profile tab of the Host Setting To configure the settings on the Host Profile Tab see Subsection 5 4 10 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Linux Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Client Configure the Host Profile tab of the Host Setting To configure the settings on the Host Profile Tab see Subsection 5 4 11 Configuring Settings on the Host Profile Tab Windows Client Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab if the Model Type is VM Server Configure the Datastore tab of the Host Setting This tab app
479. s see NEC Storage Software Configuration Setting Tool User s Manual GUI SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware Note Procedure is different depending on versions of the NEC Storage Manager Client Web GUI See the manual for your NEC Storage Manager Client Web GUI version 1 Start the NEC Storage Manager Client Select the disk array that is a target of the HBA replacement Click the File menu click Configuration Settings References and click Configuration Setting to display the Configuration Setting window Click Setting Access Control on the Configuration Setting window Select the LD set that has the WWN before replacement and click Link Path The Link Path Mode Selection window appears 6 Click WWPN to display the Link Path window and replace the WWN before replacement with WWN after replacement Note The button names and items of Setting Access Control on the Configuration Setting window varies according to product purchase circumstances For the details see NEC Storage Software Configuration Setting Tool User s Manual GUI Updating storage information Collecting Click System Resource in the Resource tree and click Collect on the Operation menu on the Web Console Changing the HBA settings Delete the HBA before the exchange and add the HBA after the exchange on the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting in the Resource view on the Web Console Starting the machine
480. s 425 9 7 2 Comparing Performance Indicators neiaie aaasta aria ia eee iadaaa a iaiaaeaia 427 9 7 3 Comparing Groups deen el nesleael elec iie eara aaae e ea aeaa dine hone conde 429 9 7 4 Exporting the Performance Data to a File ee eeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeseaaeeeseaeeeeesaeeeeneaeeeseeeeeesnaeeeene 431 9 8 Checking Failed Stat Sanimi aae aa a aaa aaaea Aaaa a ETEA a E E EAEE 432 OS al Dashboard aa a a ara a a N a a a rt 432 9 8 2 Event VIWE an ornoo eaae n ee aa aa a e eSa eE Eren ea Naaa EDEA Ea Ee Ead rea Eaa a EAE EEN Ena ikani niay 433 9 8 3 Checking Failed Status of a Managed Machine eccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeneeesieeeeneten 433 9 8 4 Checking Sensor Status on a Managed Machine cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesieeeeneeen 435 9 8 5 Checking Job Execution Status eccceeseceeseeceseeeeseeseeneceseeseaneseaeeseaeeseaeessaeeseaaessaneseacessaneseaaessaneseaensaneees 437 9 8 6 Checking Event te srerccag teerte a a E eee ea eet 438 9 9 Viewing IPMI Information cc ceeeecceeeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeseeaaeeesecaeeeseeeenaeeeeneneees 440 Ro ko a eh ex Ln f 1 o eee sete i EEE eee TE EE ne Ree me oe ee ree Re ee A 441 9 9 2 Sensor Tabic ance ai reed iin an ee cent a tinned 442 9 10 ReplaGing Hardware alor m eda ATAA deals Se AER A ERE T E EAEE EREE AA ARATE 444 9 10 1 Replacing a Machine or a Motherboard oe eeee
481. s HBA Index indicates the one that you have configured in Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 219 5 Creating an Operation Group Note To control storage both this tab and the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting must be configured If either setting is not configured SystemProvisioning does not control storage For the settings of the Storage tab of the Machine Property Setting see Subsection 4 9 3 Configuring Settings on the Storage Tab Note the maximum number of disk volume settings For NEC Storage disk volume settings can be configured up to LD s maximum number that can be assigned to a LD set Because the LD s maximum number is different according to the models see the manual of your NEC Storage For Symmetrix disk volume settings can be configured up to the maximum spec of the OS lt For NetApp gt Operations gt WindowsServer Eaj Group Property Setting General Model Host Storage Software Network Setting LB Setting Host Profile Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Add Delete T Order ea Disk Array Disk Volume Share Status HBAIndex NICNumber Edit Up E 1 4 M100 200000255C3A05AA0004 Shared ALL es Down Appl Back Storage Information Disk Array NetApp M Connect after distribution Storage List Display Count r Number Share Status Usage Status Co Shol2 O Shared Unused
482. s setting is edited the LB cannot be removed although the Unregister from LoadBalancer before Modify check box is selected Create another setting and replace it with the previous setting Shutdown before Modify If you select the Shutdown before Modify check box and click OK the machine is shut down before change configuration processing runs The machine is started during the change configuration processing 8 Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 357 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View This chapter explains the operations to manage a machine in the Virtual view in SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 Moving a Virtual Machine Server c ccccccceeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeeeeeneees 360 Creating a Virtual Machine in the Virtual View ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 361 Editing a Virtual Machine ee ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaeeeeneaaes 364 Moving a Virtual Machine seia era a AS A E ET A 366 Shifting the Operation of ESXi ccccecsceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeeenees 371 359 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 8 1 Moving a Virtual Machine Server With SystemProvisioning you can move a virtual machine server between datacenters Perform the following procedure to move a virtual machine se
483. sary file for disk duplication from the SigmaSystemCenter DVD R After copying is complete a dialog box will appear Click OK Copy of DeploymentManager Sysprep modules x Copy of DeploymentManager Sysprep modules was finished Db Please pursue DeploymentManager Sysprep process Following the procedure 4 Copy Microsoft Sysprep For Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 this procedure and the procedure 5 are unnecessary so skip to the procedure 6 For OS other than the above perform the following procedure Find the sysprep exe and setupcl exe in the following folder CD R DVD R of the master machine s OS SUPPORT TOOLS DEPLOY CAB Then copy both of the files to the Sysprep folder created in the procedure 3 5 Copy the Microsoft network setup Find the netdom exe in the following folder CD R DVD R of the master machine s OS SUPPORT TOOLS SUPPORT CAB Then copy the file to the following folder Sysprep i386 SOEMS SYSTEM32 created in the procedure 3 Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 107 3 Settings of Related Products 6 Edit the information of DPM Server to be connected Edit the file created in the procedure 3 Change the following underlined IP address to the IP address and port of the management server where DPM Server is installed Be sure not to change information in the file other than the underlined IP address e For Windows parameter file Express OS Running Dri
484. see Subsection 3 3 1 Add Machine Group and 3 5 5 Add Managed Machine in DeploymentManager Reference Guide Registering an already created virtual machine to DPM Install the DPM Client to the virtual machine The virtual machine will then be registered to DPM Further perform registration of the virtual machine to an arbitrary group from New Machine in DPM Web Console Registering the virtual machine to DPM at the time when the virtual machine is activated SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring DPM Select any value in the DPM Server list on the setting of VM Model Group or Category By doing this the virtual machine is registered to DPM automatically at the time when the virtual machine is activated in an operation group for example Allocate Machine Create and Assign Machine and Register Master Machine The setting has prior in the order of VM Model Group Category 3 7 6 Registering a Virtual Machine Server to DPM Virtual machine servers must be registered to DPM under the following cases When installing applications and patches etc to a virtual machine server When performing operations that start virtual machine servers such as VM optimized placement etc When registering the virtual machine server to DPM both the physical MAC address of the NIC that is activated by the Wake On LAN and the UUID must be registered If a mistaken value is configured the information of the virtual
485. seeseeeeeeeeeeeees 174 4 9 6 Configuring Settings on the Account Tab eceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaees 174 4 10 Creating a PoliCy sie ates eecdel a aee ie aaa taerou airea aae Neve asias Popes 178 4 10 Standard Policy piieis piia kane aa a Ea e oaae Tta paa Eae iDa EE headend 179 41 022 Creating A POlCY e a sah a a a eaa a aeaea aan aa tank aa aena De E anaia ea eeii 180 4 Tt0SAdding a PolCyeo ose n a a E TTO eee ce Ee E E 181 4 10 4 Copying an Existing Policy sesi a aa a E a a a a a a a a 182 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings eecceecceeeceeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeeeseaeesnaeeseaeeenaees 183 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event 0 cc cecceeseeseteeeeeeteneeeeeeseeeeeaeeee 185 4 10 7 Enabling and Disabling Settings of a Policy Monitoring EVent 0 eccececceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeseeessaeeeneees 188 4 10 8 Importing and Exporting a Policy 0 0 eee ee eeseeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseaeeeeseaeeeeeenaeeesenaeeeeseneeeeseaaes 189 4A Greatingca Protiles c Atadetn eae tia dian tiated tah ine ee 190 4 11 1 How to Create a Machine Profile eeceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeesaeeeseaeessaeeseeeeeaeeseaeeenaeeseaeeenates 190 4 11 2 How to Create a Host Profile 0 0 cece ceceeseeeceeeeeaeeceaeeesaeeseaeeeaeecaeeeaeeseaeessaeeseaeeseaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeete 190 4 11 3
486. sk duplication data file other than the Windows parameter file Express SigmaSystemCenter DVD R DPM TOOLS SYSPREP Windows COPYSYSPREP VBS Note f an OS boot drive Sysprep folder exists it is overwritten During OS installation by disk duplication the following folder will be created lt OS installed Drive gt DPM_DiskCloningTmp If the same name folder exists the OS installation by disk duplication may not work properly 2 The Copy of DeploymentManager Sysprep modules dialog box appears Click OK Copy of DeploymentManager Sysprep modules x 9 DeploymentManager Sysprep modules is copied on a master machine 7 Please press OK button if you wish to continue operation Please press Cancel button if you wish to interrupt operation Cancel 3 The folder Sysprep is created on the drive where the master machine s OS is running SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 106 Creating a Scenario in DPM 4 For Windows Server 2008 Windows Vista and Windows 7 the following screen does not appear so go to the next procedure For OS other than the above the following screen appears Enter the product key into the Product key box and click OK Copy DeploymentManager Sysprep Module x Enter the product key used for master machine installation If you performed installation using backup CD ROMs enter the product key adhered to the unit Product key 5 DPM will start copying the neces
487. splay Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New A Add Subsystem Subsystem Type MasterScope Network Manager z Host Name AAA Port Description aa B 2 Select MasterScope Network Manager in the Subsystem Type list 3 In the Host Name box enter a host name or IP address of the server on which MasterScope Network Manager is installed 4 Inthe Port box enter the port number with which SystemProvisioning accesses to MasterScope Network Manager Note The default port number is 52727 5 Click OK The added MasterScope Network Manager appears under Subsystem List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 137 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 2 6 Adding Software Load Balancer as a Subsystem To add a software load balancer as a subsystem perform the following procedure 1 Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystern gt New A Add Subsystem Subsystem Type Software Load Balancer hi Host Name Port User l Password Description OK Cancel Select Software Load Balancer in the Subsystem Type list Enter an IP address of the server on which the software load balancer is configured in the Host Name box 4 Enter a port number for accessing the software load balancer in the Port box Note The default value of the port number is 22 Enter an account for accessing the software load balancer in the Account box Enter an accoun
488. ssage appears and Normal appears on the Status The result of the reconfiguring processing can be checked from the Job window on the Monitor view SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Distributing Specified Software to a Machine 7 10 Distributing Specified Software to a Machine Distribute Software runs when a machine is activated for example after executing Allocate Resource To distribute software to a machine on an arbitrary timing other than the timing of activating a machine use Distribute Software When using Distribute Software software needs not to be registered to a group or a host in advance Specify the software to distribute when you want to distribute the software To specify and distribute the software with this functionality perform the following procedure Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to which you want to distribute software in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Select the check box of the machine to distribute software under Host List Select Distribute Software of the Action menu Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Base Information Name Priority OS Type Policy Name The way to use group pool Description Group A 1 Windows Server GroupOnly Host List Display Count 20 Vv Host Name M GHost A Status Assign New Delete VM IP Address 255 2
489. sses and an end IP address with one blank space Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 27 2 This chapter explains the initial operations and environment setting of SigmaSystemCenter Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter This chapter contains the following sections 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 Starting the Web Console and Logging In to SigmaSystemCenter Registering License Keys Adding a SystemProvisioning User Configuring the Environment 29 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 2 1 Starting the Web Console and Logging In 2 1 1 30 to SigmaSystemCenter To operate the Web Console you need to start and log in to the Web Console Starting the Web Console To start the Web Console perform the following procedure 1 Start a Web browser 2 Enter the following URL in the Web browser address box http host Provisioning Default aspx Enter the host name or IP address of your management server to host 3 The SigmaSystemCenter Login window appears For details of login see Subsection 2 1 2 Logging in to SigmaSystemCenter If you start the Web Console on the management server you can start the Web Console with the procedure click Start click All Programs click SigmaSystemCenter and click SystemProvisioning Web Console Administrator T Manage Your Server ey My Computer jes Command Prompt B Control Panel gt Gia Administrative Too
490. ssword Update check box 3 Enter a default root password in the Root Password and Root Password Confirmation boxes 4 Click Apply 2 4 7 Configuring the MAC Address Pool When you intend to set the static MAC addresses which are those of virtual machines created on Hyper V or those of active virtual machines configure this feature This feature denies modifying MAC addresses at VM moving and sets the MAC address automatically during a virtual machine creation 1 Display the Environment Setting window and click the Virtual Resource tab Management gt Environment A Environment Setting General Notification Log Virtual Resource Display Alive Monitor Other Set the initial values of Capacity value of YM server and Cost value of YM The number of virtual machines on a VM server is limited because the total cost value of virtual machines does not exceed the capacity value of the VM server Capacity Value 200 Cost Value 10 Set the default root password of VMware ESX used upon Failover Reconfigure and opening console This password is used when the password information is not set by the screen setting of the virtual each machine server I Root Password Update Root Password eeses Root Password Confirmation eccee I MAC Address Pool Feature Hint By enabling this feature SSC changes the setting of MAC address as Static for created virtual machine and assigned virtual machine on Hyper V By doing this th
491. st have the Administrator privileges Click the Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the physical machine to connect to in the Resource tree Click the Console on the Configuration menu At the first launch the following security alert appears Confirm that the Publisher is NEC Corporation and click Run Application Run Security Warning xi Do you want to run this application g Name SystemProvisioning SOL Console From localhost Publisher NEC Corporation en onten While applications from the Internet can be useful they can potentially harm your computer If you do not trust the source do not run this software More Information Part III Maintenance 405 9 Maintenance 4 The application starts and connects to a serial console of the managed machine LS SERVER NO2 SOL Console SigmaSystemCenter 3 0 16106 Qa c lt pid gt lt pid gt ock lt pid gt lt MB al low gt lt pid gt mn dd yyyy hh mm Connected 192 168 1 110 hh el el el Channel management commands Use ch for more help Create a Command Prompt channe Dump the current kernel log Togg tailed or abbreviated tlist info k numbers and their IP addresses addr subnet and gateway he computer identification information the given process ower the priority of a process to the ock access to Command Prompt ch S mit the memory usage of a process to lt MB al low ggle
492. stemCenter select the virtual machine server automatically skip to the procedure 13 10 To specify the virtual machine server select the virtual machine server in the VM Server list 11 Enter the virtual machine name in the VM Name box 12 Select the new datastore in the Datastore list If this item is not selected SigmaSystemCenter selects the new datastore automatically Note For SigmaSystemCenter s selection criteria for the virtual machine server and datastore see Subsection 2 11 5 Selection Criteria for Destination Virtual Machine Servers and Datastores in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 13 Click OK 14 Create and Assign Machine dialog box appears Create and Assign Machine x The machine will run by the following setting Host Host A Machine Select Automatically Model Model Resource Pool Select automatically OK Cancel 15 Click OK 16 When creating and assigning the machine finishes the created virtual machine appears under Host List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 334 Release Resource 7 3 Release Resource Release Resource is the operation that makes a machine being activated at a group wait in the pool To execute Release Resource perform the following procedure gp wN o Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Base Information Name Priority OS Type Policy Name Description Display Count Vv Vv FHost A T
493. substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles 1 Store a local script a bat file in the following folder A folder where SystemProvisioning is installed Script Note The default folder is ProgramFiles NEC PVM Script Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Software in the Resource tree Summary Information is displayed on the Main Window Click Script Collect on the Operation menu 5 After the Job of collecting scripts finishes click Refresh on the Operation menu to update the view to the latest status 6 Summary Information appears on the Main Window The scripts are added in the Script folder 7 Click a local script name to display the base information of the local script on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring Machine Property Setting 4 9 Configuring Machine Property Setting This section explains how to configure a registered machine s unique information on the Machine Property Setting General Tab Configure the general information such as a model name and a unit name Network Tab Configure the NIC to use and relates the NIC and a switch port Storage Tab Configure the setting for HBA to use Software Tab Configure the setting for distributing software to the machine The timing to distribute software also can be configured Software Distribution History Tab The software distribution history can be chec
494. t To generate IP addresses configure the necessary settings for the Address Pool tab For details see 4 4 6 Adding a Logical Network Click OK Changing an already created logical network To change an already created logical network perform the following procedure 1 2 3 Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the target operation group with the resource pool where a logical network to configure exists in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring a Resource Pool 4 Click the Resource Pool tab 5 Click the Edit of the port group which includes the name of the logical network to change under Network List 6 Edit Network appears on the Main Window Operations gt ESX_Category gt ESX35 gt Edit Network Eal Edit Network Name Network1 Tag Public Scope Public Private Allocated To Group Description VLAN Definition Address Pool VLAN Definition List Add Delete Switch Name VLAN Name VLAN Type VLAN ID VLAN NetS Add Delete 7 Change the items that are to be changed 8 Click OK Deleting an already created logical network To delete an already created logical network perform the following procedure Note If a logical network is deleted a port group is not deleted Click Operations on the Title bar to switch
495. t 2a Restart M Host A Define Only 255 255 255 0 en ETTER Suspend Refresh Machine Redistribute Software Base Information Priority 1 Assign New Delete VM __ Allocate Machine Group Pool Create and Assign Machine Refresh Register Master Machine Backup Restore Register Master Machine Resnurca Status Power Type Display Count 20 Name 2 Release Resource E 7 EN 56 97 SStestvm001 Oor Vivware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Change Configuration S2hyrn2h1 or VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 Move Virtual Machine Ehm2h2 or VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Reconfigure Delete VM Delete Show Performance Show All Performance Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off 6 Register a master machine to run in the group appears on the Main Window Select the pool where the machine that is to be registered as the master machine exists 7 Click Next If you selected the Select a machine from shared pool skip to the procedure 11 Operations gt Category A gt Group A gt Register Mas A Register a master machine to run in the group Select Machine Pool Select a machine from group pool Select a machine from shared pool Cancel SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 328 Activating a Machine in a Group 8 If you selected the Select a machine from group pool in the procedure 6 Register a master machine to run
496. t Hint To specify multiple ports please enter value separated by commas If you specify multiple ports determines that the state can successfully connect to all ports I VM Server Monitoring Hint This setting enables disables VM Server Monitoring for Hyper V XenServer KVM 2 To register the machine activated at the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager select the Register a machine in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager check box This check box is selected by default Note The Register a machine in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager check box appears only if the model type is Physical or VM Server If the model type is VM the items relating to the Register a machine in the group to NEC ESMPRO Manager check box do not appear Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 241 5 Creating an Operation Group 3 To set the values for the Server Down Detection Retry Count and Server Status Polling Interval of a machine to be registered select the Set the values check box 4 Enter the value of the retry count to detect server down in the Server Down Detection Retry Count box 5 Enter the value of the server status polling interval in the Server Status Polling Interval box 6 To execute the alive monitoring towards the machine activated at the group with Ping Monitoring or Port Monitoring select the Enable Alive Monitoring check box This check box is cleared by default Note Either of the Register a machine in the group to N
497. t Shutdown or Suspend of the Action menu System Resource gt Machine gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 Machine Tag 9 Configuration r Tag server n01 Add Smart Group Status Tag Location Type Model CPU Memory Disk OS All Tags Add Group Add Rack be A Machine Individual Operations Edit Group Awaiting job HW Status Normal Start Move Group OS OFF OSON Power OFF Restar Delete Group Suspend Register Machine Shutdown efresh Machine faase normaron Cale EE Collect Machines Name server n01 Collect Softwares Description Reset Job Result Collect Sensors Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off Display Count 20 Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations Refresh OD Name Type Status Power Running Group MAC Address C jserver n01 test net Unitary V Runni 00 21 85 0B 7E 92 D Em n01 02 Win20 VMware V Oor 00 50 56 00 01 02 I amp km n01 03 RHEL VMware V Oor 00 50 56 00 01 03 M Bhm n01 04 vSphe VMware V Oor 00 50 56 00 01 04 Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations z A confirmation message appears Click OK e If you specify a machine to execute the power operations 1 2 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the group to which the machine to start restart shut down or suspend belongs in the Resource tree
498. t otherwise the replacement process will fail LED control through BMC LED control through BMC can be executed manually and by using policy actions Dump control through BMC Dump control through BMC can be executed manually Serial Over Lan SOL connection through BMC Remote access to serial console through BMC will be available Serial console operations while setting BIOS starting OS and operating the machine can be executed Note OOB Management is available only for the managed machine with BMC and supports Remote Management Control Protocol RMCP which is IPMI s communication protocol SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 92 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management 3 10 1 3 10 2 3 10 3 Configuring IP Address of BMC To use OOB Management set the IP address of BMC SigmaSystemCenter will connect to this IP address Reference For Express5800 series server refer to Section 2 Configuring the Host System in EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 2 User s Guide or EXPRESSSCOPE Engine 3 User s Guide and configure BMC management LAN For SIGMABLADE Express5800 series you can see the all implemented blade server s IP addresses by using EM web console For details refer to Chapter 4 Using Web Console Feature of N8405 043 EM Card User s Guide Creating Administrator Account in BMC Create an administrator account to connect to BMC from SigmaSystemCenter Reference For Express5800 s
499. t Privilege Machine Individual Operations Start Restart Shutdown Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool All Machine Action Start Restart Allocate Machine Register Master Machine IF Backup Display Count 20 z r Resource fara Status Power Type Change Machine Usage Restore Shutdown Redistribute Software Replace Machine Delete Change Configuration Refresh MAC Distribute Software Delete The use of srv vin18 will be changed Selecta destination group Select C Group Name ESxi41 7 Click OK 8 When changing the usage of the machine finishes the machine appears under Host List 344 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing a Machine 7 8 Replacing a Machine If a failure occurs on the machine activated at an operation group Replace Machine installs a disk image which was backed up in advance into a spare pool machine to replace the failed machine with the pool machine SigmaSystemCenter offers the following three kinds of methods to replace a machine Restoring Image using the backup restoration functionality of DeploymentManager Boot config Replacing SAN Boot Replacing To replace a machine perform the following procedure Note The targets of Replace Machine are a physical machine and a virtual machine server For a virtual machine server boot config replacing is supported
500. t exist mofcomp class forceupdate esmsmwsx mof 7 Restarting the machine or starting the stopped services Restart the machine or start the stopped related services Part III Maintenance 487 Appendices Appendix A Monitoring Profile eee ceeeeceeeeeenneeeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeneaaes 491 Append B Revision HIStory einni eie aT EnA aa A EE A E AA 495 Appendix C License Informatio N se arenneren arran na aa aaan Ae araa A aeai ani 497 489 Appendix A Monitoring Profile Monitoring Profile is a set of performance indicators of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services data collection and threshold monitor settings The performance indicators collection intervals for data collection of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and threshold monitor settings can be changed according to which monitoring profile is selected For details of performance indicators see Section 1 3 Collected Performance Data in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide The default value of each monitoring profile is shown below Standard Monitoring Profile Collects performance data of the following performance indicators Accesses to OS of the managed machine with the specified account and obtains the performance data Performance Indicator Collection Intervals CPU Usage 1 min 5 min 30 min Disk Transfer Rate Bytes sec Disk Space MB 1
501. t is displayed under Status on the Login Information Setting screen fLogin Information Setting lol x Login Setting DeviceName Login Setting Status o ode LB 172 Qx 52008 5 Succeeded to login 1 Login Information Setting 3 O x Cannot login to device Please check whether the password For login is right If the test fails check the information displayed under Status clear the cause of the failure and try the test again Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 61 3 Settings of Related Products 3 3 Configuring Settings for a Load Balancer 3 3 1 3 3 2 62 If you want to use a load balancer managed in MasterScope Network Manager you need to configure the load balancer to MasterScope Network Manager Perform the following procedure to configure a load balancer Registering a Load Balancer to MasterScope Network Manager After configuring a load balancer you need to register the load balancer to MasterScope Network Manager The load balancer registration procedure is the same as that of a switch see Subsection 3 2 1 Registering a Switch to MasterScope Network Manager Configuring the Login Management for a Load Balancer in MasterScope Network Manager You need to configure the login management for a load balancer in MasterScope Network Manager The procedure of configuring the login management for a load balancer is the same as that of a switch see Subsection 3 2 2 Configu
502. t password for accessing the software load balancer in the Password box 7 Click OK The added software load balancer appears under Subsystem List SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 138 Adding a Subsystem 4 2 7 Adding a Storage Management Server as a Subsystem To add a storage management server as a subsystem perform the following procedure Note If you manage NEC Storage E1 the storage management software is controlled in SystemProvisioning by executing a local script therefore you do not need to add storage management software as a subsystem 1 Display Add Subsystem window Management gt Subsystem gt New Add Subsystem Subsystem Type NEC Storage zi Description A OK Cancel 2 Select NEC Storage EMC CLARiiON EMC Symmetrix or NetApp Manager in the Subsystem Type list 3 Click OK The added storage management server appears under Subsystem List Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 139 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 3 Managing ESXi Hyper V and KVM This section explains the settings to manage ESXi directly to manage Hyper V single server or to manage KVM from SystemProvisioning By registering ESXi in the Virtual view ESXi and virtual machines on ESXi are managed in SystemProvisioning You can execute the power operations to ESXi create a virtual machine on ESXi or execute power operations to a virtual machine on ESXi from SystemPro
503. table status is displayed SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Checking Failed Status 9 8 2 9 8 3 Job Resource Jobs running and completed in the period specified in the Job result display period box on the Display tab of Environment Setting You can cancel a running Job from here An abnormal ended Job is displayed in pink and warned job is displayed in yellow You can refer to the action status by clicking the icon To refer to a Job that is completed and that the Job result display period specified on the Display tab of Environment Setting has passed check the Job window Event Viewer You can check Event Logs on Event Viewer SystemProvisioning records logs with the source names PVM and SystemMonitorEvent For a list of event logs see Section 2 2 Event Logs in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services records errors and event information during operation on the event log on a management server with the source name System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and records error information on Application Log or System Log For event logs of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services see Section 9 1 The Event Log in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide Checking Failed Status of a Managed Machine You can check failed status of a management machine on the Dashboard window and in the views of SigmaSystemCenter Oper
504. tallation Guide If a firewall is installed verify that the ports that DPM Client uses are open Start the master VM and display the BIOS screen Change the boot order of NIC of the master VM to the first Note For the virtual NIC of the virtual machine use NIC supported by DPM In the case of virtual machines created in vCenter Server not supported NICs may be used as the default configuration 7 Install applications that are supported by the virtual machine to use 8 In SystemProvisioning virtual machines are created from a template that is based on a master VM Therefore create necessary kinds of master VMs according to the virtual machines to use 3 12 2 Creating a Master VM in XenCenter 118 To create a master VM to be the source of virtual machines managed in SystemProvisioning on the management screen of XenCenter perform the following procedure Reference For how to create a virtual machine in XenCenter see product manuals of Citrix Systems Inc 1 Start and log into XenCenter 2 Create a virtual machine specifying the number of CPUs memory capacity disk capacity the number of disks and the number of NICs corresponding to the virtual machine to use Note Set DevicePosition to 0 on a virtual disk where the OS is to be installed 3 Install OS that is supported by the virtual machine to use To create a Windows VM install Windows OS for users Install Xen Server Tools To create a
505. tart Restore Shutdown Group Pool Redistribute Software Displan Count 20 z Delete Change Configuration Refresh Resource Change Machine Usage O ae Status Power Type Show Performance 6 Replace machine for the selected host appears on the Main Window Select either way to replace the selected machine Operations gt ESKX_Category gt ESXi50 gt Replace Machine A Replace machine for the selected host Please select way to replace the selected machine C Select a machine automatically Select a machine manually Select a machine from group pool Select a machine from shared pool SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 346 Replacing a Machine 7 Click Next 8 If you selected the way to replace automatically skip to the procedure 11 If you selected the way to replace manually Replace machine for the selected host appears on the Main Window Operations gt ESK_Category gt ESXi50 gt Replace Machine A Replace machine for the selected host Host SRV VM19 Please select a destination machine Display Count 29 Model 5 zi Select Name Type Power MAC Address C aj 92 16817 Unitary VMware vh 00 11 09 55 39 DC C Osrv vei6e Unitary Oort 00 1D 92 44 78 90 C SRY VM7 Unitary Gort 00 1D 92 47 1F FC Cancel 9 Ifthe Select a machine from group pool was selected in the Replace machine for the selected host window a model does not need to be selected If t
506. tart the Machine Detail window with the procedure below Start the DPM Web Console Click the Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the group to which the machine belongs in the Resource tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window Click the name of the target machine under Machine List oa Pen E The Machine Detail window appears Maintenance Mode OFF Select the icon of a machine of which NIC has been exchanged and click Maintenance OFF on the Operation menu on the Web console 9 10 4 Replacing an HBA To replace an HBA connected to your storage follow the procedure below NEC Storage without boot config vIO 452 Note Remember the WWN before and after replacement In the iSCSI booting environment if you still use the same iSCSI initiator name with that before replacing an NIC go to procedure 8 instead of performing procedure 5 6 and 7 Maintenance Mode ON Select the icon of a machine whose HBA you are going to exchange and click Maintenance ON of the Action menu on the Web console Shutting down the machine to be replaced Shut down the machine to be replaced through the Web console Replacing the HBA and NIC Bios setting for the HBA and NIC Configuring the NEC Storage Manager Change the WWN setting in the NEC Storage Manager Overview of the procedure of changing the setting using the NEC Storage Manager Client Web GUI Ver 6 3 is as follows For more detail
507. ted VLAN port group appears Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Switch 10 Select the Address Pool tab System Resource gt Network gt Add Logical A Add Logical Network Name DOSS E Tag D E Public Scope Public Private Allocated To Group E z a Description VLAN Port Group Definition Address Pool Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Default Gateway DOOS E Add Delete Public IP Division Edit Add Delete 11 Enter the subnet mask in the Subnet Mask box Required 12 Enter the default gateway in the Default Gateway box 13 Click the Add of the Action menu under IP Range Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 151 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 14 Add IP Range dialog box appears Add IP Range x Please input the range of IP Address Please only input the value of Start Address When exclude a special ip address NAT address range can be setted throug set the Public IP Name Start Address End Address Division Assign Exclude Management IP Address Public IP Settings Start Address End Address OK Cancel Po 7 Enter the switch name in the Name box Required Enter the IP address in the Start Address box Required Enter the IP address in the End Address box Select the division from the Division Assign generates IP addresses in this range Exclud
508. ted by virtual infrastructure Te Seconds Suppress CPU load failure T Seconds Apply Back 3 To change the policy name enter the policy name in the Name box Required Regarding events whose Event Category is Machine inaccessible error or CPU load failure configure the time for SystemProvisioning to wait for a recovery event of the failures after receiving the failure event Configuring this setting if a series of failures and recoveries for the failures are generated in a short time SystemProvisioning restrains to execute Policies only for failures which recovery events are not generated in the waiting time To configure the waiting time select the check box of the failure event to restrain under Suppression Settings and enter the time in the text box Note that this control setting is reflected when you select All events in category under Select Event on the Corresponding Event Handler Setting window Reference For the Corresponding Event Handler Setting window see Subsection 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event Note Operations in this procedure is invalid for policies that Machine inaccessible error or CPU load failure is not configured as a monitoring event 5 Click Apply Configuring the General tab of Policy Property Settings is now complete You can configure the corresponding event handler setting next Note For the Monitoring Events tab of Policy Property Sett
509. temCenter 7 Select the Register the account regardless of connection status check box if you are going to register an account of the machine that does not respond to the IPMI connection such as when the preparation described in Section 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management is not completed Note When an account is registered with selecting the Register the account regardless of connection status check box the account is registered even if it cannot connect to BMC In this case neither verification of connectivity with BMC nor IPMI information acquisition is executed Therefore OOB management might not work properly Click Verification at the Account tab on the Machine Property Setting window before starting machine operation 8 Click the Add of the Action menu if you are going to add protocols to Protocol List 9 Add Protocol List is displayed below Protocol List System Resource gt Machine gt APAC gt Tokyo gt ESXi gt server n01 gt server n01 t Ea Add Account Type User Name rT Password Destination I Register the account regardless of connection status Protocol List Add Delete DO Protocol Name Connection Status Update Time Add Protocol B Protocol Name V IPMI 10 IPMI protocol is selected by default Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 176 Configuring Machine Property Setting 11 IPMI protocol is added to Protocol L
510. temCenter 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View Explains the operations to manage a machine in the Virtual view Part Ill Maintenance 9 Maintenance Explains the necessary information for the maintenance of SigmaSystemCenter 10 Backup and Restoration Explains the methods of backup and restore during operation of SigmaSystemCenter Appendices Appendix A Monitoring Profile Appendix B Revision History Appendix C License Information e xi SigmaSystemCenter Manuals The manuals of SigmaSystemCenter are configured for the various products and components as follows In this manual each of the following manuals is described as How Manuals Are Called in This Manual Products or Manuals How Manuals Are Called in This Components Manual SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 First Step Guide SigmaSystemCenter First Step Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Installation Guide SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide SigmaSystemCenter Configuration Guide SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Reference Guide SigmaSystemCenter Reference Guide NEC ESMPRO Manager 5 52 NEC ESMPRO Manager Ver 5 5 Installation Guide NEC ESMPRO Manager Installation Guide DeploymentManager 6 1 DeploymentManager Ver6 1 First Step Guide DeploymentManager First Step Guide DeploymentManager Ver6 1 Installation Guide DeploymentManager Instal
511. tenance Command Set Privilege Operation o Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Pool Release 1 maching All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh 341 7 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Operations View 5 A confirmation message appears 6 Click OK 7 When scaling in finishes the machine made to stand by appears under Group Pool The number which is configured in the Operation Machine Count At Scale in of machines are made wait at one time Note If the number of machines reaches the minimum number of active machines configured for the group Scale In is not executed any more SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 342 Changing the Usage of a Machine 7 7 Changing the Usage of a Machine Change Machine Usage is the operation that moves the machine activated at an operation group to another group and activates the moved machine again If there is a possibility that a group s operation load increases Change Machine Usage diverts other group machines to keep the load balance Preparation and the procedure are as follows Note The targets of Change Machine Usage are a physical machine and a virtual machine server To execute Change Machine Usage on a virtual machine server the virtual machine server must have no templates In addition the virtual machines on the virtual machine server must not be powered ON and not be activated
512. ter Servel c ceeccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaeeseeeeseeseeeesieeseeeees 117 3 12 2 Creating a Master VM in XenCentel cccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeteeeeeaeeees 118 3 12 3 Creating a Master VM On ESXi ce ceeeseceseeeseececeeeeneceaeeesenecsaeeesanecaeeesanesaeeesaseseaeeesesessaeeenesessaeeenenetes 119 3 12 4 Creating a Master VM on Hyper V eecceceseeseeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeseeeesaeeeseeeesaeeeaeeeeaeeseaeeseaaeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeseaeeees 120 3 12 5 Creating a Master VM On KVM renne r era usa aerea EA re EAEAN ERENS a EANA SE IER edro E EA S ENS SA 121 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter ssssunsssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 125 4 1 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter and Starting Operation sseesseeese essees 126 4 2 Adding a S bsysteM sisne nane e a a E a a a A Saa 132 4 2 1 Adding VMware vCenter Server as a Subsystem ceccceeeceeeneeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeersaeeseaeeteeeseeeeeaees 132 4 2 2 Adding XenServer Pool Master as a SUDSYStOM ceceeenceseneeeeneeeeneeseaeeteaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeteaeeseeeeeaees 134 4 2 3 Adding Hyper V Cluster as a Subsystem eeecceeeeeeeneeeeeeceeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeeesaees 135 4 2 4 Adding DPM Server as a Subsystem eceeeececeneeeneeceneeseaeeeeaeeseaeeeeaeeseaeesaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeseaeeeeaees 136 4
513. ter and backup and restore 9 Maintenance 10 Backup and Restoration 375 9 Maintenance This chapter explains the necessary information for the maintenance of SigmaSystemCenter The items explained in this chapter are as follows 9 1 Operations for Maintenance cccceesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeneeseeeeetaaeseeaeeeeeneess 378 9 2 Adding a Managed Machine After Starting Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 395 9 3 Working with Service Portal c ccccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeaas 399 e 9 4 Connecting to a Console cccceeceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeesaeeeeaeeseneeeeaees 404 9 5 Managing a Machine Using a Smart Group 0 ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeees 418 e 9 6 Machine Management with Tag Cloud cccceeseeceeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeeeeneess 422 e 9 7 Checking Performance Status ccccccceceeceseeeceeeeeceeeeeseaesecaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeseaees 425 e 9 8 Checking Failed Status aaa a erara eaaa aa ranee aa aaraa aeaa aa ba aeie aaiae siaa 432 9 9 Viewing PMI IMornaho Merea aE aE E AR 440 9 10 Replacing Hardware sieas eein air aia aA 444 9 11 Extracting LOGS erii ES E TAE 458 9 12 Changing IP Address of a Management Server sssssssesssrssrresriesrissrresresrrrern 462 377 9 Maintenance 9 1 Operations for Maintenance 9 1 1 Starting Restarting and Stopping Syst
514. ter drive letter The drive to disk after as the one letter is allocated in distribution that has order usually from the allocated to C drive including the partition built in disk of the and volume managed machine on the logical disk 4 A logical The OS allocate a drive letter The The OS allocates a disk that is drive letter is allocated in order device file The not the usually from the C drive including device file is same built in disk of the managed machine allocated in order logical from the built in disk after disk distribution 4 To keep the information of the disk including the signature of the disk and drive letter information during distributing an image the same drive letter is allocated after the distribution Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 67 3 Settings of Related Products 3 6 Configuring Settings for a Virtual 3 6 1 68 Environment To use a virtual environment configure settings in advance This section provides the procedure to build a virtual environment Setting Up the VMware Environment To set up the VMware environment set up with the following flow Reference For the details of the settings see product manuals of VMware Inc 1 Installing and configuring the following components of vCenter Server Server component vCenter Server Client component vSphere Client Installing and configuring VMware ESX Installing DPM Client and NE
515. ter the Navisphere CLI path to an environmental variable PATH 3 Creating a LUN Create a LUN by using the management software 4 Creating a storage group Create a storage group on CLARiiON by using the management software Note SigmaSystemCenter does not support such a management that configures multiple hosts for one storage group Configure the host and storage group relation as 1 1 on management software To share a LUN with multiple hosts divide the storage group according to the hosts If you use Symmetrix To use a disk array device of Symmetrix from SystemProvisioning you need to install SYMCLI on the management server For more details see manuals of SYMCLI 1 Installing management software Install the management software of Symmetrix on the storage management server 2 Installing the Solutions Enabler Install the Solutions Enabler on the management server 3 Configuring the Solutions Enabler Configure PATH the environmental variable of Solutions Enabler so that it can run commands on Symmetrix When configuring or having already configured a management server for Symmetrix storage be sure to construct an environment where the SYMCLI command can be executed from the management server For the details see manuals of Solutions Enabler Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 65 3 Settings of Related Products 3 5 2 66 Creating a logical device and assigning the devices The informa
516. th the following procedure Reference For details of procedures of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services see System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services User s Guide Settings about the Management Console 464 On the Management Console of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services if an IP address is registered as a console machine s host name change the setting Note If the Management Console of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services is not used this procedure is unnecessary On the Main menu click Tool and Set Management Console 2 On the Management Console dialog check the Host Name and change it as necessary 3 Click OK Connection settings about a management server When changing the IP address of a management server that is registered in the Management Console of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services delete the setting of the management server first and register it with the new one 1 On the tree of the Main Window right click the management server that is registered with the previous IP address and click Delete Management Server On the Main menu click Tool and Add Management Server Management Server dialog appears Configure the new IP address Click OK Connection settings about a SystemProvisioning management server On System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services if the previous IP address of the management server is registered as a hos
517. the Group Model or Host Setting Adding the machine to the pool Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 131 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 2 Adding a Subsystem 4 2 1 132 This section provides the procedure of adding a subsystem Add related products you want to use as a subsystem SigmaSystemCenter collects and uses the information of managed machines from multiple subsystems the virtual environment management software such as vCenter Server XenServer Pool Master and Hyper V Cluster and some subsystems such as DPM If one machine is managed by multiple subsystems the information is collected from each subsystem Therefore pay attention for one machine not to be registered as two different machines to SystemProvisioning Register subsystems in the order written in this document If you select a subsystem on the Add Subsystem window and click OK SystemProvisioning collects the information of the added subsystem To register other subsystem wait until you confirm that the information has been collected You can check the information of the machine collected from the subsystem in the Resource view Note Register the license key of SigmaSystemCenter before adding related products to use as a Subsystem For how to register a license see Section 2 2 Registering License Keys Do not add an already added subsystem doubly with another host name IP address or URL Add
518. the host name is specified TCP is used for connecting If you intend to connect by TLS specify the URL Enter a port number in the Port box If you omit entering the port number the default port number is registered Note For ESXi the default port number is 443 For Hyper V the Port box is not displayed Enter a name of an account for management of the virtual machine server in the User box Required Note For KVM User box does not appear Enter a password entered in the earlier procedure in the Password box Required Note For KVM Password box does not appear For KVM type URL in the URL box Note When a host name is specified you can skip this procedure If only the host name is specified TCP is used for connecting If you intend to connect by TLS specify the URL URL format qemu transport hostname port system Example For TCP qemu tcp rhkvm01 example net system For TLS gemu tls rhkvm01 example net system Click OK Check that adding the virtual machine server is complete on the Job window in the Monitor view Switch the window to Virtual view Check that the virtual machine server is registered in the datacenter SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering a Switch 4 4 Registering a Switch This section explains how to register a switch to be managed by SystemProvisioning and set up the logical network SigmaSystemCenter supports the fo
519. ther resources the other resource s name is displayed in the Defined In If the allocation of a role is changed the role setting configured in the Defined In is changed Switch to the Main Window of the target resource Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window Select the check box of the user to change the allocation Click the Edit Privilege of the Action menu oa Pp WN 2 Edit Privilege appears on the Main Window Operations gt Category A EJ Privilege List Operation 9 Display Count 20 Edit Privilege Add Release r Role Defined In Children Succeed F admin Administrator All Resource System d F pm Operator All Resource System Edit Privilege Add Release Role Group Resource Admin tal Assign User pym Defined In All Resource I The setting is succeeded to children OK Cancel 7 Select a new role to allocate from the Role list 8 To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box 9 Click OK SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 204 Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 5 2 10 Configuring a Role for the System To configure a role that can enable the authority of the display view user management role management and authority setting perform the following procedure Note Only a user with the system administrator role can allocate
520. tion on how to create the Symmetrix device is not disclosed To change the configuration such as creating device please contact Symmetrix support Note You cannot manage Symmetrix connected remotely with SigmaSystemCenter If you use NetApp To be managed for the NetApp disk array devices with SystemProvisioning the prior initial setting in the Data ONTAP environment are required For details about the initial setting refer to the corresponding NetApp manuals The NetApp disk array devices can be managed as NAS not supported as an FC iSCSI disk Initial setting of Data ONTAP Perform the initial setting of Data ONTAP Note The setting for NAS utilization is required Creating Aggregate on NetApp Create Aggregate on a disk array Create Volume on NetApp Create Volume to be used as a NAS Volume can be created through SigmaSystemCenter In that case Volume is not required to be created at this procedure Note If you create the Volume directly on the disk array device delete export settings SigmaSystemCenter only supports FlexVol of the Volume type Considering the Drive Letter Setting of Partition and Volume When a machine is connected to a logical disk on storage triggered by the machine configuration a drive letter of partition and volume on the logical disk are allocated according to the status of connection to the logical disk or a type of OS Create a distribution image according to your
521. tle bar and click Search Machine Search Diff Search M All machines including machine which is not running or is unmanaged Search Result List Display Count 20 Machine Name Status MAC Address Group Name Host Name IP Address BSDiffCVM Discovered 00 50 56 B1 2C 0A BDifferemtialClo Normal 00 50 56 97 03 27 winvm winvmHost1 BDifferentialvM Normal i 00 50 56 84 60 20 winvm winvmHost3 GUDifferential VM 00 50 56 84 29 63 BDif vM1 Normal GBRunning 00 50 56 84 58 44 Test Group Dif VM1 Replica Differe Uor 00 50 56 84 17 A8 2Replica Linux Discovered Oor 00 50 56 97 78 12 E Replica Linux Discovered or 00 50 56 97 78 A4 S Replica Machi Maintenance Wot 00 50 56 84 78 A8 MReplica Machi Uor 00 50 56 84 17 6C You can specify the following keywords as a key word for searching for a machine Key Word for Search Example Machine Name or Host Name OLIVE12 MAC Address 00 00 4C 71 CE 17 UUID 50281E7B 4547 6463 07CE F10EFAFA7201 Summary Status NORMAL A machine running normally ERROR A machine on which an error occurred WARNING A machine in a Warning status MAINTENANCE A machine which is set to Maintenance Mode EXECUTE A machine in process IP Address Specify one IP 192 168 10 1 address Specify a range 192 168 10 1 192 168 10 100 To search for an IP address in the specific range enter two IP addresses separating them into a start IP addre
522. tname of a SystemProvisioning management server the setting must be changed SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Changing IP Address of a Management Server Note If synchronizing SystemProvisioning configuration information or reporting a performance anomaly to SystemProvisioning is not used this procedure is unnecessary 1 On the tree of the Main Window right click the management server and click Set Configuration 2 Onthe Configuration dialog check the SystemProvisioning Management Server name on the SystemProvisioning tab and change it as necessary 3 Click OK Connection settings about a monitored machine If a management server is also registered as a machine to be monitored in System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services the setting must be changed On the tree of the Main Window right click the machine to be monitored and click Machine Settings Machine Settings dialog appears Check the Machine Name and the IP Address and change them as necessary Click OK 9 12 5 Changing Settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC ESMPRO Agent If you have changed the IP address of the management server follow the procedures below to configure NEC ESMPRO Manager and NEC ESMPRO Agent Changing settings on NEC ESMPRO Manager When Windows GUI is in use 1 Part III Maintenance If you use Inter Manager Communication change the IP address setting ona Neighbor Manager computer that communicates wit
523. tor Restart Windows Note Depending on the situation when the dump operation occurs Windows may restart regardless of the setting 3 10 5 Enabling ACPI Shutdown To enable ACPI Shutdown operation configure the setting for the OS running on a managed machine This subsection provides the procedure for configuring the ACPI Shutdown setting by exemplifying the case of Windows Server 2008 Note For some versions of OSs such as Windows which has many versions the following procedure might require changes in some part In this case refer to the product manuals to perform the procedure for the Windows OS and for other OSs The ACPI shutdown is not supported on any of VMware ESX ESXi or XenServer 1 Click the Control Panel from the Start menu 2 Double click on the Power Options 3 Click the Choose what the power button does SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 96 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management 4 Select the shutdown in the When I press the power button list and click Save changes Ou J e Control Panel Power Options Fie Edit View Tools Help joose what the power butto Select a power plan does Power plans can help you maximize your computer s performance or conserve energy Make a plan active by Create a power plan selecting it or choose a plan and customize it by changing its power settings Tell me more about power plans Choose when to
524. trator Permitted to execute all operations including configuring and changing the setting of SigmaSystemCenter and starting and stopping machines Operator Not permitted to configure or change the setting of SigmaSystemCenter but permitted to operate managed machines such as start and stop Observer Not permitted to configure or change the setting of SigmaSystemCenter or operate managed machines such as start and stop either Only permitted to see the information such as activated status of machines SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Machine Management In addition to the above roles original roles can be created for example an Administrator who manages a specific operation category or an Operator who can access to only the Operations view Reference For details of users and roles see Section 1 1 User and Role in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 1 1 8 What is a Pool Machine When a failure occurs Failure Recovery N 1 recovery processing replaces the failure machine with a spare machine to recover the operation This spare machine is called a pool machine SystemProvisioning can use a machine registered as a management target in the Resource view as a pool machine If the Add Machine to Pool is executed to a machine in the group the machine is added to the group pool Usage examples of pool machine in SystemProvisioning are as follows Allocate Machine Scale Out
525. trix 1 Display the Machine Property Setting window and click the Storage tab 2 To add storage information to Storage Information click Add of the Action menu 3 HBA Setting is displayed below the Storage Information System Resource gt Machine gt SSC gt op4 EA Machine Property Setting General Network Storage Software Software Distribution History Account Storage Information Add Delete r HBA Address Destination Number Bacl HBA Setting HBA Number Address 1000 0000 C96F E235 Destination iStorageD1 4 Type the HBA number in the HBA Number box Required When configuring the setting for disk volume on the Storage tab of the Host Setting specify the value entered here Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 173 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 4 9 4 4 9 5 4 9 6 174 5 Ifa FC interface is used select the WWN of the HBA that is connected to the machine in the Address list If the iSCSI interface is used select the iSCSI initiator name of the HBA that is connected to the machine Required Note To replace a machine this setting must be configured not only on the original machine but also on the new machine Click OK The storage information is added to Storage Information 7 Click Back to display the details of the machine on the Main Window Configuring Settings on the Software Tab On the Software tab of the Machi
526. tual Machine VM Clone Create Template Console Snapshot Manager Unmanaged Set Privilege Operation 9 Start Restart Suspend Shutdown Power ON Power OFF Reset Move Virtual Machine Reconfigure Reset Job Result Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Refresh Screen 367 8 Operations for Managing a Machine in the Virtual View 5 Move Virtual Machine appears on the main window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 gt YirtualMachine gt Move YM FI Move Virtual Machine Source YM List VM Hame Power Location VirtualMachine Gunning Storage 2 Source DataCenter Name DC2 Source YM Server Name srv vim19 Destination VM Server List Destination DataCenter Name DC2 Hint VM can be moved to another datacenter only during the power is OFF Select VM Server Hame Status Power Used Capacity IP Address O Misry vnt8 CAviormal Gunning 070000 192 168 1 18 Serv vn1g Ghiormal Gaunning 1 200 192 168 1 19 Please select the way to move VM Migration 7 Move With Suspend Quick Migration T Storage Migration I Move With Shutdown Move J Exclude extended disk from migration T Failover Please select the way to move YM T Migration 7 Move With Suspend Quick Migration T Storage Migration I Move With Shutdown Move 7 Exclude extended disk from migration T Failover Please select the destination datastore Hint The setting is effective when only Storage Migration is selected
527. turn off the display Preferred plans R System Settings go e Control Panel Power Options System Settings X se arch 2 Fie Edit View Tools Help Define power buttons and turn on password protection Choose the power settings that you want for your computer The changes you make to the settings on this page apply to all of your power plans Power button settings When I press the power button See also Personalizatior User Accounts Note Be sure to select the shutdown in the When I press the power button list If the others are selected it might not work properly 5 From the Start menu Click Administration tool and Local Security Policy 6 Click Local Policy and click Security Option By double clicking on the Shutdown Allow system to be shut down without having to log on the dialog will appear Change Enabled on the dialog 3 10 6 Configuring Serial Over Lan SOL Configure the BIOS and BMC setting and the serial console setting of each OS so that BMC can redirect the data output from the managed machine s serial port through LAN The following information is common to all the settings the Express5800 series server s SOL redirection uses the number 2 port of the serial port as the serial port setting The recommended value of Baud Rate is 19 2Kbps For the Express5800 series server configure them with following procedures according to the version of EXPRESSSCOPE engine
528. u start the Web Console SigmaSystemCenter Login appears SigmaSystemCenter Login Credentials S User Name Password SigmaSystemCenter l Remember Username 2 Enter a user name and password in the User Name and Password boxes Required Note To log in to SigmaSystemCenter except logging in to SigmaSystemCenter for the first time a user with administrator authority needs to register a user name and password in advance For the registration method see Section 2 3 Adding a SystemProvisioning User 3 Click Login Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 31 2 Initial Operations and Environment Setting of SigmaSystemCenter 32 If You Log in to SigmaSystemCenter for the First Time If you log in to SigmaSystemCenter for the first time enter the following initial user name and password User name admin Password admin After logging in to the Web Console with the initial user register one or more users with administrator authority If you register a user you will not be able to use the initial user name and password See Section 2 3 Adding a SystemProvisioning User for registering a user SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Registering License Keys 2 2 Registering License Keys After installing SigmaSystemCenter register license keys on the license key sheet that comes with the product Register the license keys with the following procedure Click M
529. ual Uor 00 50 56 47 2D 33 2Windows2003R2SP2 00 0 VMware Virtual Wor 00 50 56 B5 00 5D 2Windows2003R2SP2 00 0 VMware Virtual Uor 00 50 56 B5 00 5E Move Machine Unmanaged Machine Individual Operations z D Name Type Status Power MAC Address n00g0dadaoa0ana0nand SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 422 Machine Management with Tag Cloud 5 When atag on the Machine Tag is clicked managed machines that have the tag are displayed on Machine List Managed machines information can be narrowed down more if a tag is clicked on the condition that the information has already narrowed down Histories of narrowing down are displayed on the right of Tag as the topic path Note Machines displayed on Machine List may be filtered per user due to the roll settings to resource group and some machines are not displayed on Machine List This sometimes may cause the issue that the number of the total tags calculated with a tag cloud does not match the number of machines displayed on Machine List 9 6 2 Colors and Size of Characters of Tags Colors and size of characters of tags have meaning as follows Size of characters If the number of machines with a tag increases the character size of the tag will be bigger Colors of characters Color of characters Meaning Original information of the Tag blue Displays information related Type Model CPU ty
530. ual machine server or resource group perform the following procedure Note The role of which the all resources or systems are configured in the Defined In cannot be released Only a user with the system administrator role can release the role of which the all resources are configured in the Defined In If the target resource takes over the role configuration of the other resource the other resource s name is displayed in the Defined In If the allocation of the role is released the role setting configured in the Defined In is released Switch to the Main Window of the target resource Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window Clear the check box of the user to release the allocation Click the Release of the Action menu DOi ON OS The confirmation message appears Click OK Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 203 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 2 9 Changing the Allocation of a Role To change the allocation of a role for a category operation group datacenter virtual machine server or resource group perform the following procedure Note The role of which the all resources or systems are configured in the Defined In cannot be changed Only a user with the system administrator role can change the role of which the all resources are configured in the Defined In If the target resource takes over the role configuration of the o
531. uest column shows the latest process to the target virtual machine Details of the virtual machine are provided by clicking on the name of the virtual machine Part III Maintenance 399 9 Maintenance Resource tab General Resource Performance Machine Operation History Operation Create VM Refresh Display Count 20 Start Shutdown Other Operations gt D Host VM Po CPU CPU CPU CPU Mem Me Mem Mem Disk Name Name Sta C Share Rese Limit Size Share Rese Limit Size F Host Master On 1 1000 OMHz OMHz 1024 1000 OMB OMB 120 F Hosti Win Mon 1 1000 OMHz OMHz512MB 1000 OMB OMB 120 Start Shutdown f Other Operations gt e Machine List On Machine List you can view the resource information of the machine to which resources are already allocated Details of the virtual machine are provided by clicking on the name of the virtual machine Performance tab General Resource Performance Machine Operation History Operation Create VM Refresh Display Count 20 v Start Shutdown Other Operations Host memorigan mory IP Address VM n l Name Name Uptime CPU Usage Size Usage I Host Master Gsec 0 OMHz 1024 MB 0 OMB I Hosti Win 2 hours 0 JOMHz 512MB 1 5 MB Start Shutdown Other Operations e Machine List On Machine List you can view the performance information of the mach
532. unctions you select report success I Ping Monitoring M Port Monitoring Monitoring Port Hint To specify multiple ports please enter value separated by commas If you specify multiple ports determines that the state can successfully connect to all ports VM Server Monitoring Hint This setting enables disables VM Server Monitoring for Hyper Y XenServer KVM Apply Back 2 To change the values configured on the Group Property Setting for each host select the Alive Monitoring Settings check box The configured values of the model that is selected in the Model list are displayed by default These default values can be changed by changing the selected model in the Model list 3 To monitor the host with Ping select the Ping Monitoring check box Reference Some kinds of OSs running on a management server need the firewall exception setting before using Ping Monitoring of the alive monitoring For how to configure the firewall exception setting see Adding ICMP Echo Reply to the Exception List of Windows Server 2008 Firewall Appendix A Network Ports and Protocols in SigmaSystemCenter Data Reference Guide 4 To monitor whether the TCP Port of the host activated at the group is connectable or not select the Port Monitoring check box and enter the port number to monitor in the Monitoring Port box Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 281 5 Creating an Operation Group 5 To monitor the virtual mach
533. up Pool Create and Assign Machine Type VMware Virtu 00 50 56 97 Register Master Machine Backup Restore MAC Ad Delete Release Resource Change Configuration Move Virtual Machine Belete Reconfigure Part III Maintenance Delete VM Show Performance Show All Performance Clear Failure Status Maintenance On Maintenance Off All Machine Action Start Restart Shutdown Suspend Redistribute Software Refresh 383 9 Maintenance 9 1 6 384 A confirmation message appears Click OK 7 The execution status changes to Normal and the summary status displayed on Status under Host List or Group Pool is updated If a host name or a resource name is clicked details of the machine appear and each status can be checked Reference For status of a machine see Subsection 1 1 9 Machine Status Executing Maintenance Operations of a Machine To execute maintenance operations such as Power ON Power OFF Reset Power Cycle dump LED on LED off and ACPI shutdown to a machine perform the following procedure To execute these maintenance operations you need to enable the settings for Out of Band Management in advance Reference For how to use Out of Band Management see Section 3 10 Preparing for the Use of Out of Band OOB Management and Subsection 4 9 6 Configuring Settings on the Account Tab Note If you do not have the Admin
534. up and Restoring SysteMProviSiOning ccccccceesceceeeeeceeeeeeteeeeneeteeeeees 471 Backing up and Restoring System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services 474 Backing up and Restoring DPM sseicsecenniiosnaina a 477 Backing up and Restoring NEC ESMPRO Manager 469 10 Backup and Restoration 10 1 Backup Plan Back up setting information of management server components as needed If you back up the information even if the management server is faulted for some reason such as a failure of the hardware you can restore the condition You can keep the distribution image restoration image latest by backing up your management server and managed machine after every update so that you can restore when a failure happened This section provides the outline and method for backing up various machines 10 1 1 Management Server Configuration information of SystemProvisioning We recommend that you back up the configuration information of SystemProvisioning periodically For backing up and restoring the configuration information see Section 10 2 Backing up and Restoring SystemProvisioning Configuration information of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services We recommend that you back up the configuration information of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services and the performance data periodically For backing up and restoring the configuration information see Section 10 3 Backing up and Restorin
535. up is unnecessary because it is not applied for managed machines Do not delete the System Policy Manager or do not change its name If its name is changed it is not automatically applied because it is not recognized as the System Policy Manager If the System Policy Manager should be deleted by mistake or its name should be changed it can be restored by restarting the PVMService It cannot be added from the Add Policy menu To disable the System Policy Manager disable the monitoring event setting Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 179 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter Management gt Policy Configuration 9 Copy Remove Add Policy Policy Name Description Property Operation 7 Standard Policy Standard Policy Template Standard Policy Virtual Machine Standard Policy Template for Virtual M Standard Policy VM Server Standard Policy Template for VM Server System Policy Manager Policy for manager applied to system 28 Copy Remove Note Create the Standard Policies that are not registered by default from the Add Policy window 4 10 2 Creating a Policy There are two ways to create a policy creating a new policy and creating a policy by copying an existing policy Creating a new policy 4 10 3 Adding a Policy 4 10 5 Configuring Policy Property Settings 4 10 6 Configuring Event Handler Settings of a Policy Monitoring Event SigmaSystemCe
536. uration Guide Creating a Scenario in DPM 17 Enter an arbitrary backup image file into the Image File box Required 18 19 20 21 22 Note If the managed machine to be backed up and the managed machine to be restored are different do not select any of the following check boxes Machine Name MAC Address or UUID Clear these check boxes If multiple machines with the same computer name or host name concurrently exist in the managed machine the image file of the different machine might be used to restore with only the Machine check box enabled In this case you are recommended to use with the MAC address or UUID check box Enter the disk number and the partition number that were obtained from Disk Viewer into the Disk Number box and the Partition Number box respectively under Backup Restore Target Click the Option tab admin Administrator Account Logout rrr eploymentManager Operations Monitor Management Resource gt Scenarios gt ScenarioGroup01 gt Add Scenario Resource A Add Scenario ai Machines 0 gj Scenarios 2 Group Name Scenario Name l HW Setting OS Package Backup Restore Option Scenario Execution Option Setting I Forced Execution Of A Reboot Is Performed Before Execution I Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution A Ifyou restore for disk duplication be sure not to specify Turn Off Power After Scenario Execution of the scenario execution conditi
537. uration Guide Understanding Basic Operations on the Web Console 6 Message window The latest information of jobs and logs is displayed on this window Job window The Job window displays the information of the jobs performed within 1 hour up to 100 item s X 1item s Status Message Source Start Time Finish Time Collect data for manager admin 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Success Register manager admin 2012 05 15 11 18 21 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Register manager Failed to connect to the VirtualCenter https 192 168 220 210 sdk Success Clean up machine status and host request status Scheduler 2012 05 15 11 11 46 2012 05 15 11 11 49 Success Collect all data Scheduler 2012 05 15 11 10 58 2012 05 15 11 11 46 Success find Dlls SericeModule 2012 05 15 11 10 25 2012 05 15 11 10 25 urce Get IMadules fram NI eniceMadule 2012545 11 10 25 2012 5 15 11 10 31 Abnormal Termination admin 2012 05 15 11 18 00 2012 05 15 11 18 02 e Log window The Log window displays the latest log information up to 100 X 1item s Update Time 20129545 11 18 38 O Date and Time Level Event Message 2012 05 15 11 19 05 Normal UC02622 Completed jobs admin 2012 05 15 11 19 04 Normal UC02622 Completed action Collect data for manager admin 2012 05 15 11 19 04 Detail UC02622 Update status 100 Completed the action Collect data for manager 2012 05 15 11 18 24 Detail UC02622 Update status 0 Started the action C
538. uration Guide 314 Creating a Template 6 2 4 Creating a Disk Clone Template After creating a master VM of the VMware environment a standalone ESXi is recommended Xen environment Hyper V environment or KVM environment create a Disk Clone template with the following procedure Note A Disk Clone template indicates a virtual machine to which SystemProvisioning refers when creating virtual machines A Disk Clone template is a concept specific for SystemProvisioning the template is created not on a virtual machine sever but on a SigmaSystemCenter management server In the Xen environment the Standalone ESXi environment the Hyper V environment or the KVM environment Sysprep is executed on an image replica VM of a Differential Clone template Therefore do not execute any operations including start towards the image 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view 2 Click the icon of the master VM to be a source of the template in the Virtual tree Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 315 6 Settings to Manage and Operate Virtual Environment 3 Click Create Template on the Configuration menu Create Template appears on the Main Window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 gt VirtualMachine gt Create Template Eaj Create Template Template Name Cost Description Full Clone C HW Profile Clone Hint This type of template is used to C Differential Clone
539. uration after installation to the operating procedures This manual also explains the maintenance process SigmaSystemCenter Reference Guide This manual is intended for administrators of SigmaSystemCenter and explains its features and functionalities the operational methods information of maintenance and trouble shooting and lists all the operating screens This manual is a supplement to SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide and SigmaSystemCenter Configuration Guide xiii Document Conventions In this manual information that needs attention and references are described as follows Note indicates caution notes and supplementary explanation for functionalities operations and settings Reference indicates why and where you should refer to In addition this manual uses the following document conventions Convention Used Item Example Bold font Items that a user selects on a Type Exit and click Enter screen short text input screen User License Confirmation screen names short command line commands and command line Use the prt command options Use the a option Italic font Book or manual titles and variable Configuration Guide names add GroupName Quotation marks Chapter titles and default values See Chapter 9 Add a Computer Monospace font Long text inputs messages and Type the following text command line commands Confidential Class B courier new xiv Pa
540. urces to SigmaSystemCenter 4 10 Creating a Policy You can configure what kind of process the system performs automatically to restore the failed status for a failure event that software such as NEC ESMPRO Manager vCenter Server and System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services detected This setting is called a policy SigmaSystemCenter has multiple policy templates which we call Standard Policy to which settings to cope with general errors are configured in advance You can use the Standard Policy without any customization or create a new policy out of it and use it In addition you can export settings set to a policy to a file in the xml format import the settings when setting up the environment on other management server Reference Configure a policy created with the procedure described in this section to an operation group or a model To configure the policy to an operation group see Subsection 5 4 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure the policy to a model physical see Subsection 5 5 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure the policy to a model virtual machine see Subsection 5 6 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab To configure the policy to a model virtual machine server see Subsection 5 7 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 178 Creating a Policy 4 10 1 Standard Policy Ther
541. ure the RegisterMachineVIO bat is used In the Hyper V cluster add the new machine to the cluster Add the node of the machine from the cluster using Hyper V s Failover Cluster Manager SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Replacing Hardware After adding it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect In XenServer add the new machine to the pool After adding it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect In VMware managed by vCenter Server if the new machine is not intended to register to DPM add it to vCenter Server After registering it perform Collect If the machine is registered to DPM it is also registered to vCenter Server during performed Allocate Machine Add the machine using VI Client After adding it select System Resource on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console to perform Collect If the machine is not displayed on the Resource view select Machine on the System Reosource tree on the SigmaSystemCenter Web console and perform Register Machine 2 After registering the machine configure the machine information NIC HBA distribution software machine account General settings of the machine Configure the new machine in the same way as the machine before replacement following the procedure in Subsection 4 9 1 Configuring Settings on the General Tab NIC related settings Configure the new NIC in the same way as th
542. ure that the OS setting is configured The OS setting must be configured on any of a group property setting a host setting or a template The host profile definition configured on the group property setting is used as the default value of the models and the hosts under the group Reference For details of a host profile see Subsection 1 3 2 Applicable Specific Information in Image Deployment and Subsection 1 3 3 Host Profile in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 1 Display the Group Property Setting window and click the Host Profile tab Operations gt Category A gt Linux A Group Property Setting General Model Host Software LB Setting Machine Profile Host Profile Performance Monitor OS Type I Use public Named Profile Copy profile from existed l OS Setting Defined In OS Name Administrator Account Administrator Password F Update Password Domain Suffix l DNSMINS Setting Defined In Preferred Primary DNS Substituted Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS Apply Back 2 To use the open host profile select the Use public Named Profile check box and select a host profile in the pull down list To use a copy of the open host profile click Copy profile from existed and select a host profile from the pull down list 3 To configure the OS setting select the OS Setting check box Select the kind of the OS in the OS Name list Configure this item as needed because this item is not required
543. ure the setting that you have saved in Subsection 10 4 1 Backing up Data of DPM When Configuring the Initial Setup or Changing the Configuration 3 Stopping the DPM services Click Start menu and click Control Panel From Control Panel double click Administrative Tools From Administrative Tools double click Services to start the Services Snap in Stop all the services starting with DeploymentManager Right click the service name and click Stop SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Backing up and Restoring DPM 4 Copying data Overwrite the backed up folder path with the data that you have backed up in the procedure 3 in Subsection 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM 5 Copying database Overwrite the backed up folder path with the data that you have backed up in the procedure 4 in Subsection 10 4 2 Backing up Data Updated When Operating DPM Note The backup files are created in the following folder Microsoft SQL Server installation folde Backup The default installation path is as follows ProgramFiles Microsoft SQL Server MSSQL10_50 DPMDBI MSSQL_L 6 Checking the settings of the backup files that are copied to the folder 1 Check the properties of the backup files Right click the backup file name and click Properties 2 Check if there is a user that starts with SQLServerMSSQL in the User List on the Security tab 3 Click Detail Setting If there is the user in the proc
544. ushing Enter key so that the managed machine will output some data Connecting to a Console of a Virtual Machine on VMware With SystemProvisioning you can connect to a console of a virtual machine and operate the virtual machine Perform the following procedure to connect to the console System Requirements You can connect to a console of a virtual machine on e VMware ESX ESXi 3 5 e VMware ESX ESXi 4 0 e VMware ESX ESXi 4 1 The following browsers are supported e For VMware ESX ESXi 3 5 Firefox e For VMware ESX ESXi 4 0 Internet Explorer 7 Internet Explorer 8 e For VMware ESX ESXi 4 1 Internet Explorer 7 Internet Explorer 8 Firefox The environment must be able to connect directly to ESX or ESXi from a browser Port 902 Preparation In order to connect to a console of a virtual machine you need to install plugin ona browser Part III Maintenance 407 9 Maintenance 408 With ESX3 5 or earlier the plugin are installed automatically when making connection to the virtual machine console If you cannot display the console connect to the Web console of ESX itself with the following procedure after installing the plugin and check if the virtual machine console is displayed With ESX4 0 enable the Web Access with the following procedure because it is not enabled shortly after ESX installation However there is no problem with disabling it after the plugin is installed 1 Log int
545. uthority with a role setting perform the following procedure ONO Tb oO Click Resource on the Title Bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the target resource group rack or smart group to configure the access and operation authority with a role in the Resource tree Details of the resource group rack or smart group appear on the Main Window Click Set Privilege on the Configuration menu Privilege List appears on the Main Window Click the Add of the Action menu Add Privilege appears under Privilege List Select the role to assign in the Role list SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Configuring the Access Authority and Operation Authority 5 2 8 9 Select the user to assign in the Assign User list 10 To succeed the configuration to the child resource select the The setting is succeeded to children check box Note If the The setting is succeeded to children check box is selected the configuration of the resource group rack or smart group is succeeded to the machines belonging to the target resource group rack or smart group For a smart group the setting value of the The setting is succeeded to children check box is invalid The role setting configured to a smart group cannot be succeeded to the machines searched by the smart group 11 Click OK Releasing the Allocation of a Role To release the allocation of a role for a category operation group datacenter virt
546. ution and configuration change is being executed to a selected host Click Operations on the Title bar to switch to the Operations view Click the icon of the group to change in the Operations tree Details of the group appear on the Main Window i oe Click Show Maintenance Command on the Configuration menu Change Group is displayed on the Action menu under Host List Operations gt Category A gt Group A General Configuration 9 Edit Group o Move Group Base Information Delete Group Name Group A Property Priority 1 Setting List Hide Maintenance OS Type Windows Server Command Policy Name Standard Policy Set Privilege The way to use group pool GroupOnly Operation 9 Description Scale Out Scale In Add Machine to Display Count 20 Machine Individual Operations Pool Change Group Release Resource Compulsory Assign New Delete VM Register Master Start Shutdown All Machine Action T Host Name Status Power IP Address Resource Model Start Restart C Host A Maintena Running DHCP testvm001 VmModel es ETT Suspend Machine Individual Operations v Redistribute Change Group Release Resource Compulsory Assign New Delete YM Register Master Start Shutdown Software Group Pool Refresh Display Count 20 Delete Machine Individual Operations Resource o Name O Emh Oor VMware Wirtu 00 50 56 97 68 C3 VmModel Delete Machi
547. uto update model name check box 8 Click Apply 4 9 2 Configuring Settings on the Network Tab To configure settings on the Network tab of the Machine Property Setting perform the following procedure Note To execute the VLAN control of switches both this setting and the Network Setting tab on the Group Property Setting must be configured For how to configure the Network Setting tab on the Group Property Setting see Subsection 5 4 6 Configuring Settings on the Network Setting Tab To control a virtual network on a virtual machine server both this setting and the Virtual Network tab on the Model Property Setting must be configured For how to configure the Virtual Network tab on the Model Property Setting see Subsection 5 7 6 Configuring Settings on the Virtual Network Tab 1 Display the Machine Property Setting window and click the Network tab 2 To add a NIC to the NIC List click Add of the Action menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 171 4 Registering Resources to SigmaSystemCenter 3 NIC Setting is displayed below the NIC List System Resource gt Machine gt Group gt 192 168 220 142 A Machine Property Setting General Network Storage Software Software Distribution History Account NIC List Add Delete Re MAC Address Switch Edit 1 00 13 D3 32 D7 DC vmnicO jes Back NIC Setting NIC Number MAC Address Switch Port OK Cancel
548. vailable only for the VMware environment Select the destination datastore in the Destination Datastore list This setting does not have to be configured If this setting is not configured SigmaSystemCenter selects the destination datastore while creating a virtual machine If the Tag is selected this setting also can be specified by using a storage attribute or a tag The tag information needs to be configured when editing the datastore in advance 9 To change the default extended disk setting select the Extended Disk check box 1 230 Select the Thin Thick RDM Physical or RDM Virtual in the Type list To create the configured size disk while creating a virtual machine select Thick To assign the disk as needed while using select Thin Select whether RDM Physical or RDM Virtual when the physical disk is directly connected to the virtual machine VMware environment supports both RDMs Hyper V environment supports RDM physical only In other environment RDM is not supported To set the Independent mode for the disk select the Independent check box on the Mode This disk mode setting is available only for the VMware environment Enter the size of extended disk in the Size box Select the destination datastore in the Destination Datastore list This setting does not have to be configured If this setting is not configured SigmaSystemCenter selects the destination datastore while creating a virtual machine If the Tag
549. ve Sysprep Express Server ini e For a disk duplication data file other than the Windows parameter file Express OS Running Drive Sysprep server ini E g ServerlP 192 168 0 1 FTUnicastPort 26508 SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 108 Creating a Scenario in DPM Note During OS installation by disk duplication the managed machine connects to the IP address specified as ServerlP and to the port specified as FTUnicastPort in the setting file to communicate with DPM Server If the managed machine cannot connect to DPM Server using specified ServerlIP and FTUnicastPort with the master image created on DPM6 1 or later the managed machine searches DPM Server within the network So the master image does not need to be created again in case of setting failure of ServerlIP and FTUnicastPort or when the IP address and port of DPM Server have been changed after creating of the master image Because it takes a while of the machine to search DPM Server OS installation by disk duplication might take longer to be processed The port specified as FTUnicastPort is the port number which is set to DPM Server You can check the port number set to the management server with the following files DPM Server installation foldeAPXE lmages Port ini Key name FTUnicast Default value New installation of DPM Server 26508 In place upgrade of DPM Server 56023 After OS starts up and the IP address is assigned with DHCP OS installati
550. ve in the Virtual tree 3 Details of the virtual machine appear on the main window Virtual gt 192 168 1 21 gt DC2 gt srv vm19 gt VirtualMachine Base Information VM Name Resource Path VirtualMachine resource VirtualMachine Storage 2 VirtualMachine virtualMachine vmx Cost Value 1 Number of CPUs 4 CPU Share 1000 CPU Reservation OMHz CPU Limit OMHz Memory Size 4096MB Memory Share 1000 Memory Reservation Memory Limit OMB Number of NICs 1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional 32 bit Differential Clone M DfXPy7v4 yuu01 1 1 lmage 2011 0602 15 26 56 Configuration File OMB OS Name Create Type Source Image Create Date Virtual Disk List Hame Storage1 2 Replica M DftXPyv 7v4 yuu01 1 1 lmaRe Storage1 2 VirtualMachine irtualMachine vmdk Operating Information Host Name Running Group OS Type Summary Status Power Status Running Status OS Status Hardware Status Executing Status Policy Status Maintenance Status Management Status NIC1 Usage GB 173 0 03 Size GB VirtualMachine operations MDiffClone SXPSP3 Windows Client Gormal Eon Gon Gon Ready Status Detail Gon Off aManaged network adapter 1 00 50 56 99 01 DD YM Network Type 8 00 YMDK Thin Sys VMDK Diff Sys 4 Click Move Virtual Machine on the Operation menu Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter B Configuration O Edit Virtual Machine Delete Vir
551. virtual machine server model verify whether it is configured on the Datacenter list in the model property setting or not after the shift is complete If it is configured select the shifted datacenter in the Datacenter list After shifting to the standalone environment the Full Clone template is not available The account and password of ESXi may be cleared when shifting to the standalone environment Verify that the account and password are set on the Edit Subsystem window of the Management view If not edit the subsystem to enter them Operations After Failing Over in the Standalone ESXi Environment If the Standalone ESXi environment is used after restoring processes Failover perform the following procedure when recovering and starting up a virtual machine server where failure occurred The information of a virtual machine server where failure occurred is updated by performing this procedure If this procedure is not performed the virtual machine server cannot recognize a virtual machine was shifted to another virtual machine server and the virtual machine looks as if it is not shifted yet Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the icon of the target ESX in the Resource tree and click Maintenance On on the Operation menu Click Start on the Operation menu to start the virtual machine server Start the command prompt Click the Start menu click All Programs click Accessories and cl
552. visioning The same things apply to Hyper V single server and KVM 4 3 1 Creating Virtual Manager You can create the virtual manager and datacenters in the Virtual tree The virtual manager can gather multiple datacenters and you can create only one virtual manager Perform the following procedure to create a virtual manager 1 Click Virtual on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual view Click the Virtual in the Virtual tree To manage ESXi click Set ESXi to Be Managed on the Configuration menu To manage Hyper V single server click Set Hyper V to Be Managed on the Configuration menu To manage KVM click Set KVM to Be Managed on the Configuration menu A confirmation message appears Click OK A virtual manager of ESXi Hyper V or KVM and a datacenter with the name DefaultDataCenter are created in the Virtual tree The added virtual manager is displayed as a subsystem under Subsystem List on the details of a subsystem The virtual manager names ESXi Hyper V and KVM are the fixed names You cannot edit the name You can add a datacenter by clicking the icon of the virtual manager and click Add DataCenter on the Configuration menu If you manage the vCenter Server environment or Xen environment VMware vCenter Server or XenServer Pool Master is the virtual manager If you register VMware vCenter Server or XenServer Pool Master as a subsystem in the Management view it is displayed as a virtual manager in the Virtual view
553. ware Distribution in SigmaSystemCenter Overview Reference Guide 4 8 1 Checking a Scenario That Can Be Used From SystemProvisioning If you install OSs and applications or distribute patches to a managed machine using DPM you can use a scenario that you create in DPM The information of the scenarios that are managed in DPM which is registered as a subsystem is reflected to SystemProvisioning To check the information is reflected perform the following procedure 1 Click Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Resource view Click the Software in the Resource tree Summary Information appears on the Main Window Click DPM Collect on the Operation menu 4 After the Job of collecting DPM finishes click Refresh on the Operation menu to update the view to the latest status 5 Summary Information appears on the Main Window Scenarios are added in the OSImage Backup Task or Application and Update folder 6 Click a scenario name to display the base information of the scenario on the Main Window SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide 166 Preparing Distribution Software 4 8 2 Checking a Template That Can Be Used From SystemProvisioning Check a template that can be used from SystemProvisioning The template is used when you create a virtual machine from SystemProvisioning If you manage a virtual machine on VMware ESX or XenServer the information of the templates that are managed in vCenter Server or XenServer Pool
554. x To use it configure the setting referring to the Section 6 3 Configuring to Use the VM Optimized Placement For the details of the VM Optimized Placement tab see Subsection 6 3 2 Configuring the VM Server Model 5 7 5 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab Configure the Datastore tab of the Model Property Setting For the details of the Datastore tab see Subsection 5 4 12 Configuring Settings on the Datastore Tab 5 7 6 Configuring Settings on the Virtual Network Tab On the Virtual Network tab of the Model Property Setting configure a network that is available for virtual machines while the virtual machine server is being activated Configuration of virtual switches and port groups in the virtual machine server except Xen Server Part Il Start Operation in SigmaSystemCenter 265 5 Creating an Operation Group 266 Control of distributed virtual switches managed by vCenter Server Note VLAN port group which exists in the virtual switch connected to a specified NIC number is kept except Change Configuration 1 Display the Model Property Setting window and click the Virtual Network tab Operations gt Category A gt ESXGroup gt ESXModel Model Property Setting General Storage Software VM Optimized Placement Datastore Setting Virtual Network Alive Monitor Performance Monitor Virtual Network List Add Delete NIC Number Network Switch Port Group Name B
555. y the name memory capacity virtual disks and ISO image of the OS of the master VM Install the OS from the specified ISO image If the OS is Windows Server 2003 or earlier clear the Administrator password configured to the OS Note If the Administrator password is not cleared here the creation of a virtual machine will be stopped and the password will have to be inputted manually SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Creating a Master VM in a Virtual Environment 5 Install Integration Services Install DPM Client For the procedure see Section from 2 7 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Windows x86 x64 From the Installation Wizard to 2 10 Installing to a Managed Machine Running Linux according to your environment in SigmaSystemCenter Installation Guide If a firewall is installed verify that the ports that DPM Client uses are open Install applications to be included in the master image 9 Configure the setting for network adapters When planning to use a HW Profile Clone template turn off the virtual machine and add legacy network adapter Connect this adapter to the network to communicate with DPM because this adapter is used for DPM distribution 10 Add or delete other network adopters or configure network setting according to your operation plan Note Hyper V has two kinds of NIC Network Adapter High speed Without PXE booting Legacy Network Adapter Low speed With P
556. you are using x64 OS substitute ProgramFiles x86 for ProgramFiles If you cannot investigate a cause of failure from SigmaSystemCenter logs you need to investigate the configuration information database For how to collect the configuration information database see Subsection 10 2 1 Backing up SystemProvisioning Extracting SystemProvisioning Log To acquire log files of SystemProvisioning event logs and debug logs perform the following procedure 1 To launch the event viewer click Control Panel on the Start menu click Administration Tool and click Event Viewer Event Viewer screen appears Click Application to acquire event logs Extract the log files recorded on the following folder A folder where SystemProvisioning is installea log A folder where SystemProvisioning is installea Provisioning Logs Note The default path is ProgramFiles NEC PVM log and ProgramFiles NEC PVM Provisioning Logs SigmaSystemCenter 3 1 Configuration Guide Extracting Logs 9 11 2 9 11 3 Extracting System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Log System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services records errors and operation event information on an event log on a management server with a name of System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services Error information such as failure in starting System Monitor Performance Monitoring Services may be recorded on the application event logs or system event
557. ype that comes from difference of machine type such as a physical machine or virtual machine There are three types of models as follows You can register only one type of models to a group Part Advance Preparation for SigmaSystemCenter 1 Preliminary Knowledge for Setting up SigmaSystemCenter 1 1 4 e Physical for physical machines excluding virtual machine servers For this type of machines standard configuration changes are executed including software distribution or changing configuration of VLAN load balancers and storage e VM for virtual machines For this type of machines configuration changes for a virtual machine are executed including not only software distribution but also changing configuration of virtual networks to which virtual machines are connected Changing configuration of VLAN load balancers and storage is not executed VM Server for virtual machine servers For this type of machines configuration changes for a virtual machine server are executed including software distribution and changing configuration of VLAN load balancers and storage as well as virtual machine control such as VM Optimized Placement Host The information to be assigned to a running machine such as a host name and IP address is managed as Host Setting The necessary number of hosts is the same as the number of machines that run at the group Software Distribution It is called Software Distribution that Syst
558. zilla org ja firefox addon 9449 Click Click Continue to Download Click Accept and Install Click Install Now ao PF N Click Restart Firefox Preparation for a managed machine For KVM add the display VNC to a virtual machine with the following procedure For XenServer and Hyper V the setting of a virtual machine is unnecessary Launch virt manager to open details of the virtual machine Click Add hardware In Hardware type select Graphics device and click Forward Po N Configure Virtual Display as follows and click Forward Select the VNC Server in the Type list Select the Listen on all public network interfaces check box of the Address Select the Automatically allocated for the Port Enter arbitrary password in the Password box Note If display VNC is already added verify that Address is 0 0 0 0 If Address is 127 0 0 1 delete the virtual display and re configure with the above procedure Connecting to a console Perform the following procedure to connect to the virtual machine console Note Turn on the power of the virtual machine before connecting to the virtual machine console In order to connect to the virtual machine console you need to have Administrator privileges Part III Maintenance 411 9 Maintenance 1 Click Virtual or Resource on the Title bar to switch to the Virtual or Resource view 2 Click the icon of the virtual machine to connect to i

SigmaSystemCenter 3.1 Configuration Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents